Part two
Steel classification
Lucchini RS Steel Mill.
Comparison tables
2 Lucefin Group
Part two • Steel classification EUROPA
EN Non-alloy structural steels S235JR S235JR
ITALIA
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
UNI
GB
DIN
AFNOR
BS
GOST
Fe 360 BFN
Q235B
40 B
St3sp
E 24-4
40 D
St3ps
A 414 g A
E 28-2
43 B
St4ps
A283 g D
E 28-3
43 C
E 36-3
50 C
St4sp
A441
50 D
17G1S
A 350 LF2
RSt 37-2
USA AISI SAE
1.0038
S235J2
S235J2
Fe 360 D
Q235A
St 37-3 U 1.0116
S275JR
S275JR
Fe 430 B
Q255A
St 44-2 1.0044
S275J0
S275J0
Fe 430 C
St 44-3 U 1.0143
S355J0
S355J0
Fe 510 C
St 52-3 U 1.0553
S355J2
S355J2
Fe 510 D
St 52-3 N 1.0553
E295
E295
Fe 490
Q275
St 50-2
A 50-2
St5ps
A 60-2
St6ps
1.0050
E335
E335
Fe 590
HRB335
St 60-2 1.0060
Lucefin Group
EUROPA
EN Free-cutting steels 11SMn30 11SMn30
ITALIA
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
UNI
GB
DIN
AFNOR
BS
GOST
9SMn28
S250
230M07
CF9SMn28
USA AISI SAE 1215
1.0715
11SMnPb30
11SMnPb30
CF9SMnPb28 Y15Pb
9SMnPb28
S250Pb
(AS14)
12L15
1.0718
11SMn37
11SMn37
CF9SMn36
9SMn36
S300
1214
S300Pb
12L14
1.0736
11SMnPb37
11SMnPb37
CF9SMnPb36
9SMnPb36 1.0737
10SPb20
10SPb20
CF10SPb20
Y12Pb
10SPb20
10PbF2
AS14
11L08
1.0722
35SPb20
35SPb20
35SPb20
35SPb20
35SPb20
35SPb20
1.0756
36SMn14
36SMn14
35SMn10
36SMn14
36SMn14
1.0764
36SMnPb14
36SMnPb14
35SMnPb10
36SMnPb14
35MF6Pb
(AS35G2)
1.0765
46S20
46S20
46S20
45S20
45Mf4
46S20
46SPb20
46SPb20
(1146)
1.0727
46SPb20
46SPb20
46SPb20
45SPb20 1.0757
(AS45G2)
(11L46)
3
Part two • Steel classification Lucefin Group
EUROPA
ITALIA
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
EN Case-hardening steels C10E C10E
UNI
GB
DIN
AFNOR
BS
GOST
USA AISI SAE
C10
10
XC10
045M10
10
1010
C15E
C15E
C15
15
XC12
080M15
15
1015
C16E
C16E
C15
15AL
XC18
080M15
XC18
C16E
C20
20
XC16
070M20
20
1023
16MnCr5 16MnCr5Pb 20MnCr5 20MnCr5Pb 17NiCrMo6-4
16MnCr5
16MnCr5
15CrMn
16MC5
590M17
18ChG
5115
20MnCr5
20MnCr5
20CrMn
Ck10 1.1121 Ck15 1.1141 C16E 1.1148 Ck22 1.1151 16MnCr5 1.7131 20MnCr5 1.7147 17NiCrMo6-4 1.6566
20Ch
5120
18NiCrMo5 18NiCrMo5Pb 20NiCrMo2-2
17NiCrMo6-4 18NiCrMo5
17NiCrMo6-4
20NiCrMo2-2 20NiCrMo2
16NiCr4 16NiCr4Pb 16NiCr11
16NiCr4
16NiCrMo12
14NiCrMo13-4 16NiCrMo12
Lucefin Group
EUROPA
16NiCr12
16CrNi4 16NiCr4Pb 16NiCr11
ITALIA
20CrNiMo
12CrNi3
CINA
EN UNI GB Nitriding steels 34CrAlNi7-10 34CrAlNi7-10 34CrAlNi7-10 41CrAlMo7-10
41CrAlMo7-10 41CrAlMo7
38CrMoAl
20MC5
1016
18NCD6
815M17
21NiCrMo2 1.6523 15CrNi6 1.5919 14NiCr10 1.5732 16NiCrMo12-6 1.6782
20NCD2
805M20
20ChGNM
8620
16NC4
637M17
12ChN2
4320
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
DIN
AFNOR
BS
GOST
34CrAlNi7 1.8550 41CrAlMo7 1.8509
(4317)
16NC11
3415
16NCD13
USA AISI SAE K52440
40CAD6.12
905M39
38Ch2MJua
K24065
4 Lucefin Group
Part two • Steel classification EUROPA
ITALIA
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
EN UNI Quenching and tempering steels Carbon steels for quenching and tempering C22E/C22R C22E C22R C20
GB
DIN
AFNOR
BS
GOST
USA AISI SAE
20
XC18
070M20
20
1020
C30E/C30R
C30E C30R
C30
30
XC32
080M30
30
1030
C35E/C35R
C35E C35R
C35
35
XC38H1
080M36
35
1034
XC38H1
C35E C35R
C35
XC38H1
080M36
38
1035
C40E/C40R
C40E C40R C40
40
XC42H1
80M40
40
1040
C45E/C45R
C45E C45R C45
45
XC48H1
080M46
45
1045
C50E/C50R
C50E C50R C50
50
080M50
50
1050
C55E
C55E
C55
55
070M55
55
1055
C60E/C60R
C60E C60R C60
60
Ck22 1.1151 Ck30 1.1178 Ck35 1.1181 Ck35 1.1181 Ck40 1.1186 Ck45 1.1191 Ck50 1.1206 Ck 55 1.1203 Ck60 1.1221
070M60
60
1060
ASTM non-alloy steels for quenching and tempering ASTM A 105 ASTM A 350 LF2 S355J2
Fe 510D
16Mn
Cm22 1.1149 Cm30 1.1179 Cm35 1.1180 Cm35 1.1180 Cm40 1.1189 Cm45 1.1201 Cm50 1.1241
XC55 H1 Cm60 1.1223
C21 1.0432 St52.3N 1.0553
A 105 50D
20G
A 350 LF2
530M40
40Ch
5140
35ChM
4135
38ChM
4140
50Ch
4150
Alloy steels 41Cr4
41Cr4
41Cr4
40Cr
34CrMo4
34CrMo4
34CrMo4
30CrMo
42CrMo4 42CrMo4Pb 50CrMo4
42CrMo4
42CrMo4
42CrMo
50CrMo4
50CrMo4
ZG50CrMo
39NiCrMo3 39NiCrMo3Pb 34CrNiMo6
39NiCrMo3 34CrNiMo6
39NiCrMo3 39NiCrMo3Pb 35NiCrMo6
40NiCrMo7
40NiCrMo7
40NiCrMo7
30CrNiMo8
30CrNiMo8
Self-hardening steel 36NiCrMo16 36NiCrMo16 34NiCrMo16
41Cr4 1.7035 34CrMo4 1.7220 42CrMo4 1.7225 50CrMo4 1.7228 39NiCrMo3 1.6510 34CrNiMo6 1.6582 40NiCrMo8 1.6562 30CrNiMo8 1.6580 36NiCrMo16 1.6773
42C4 34CD4 42CD4
708M40
40NCD3
816M40
40ChN2MA 9840
35NCD6
817M40
38Ch2N2MA 9840 30ChNML
30CND8
823M30
35NCD16
835M30
E4340
30ChN2MA (320L43)
5
Part two • Steel classification Lucefin Group
EUROPA
ITALIA
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
EN Creep-resisting steels P235GH P235GH
UNI
GB
DIN
AFNOR
BS
GOST
A37CP
141-360
42CrMo4
42CrMo4
42CrMo4
42CD4
708M40
40CrMoV4-6
40CrMoV4-6 40CrMoV4-6
10CrMo9-10
10CrMo9-10
12CrMo9 10 KG 12Cr2MoG
P235GH 1.0345 42CrMo4 1.7225 40CrMoV4-6 1.7711 10CrMo9-10 1.7380
Lucefin Group
EUROPA
ITALIA
Fe360 1 KW
EN UNI Flame and induction-hardening steels C43 C43 C48 C48 Cf53 C53 C53 36CrMn4
36CrMn4
41CrMo4
37Cr4 appr. 41CrMo4
50CrMo4
50CrMo4
50CrMo4
40NiCrMo3
Lucefin Group
41CrMo4
42CrMo
A285 g A 40ChML
670-860
A193-B7 A193 B16
12CD9-10
622/B3
10Ch2M
A182 F22 USA AISI SAE
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
GB
DIN
AFNOR
BS
GOST
Cf53 1.1213 35Cr4 37Cr4 1.7034 40Cr 41CrMo4 1.7223 ZG50CrMo4 50CrMo4 1.7228
XC48 TS
070M55
38C4
1049 (1050) 38ChA
5135
40Ch
4142
50Ch
4150
40NiCrMo3 EUROPA
ITALIA
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
AFNOR
BS
GOST
USA AISI SAE
070M60
60
1060
251A58
55S2
9255
60S2G
9261H 9262 6150
EN
UNI
GB
DIN
Spring steels C60E
C60E
C60
60
56Si7
56Si7
55Si7
55Si2Mn
60SiCr8
60SiCr8
60SiCr8
60Si2CrA
51CrV4
51CrV4
50CrV4
50CrVA
52SiCrNi5
ZG50CrMo
Ck60 Cm60 1.1221 1.1223 55Si7 1.5026 60SiCr7 1.7108 50CrV4 1.8159 52SiCrNi5 1.7117
52SiCrNi5
Lucefin Group
USA AISI SAE
55S7 61SC7 50CV4
735A50
50ChGF
52SiCrNi5
EUROPA
ITALIA
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
DIN
AFNOR
BS
GOST
USA AISI SAE
ShCh15
52100
EN
UNI
GB
Bearing steels 102Cr6
102Cr6
100Cr6
Cr2
100CrMo7
100CrMo7
X82WMoCrV6-5-4 X80WMoCrV654
100Cr6 1.3505 100CrMo7 GC18Mo 100CrMo7 1.3537 X82WMoV65 X82WMoCrV6-5-4 1.3553
100Cr6 100CD7 Z85WCDV6
A485(3) 85Ch4M 5F2V6L
A597 CM2
6
Part two • Steel classification
Lucefin Group
EUROPA
EN Hot-work tool steels X37CrMoV5-1 X 37CrMoV5-1 X40CrMoV5-1
X40Cr14
X40Cr14
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
UNI
GB
DIN
AFNOR
BS
RUSSIA USA AISI GOST SAE
Z 38CDV5
B-H 11
4Ch5MFS H 11
Z 40CDV5
B-H 13
4Ch4VMFS H 13
55NCDV7
BH 224
4ChMNFS A681 L6
X40Cr14
X40Cr14
4Cr5MoSiV X 38CrMoV5-1 1.2343 X40CrMoV5.1.1KU 4Cr5MoSiV1 X 40CrMoV5-1 1.2344 40NiCrMoV16KU 35NiCrMo16 1.2766 56NiCrMoV7KU 5CrNiMo 56NiCrMoV7 1.2714 X40Cr14 X40Cr14 1.2083
40NiCrMoV16 KU 55NiCrMoV7
CINA
X37CrMoV5.1KU
X 40CrMoV5-1
55NiCrMoV7
ITALIA
Y35NCD16
(420)
40CrMnMoS8-6 32CrMoV12-28
32CrMoV12-28
32CrMoV12-28
X38CrMoV5-3
X38CrMoV5-3
X38CrMoV5-3
54NiCrMoV6
54NiCrMoV6
1.2312 32CrMoV12-28 32CDV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 3Ch3MF H10 1.2365 X38CrMoV5-3 Z38CDV5-3 X38CrMoV5-3 1.2367 54NiCrMoV6 1.2711 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 1.2738 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45Ch2N4MA 1.2767 35NiCrMoV12-5 38ChN3MFA 1.6959
40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 45NiCrMo16
45NiCrMo16
35NiCrMoV12-5
35NiCrMoV12-5
Lucefin Group
EUROPA
EN Cold-work tool steels 35CrMo7 35CrMo7
45NiCrMo16
ITALIA
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
UNI
GB
DIN
AFNOR
BS
GOST
35CrMo8KU
5CrMnMo
40CrMnMo7 1.2311 40CrMnMo7 35CrMo8 35CrMo8KU (5CrMnMo) 40CrMnMo7 1.2311 100CrMo7 100CrMo7 100CrMo7 GCr18Mo 100CrMo7 1.3537 110W4 KU 110W4KU 120WV4 1.2516 90MnCrV8 90MnCrV8 90MnCrV8KU 9Mn2V 90MnCrV8 1.2842 X38CrMo16 X38CrMo16 X38CrMo16 1KU X38CrMo16 1.2316 X153CrMoV12 X153CrMoV12 X155CrVMo121 Cr12MoV X155CrVMo121 1.2379 X210Cr12 X210Cr12 X205Cr12KU C12 X210Cr12 1.2080 58SiMo8 KU 58SiMo8KU 60WCrV8 60WCrV8 58WCr9KU 6CrW2Si 60WCrV7 1.2550 C45U C45U C45U (45) 1.1730
Lucefin Group
EUROPA
EN High-speed steels HS 6-5-2-5 HS 6-5-2-5 HS 2-9-1-8 HS 6-5-2C HS 10-4-3-10
100CD7
485(3) B-F1
90MV8
B-O2
A681 A10 9G2F
X160CrMoV12 1
BD 2
Ch12MF
A681 D2
Z200C12
BD 3
Ch12
A681 D3
6ChV2S
A681 S-1
(45)
(1045)
55WC20 Y3 42
C45U
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
UNI
GB
DIN
AFNOR
BS
GOST
Z90WDKCV 06-05-05-04-02 Z110DKCWV 09-08-04-02-01 Z90WDCV 06.05.02 Z130WKCDV 10.10.04.04.03
BM35
R6M5K5
BM42
R2AM9K5
BM2
R6AM5
BT42
R9M4K8
W6Mo5Cr4V2Co5 S 6-5-2-5 1.3243 HS 2-9-1-8 HS 2-9-1-8 W2Mo9Cr4VCo8 S 2-10-1-8 1.3247 HS 6-5-2C HS 6-5-2 CW6Mo5Cr4V2 S 6-5-2 1.3343 HS 10-4-3-10 HS 10-4-3-10 HS 10-4-3-10 1.3207
O-2 A681 D4
ITALIA
HS 6-5-2-5
USA AISI SAE
USA AISI SAE A600 M36 A600 M42 A600 M-2 A600 M44
7
Part two • Steel classification Lucefin Group
EUROPA
EN Stainless steels AISI 303 X8CrNiS18-9 AISI 304 AISI 316 AISI 416 AISI 420 AISI 430 AISI 431
ITALIA
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
UNI
GB
DIN
AFNOR
BS
GOST
USA AISI SAE
Z8CNF18-09
303S31
2Ch18N10E
303
Z5CN18-09
304S15
07Ch18N10
304
X10CrNiS18-9 1.4305 X5CrNi18-10 X5CrNi18-10 0Cr18Ni9 X5CrNi18-10 1.4301 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 X5CrNiMo17-12 0Cr17Ni12Mo2 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 1.4401 X12CrS13 X12CrS13 Y1Cr13 X12CrS13 1.4005 X20Cr13 X20Cr13 2Cr13 X20Cr13 1.4021 X6Cr17 X8Cr17 1Cr17 X6Cr17 1.4016 X17CrNi16-2 X17CrNi16-2 1Cr17Ni2 X17CrNi16-2 1.4057
Lucefin Group
EUROPA
X10CrNiS18-09 Y1Cr18Ni9
Z7CND17-12-02 316S31
08Ch17N13M2 316
Z11CF13
416S21
416
Z20C13
420S37
20Ch13
420
Z8C17
430S17
12Ch17
430
Z15CN16-02
431S29
17Ch17N2
431
ITALIA
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
UK
RUSSIA
EN Steels for crome-plating S355J2 S355J2
UNI
GB
DIN
AFNOR
BS
GOST
USA AISI SAE
50D
17G1S
A350LF2
C45E
C45E C45R
C45
XC48H1
080M46
45
1045
Cf53
C53
C53
XC48 TS
070M55
20MnVS6
Fe510D 45
20MnV6
20MnV 42CrMo
St52-3 N 1.0553 Ck45 Cm45 1.1191 1.1201 Cf53 1.1213 20MnV6 1.5217 42CrMo4 1.7225 36CrNiMo4 1.6511 50CrMo4 1.7228
A381
42CrMo4
42CrMo4
42CrMo4
39NiCrMo3
39NiCrMo3
39NiCrMo3
50CrMo4
50CrMo4
50CrMo4
ZG50CrMo
Lucefin Group
EUROPA
ITALIA
CINA
GERMANIA
FRANCIA
GB
DIN
AFNOR
EN UNI Structural and constructional steels SAE 1141 SAE 1116 SAE 1117 (15S10) SAE 1018 C18
20
SAE 1045
C45E
C45
45
CB 4 FF
CB4 FF KD
CB4 FF
CB 20 FF
C21 KD
CB20 FF
20g
C20
C22
C20
20
St 45.8 1.0405 CK45 1.1191 C4 C 1.0303 C22 C 1.1152 C22 1.0402
1050
42CD4
708M40
38ChM
4140
40NCD3
816M40
40ChN2MA 9840 50Ch
4150
UK
RUSSIA
BS
GOST
USA AISI SAE
(214A15) 080A17 18G
1141 1116 1117 1018
XC48H1
080M46
45G
1045
C20
070M20
20A
M1020
NON-ALLOY STRUCTURAL STEELS
S235JR • S235J2 • S275JR • S275J0 • S355J0 • S355J2 • E295 • E335
9
S235JR
Part two • Non-alloy structural steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality S235JR According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Number 1.0038
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al% max max max max max max 0.17 c) 1.40 0.035 0.035 0.012 a) 0.40 c) 0.19 1.50 0.045 0.045 0.014 b) 0.45 Method of deoxidation FN rimming steel not permitted. S235JR n° 1.0122 P% - S% max 0.040 cast analysis c) for nominal thickness > 40 mm to 100 mm max 0.20 of ladle / 0.23 of the product; for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020% b) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015% Temperature °C Hot forming
Soft Isothermal annealing annealing 1200-850 690-720 furnace (HB max 140) In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered Normalizing and Tempering 920 air 540-650 air
Normal treatment Natural
Quenching and Tempering 920 water 540-665 air
Stress relieving 50 under the temp. of tempering
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled – rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S235JR 1.0038 Testing at room temperature size mm R size mm ReH min size mm
Temperature values are valid for analysis close to: C% Mn% Si% ~ 0.10 ~ 0.50 ~ 0.20 Pre-heating welding not demanded Ac1 Ac3 725 880
A% L
A% T
Stress relieving after welding slow cooling Ms Mf 480 260
HB
to N/mm2 from to min min reference only 16 235 3 40 26 24 104-154 3 16 40 225 40 63 25 23 104-154 100 40 63 215 63 100 24 22 103-152 150 63 80 215 100 150 22 22 100-149 80 100 215 150 250 21 21 Mod. of Elasticity N/mm2 100 150 195 from to Kv + 20 °C J min d) E long. G tang. 150 200 185 150 27 198000 76000 200 250 175 150 250 27 d) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. The impact properties are verified only when specified in the order from
to 3 100 150 250
N/mm2 360-510 360-510 350-500 340-490
Cast analysis Product analysis
from
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-2: 2008 S235JRC 1.0122 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R e) Rp 0.2 e) A% HB 2 from to N/mm N/mm2 min min reference only 5 f) 10 470-840 355 8 141-250 10 16 420-770 300 9 125-231 16 40 390-730 260 10 114-224 40 63 380-670 235 11 110-203 63 100 360-640 215 11 104-198 e) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% f) for thickness below 5 mm the mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement. Values valid also for +C +SL
Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
360-510 360-510 360-510
102-140 102-140 102-140
Mod. of Elasticity N/mm2 Temperature E long. G tang. 20 °C 170000 65000
10
Part two • Non-alloy structural steels
S235JR Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 S235JRG2 1.0038 Tensile test at room temperature Kv at room temperature size mm R Re A% L from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min 100 340 215 24 100 250 340 175 23 250 500 340 165 23 EUROPE EN S235JR
ITALY UNI Fe 360 B
CHINA Q235B
GERMANY DIN RSt 37-2
Technical card Trafilix A% T min 17 17 FRANCE AFNOR
Kv L J min 35 30 27 UK BS 40 B
Kv T J min 20 15 RUSSIA St3sp
HB min 100 100 100 USA AISI/SAE A 252
11
S235J2
Part two • Non-alloy structural steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality S235J2 According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Number 1.0117
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% max max max max 0.17 a) 1.40 0.025 0.025 0.19 a) 1.50 0.035 0.035 Method of deoxidation FF fully killed steel a) for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon Temperature in °C Hot forming Normal treatment 1200-850 Natural
Soft annealing 690 air
N%
Cu% max 0.40 0.45
Al% Cast analysis Product analysis
Isothermal annealing
Temperature values are valid for analysis close to: C% Mn% Si% ~ 0.10 ~ 0.50 ~ 0.20
In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered Normalizing and tempering 920 air 540-650 air
Quenching and tempering 920 water 540-665 air
Pre-heating welding not demanded Ac1 Ac3 725 880
Stress relieving 50 under the temp. of tempering
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled – rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S235J2 1.0117 Testing at room temperature, impact – 20°C size mm R size mm ReH min size mm from
to 3 100 150 250 400
N/mm2 360-510 360-510 350-500 340-490 330-480
from
to 16 40 63 80 100 150 200 250 400
N/mm2 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 165
A% L
Stress relieving after welding slow cooling Ms Mf 480 260
HB
A% T
reference only 104-154 104-154 103-152 100-149 94-146
from 3 40 63 100 150 250 from
to min min 40 26 24 3 16 63 25 23 100 40 100 24 22 150 63 150 22 22 250 80 250 21 21 100 400 21 21 150 to Kv – 20 °C J min b) 200 150 27 250 150 250 27 250 400 27 b) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. (A normalization treatment is advised)
Cold-drawn +C Hot-rolled – Peeled – Reeled +SH size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min N/mm2 N/mm2 min No indications are shown in the reference standards, (please refer to the same values of quality S235JRC EN 10277-2) Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 S235J2G3 1.0016 Tensile test at room temperature Kv at - 20°C (A normalization treatment is advised) size mm R Re A% L A% T from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 100 340 215 24 100 250 340 175 23 17 250 500 340 165 23 17 EUROPE EN ITALY UNI S235J2 appr. Fe 360 D
CHINA Q235A
GERMANY DIN appr. St 37-3 U
FRANCE AFNOR appr. E 24-4
Kv L J min 35 30 27
Kv T J min 20 15
UK BS RUSSIA appr. 40 D St3ps-5
HB min 100 100 100 USA AISI/SAE appr. A 515
S275JR
12
Part two • Non-alloy structural steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality S275JR According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Number 1.0044
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al% max max max max max max 0.21 c) 1.50 0.035 0.035 0.012 a) 0.40 c) 0.24 1.60 0.045 0.035 0.014 b) 0.45 Method of deoxidation FF rimming steel not permitted. c) maximum 0.22 ladle analysis, max 0.25 product analysis for thickness > 40 mm to 100 mm; for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020% b) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015% Temperature °C Hot forming 1150-850
Normal treatment Natural
Soft annealing 650-700 air
Isothermal annealing
Cast analysis Product analysis
Temperature values are valid for analysis close to: C% Mn% Si% 0.19 0.65
In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered Normalizing and tempering 880-900 air 550-660 air
Quenching and tempering 860-900 water 550-660 air
Pre-heating welding not demanded Ac1 Ac3
Stress relieving 50 under the temp. of tempering
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled – rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S275JR 1.0044 Testing at room temperature Kv + 20°C size mm R size mm ReH min size mm N/mm2
A% L
Stress relieving after welding slow cooling Ms Mf
A% T
HB
N/mm2
to from to min min reference only 16 275 3 40 23 21 128-172 3 16 40 265 40 63 22 20 122-162 100 40 63 255 63 100 21 19 119-158 150 63 80 245 100 150 19 19 110-158 80 100 235 150 250 18 18 Mod. of Elasticity N/mm2 100 150 225 from to Kv + 20 °C J min d) E long. G tang. 150 200 215 10 150 27 210000 80000 200 250 205 150 250 27 d) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. The impact properties are verified only when specified in the order from
to 3 100 150 250
from
430-580 410-560 400-540 380-540
Cold-drawn +C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards EUROPE EN S275JR
ITALY UNI Fe 430 B
CHINA Q255A
GERMANY DIN St 44-2
Hot-rolled – Peeled – Reeled +SH Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
FRANCE AFNOR E 28-2
UK BS 43 B
RUSIA St4kp-2
USA AISI/SAE 1020
13
S275J0
Part two • Non-alloy structural steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality S275J0 According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Number 1.0143
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al% max max max max max max 0.18 c) 1.50 0.040 0.040 0.009 a) 0.40 c) 0.21 1.60 0.050 0.050 0.011 b) 0.45 Method of deoxidation FN rimming steel not permitted. c) max 0.20 ladle analysis, max 0,22 product analysis for thickness > 150 mm; for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020% b) ithe max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015% Temperature °C Hot forming
Normal Soft Isothermal treatment annealing annealing 1200-850 Natural 690 air In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered Normalizing and tempering 920 air 540-650 air
Quenching and tempering 920 water 540-665 air
Temperature values are valid for analysis close to:
Pre-heating welding not demanded Ac1 Ac3
Stress relieving 50 under the temp. of tempering
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled – rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S275J0 1.0143 Testing at room temperature Kv 0°C size mm R size mm ReH min size mm from
to 3 100 150 250
N/mm2
from
Cast analysis Product analysis
A% L
Stress relieving after welding slow cooling Ms Mf
A% T
N/mm2
to from to min min 16 275 3 40 23 21 3 16 40 265 40 63 22 20 100 40 63 255 63 100 21 19 150 63 80 245 100 150 19 19 80 100 235 150 250 18 18 100 150 225 from to Kv 0 °C J min d) 150 200 215 10 150 27 200 250 205 150 250 27 d) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. (A normalization treatment is advised) 430-580 410-560 400-540 380-540
Cold-drawn +C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards EUROPE EN S275J0
ITALY UNI Fe 430 C
CHINA
GERMANY DIN St 44-3 U
HB reference only 128-172 122-162 119-158 110-158
Hot-rolled – Peeled – Reeled +SH Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
FRANCE AFNOR E 28-3
UK BS 43 C
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE
S355J0
14
Part two • Non-alloy structural steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality S355J0 According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Number 1.0553
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al% max max max max max max max 0.20 c) 0.55 1.60 0.030 0.030 0.012 a) 0.40 0.23 c) 0.60 1.70 0.040 0.040 0.014 b) 0.45 Method of deoxidation FN rimming steel not permitted. c) max 0.22 by ladle analysis, max 0.24 of the product for thickness > 30 mm to 100 mm; for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020% b) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015% Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850
Normal treatment Natural
Soft annealing 700 air
Isothermal annealing
Cast analysis Product analysis
Temperature values are valid for analysis close to: C% Mn% Si% ~ 0.18 ~ 1.20 ~ 0.30
In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered Normalizing and tempering 920 air 550-650 air
Quenching and tempering 880-900 water 550-650 air
Pre-heating welding 100 Ac1 Ac3
Stress relieving 50 under the temp. of tempering
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled – rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S355J0 1.0553 Testing at room temperature Kv 0°C size mm R size mm ReH min size mm from 3 100 150
to 3 100 150 250
N/mm2 510-680 470-630 450-600 450-600
from 16 40 63 80 100 150 200
to 16 40 63 80 100 150 200 250
N/mm2 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275
from 3 40 63 100 150
to 40 63 100 150 250
Stress relieving after welding slow cooling Ms Mf
A% L
A% T
HB
min 22 21 20 18 17
min 20 19 18 18 17
reference only 154-208 141-192 135-178 135-178
from to Kv 0 °C J min d) 10 150 27 150 250 27 d) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. (A normalization treatment is advised) Cold-drawn +C Hot-rolled – Peeled – Reeled +SH size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards (please refer to the same values of quality S355J2C EN 10277-2) EUROPE EN S355J0
ITALY UNI Fe 510 C
CHINA
GERMANY DIN St 52-3 U
FRANCE AFNOR E 36-3
UK BS 50 C
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE
S355J2
Part two • Non-alloy structural steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality S355J2 According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Number 1.0577 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% max max max max max max 0.20 a) 0.55 1.60 0.025 0.025 0.23 a) 0.60 1.70 0.035 0.035 Method of deoxidation FF fully killed steel. S355J2 n° 1.0579 P% - S% max 0.030 cast analysis a) max 0.22 by ladle analysis, max 0.24 of the product for thickness > 30 mm to 100 mm; for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon Temperature °C Hot forming
Cu% max 0.40 0.45
Soft Isothermal annealing annealing 1100-850 700 air (HB max 180) In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered Normalizing and tempering 920 air 550-650 air
Normal treatment Natural
Quenching and tempering 880-900 water 550-650 air
N/mm2 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 265
Al% Cast analysis Product analysis
Temperature values are valid for analysis close to: C% Mn% Si% ~ 0.18 ~ 1.20 ~ 0.30 Pre-heating welding 100 Ac1 Ac3
Stress relieving 50 under the temp. of tempering
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled – rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S355J2 1.0577 Testing at room temperature Kv –20°C size mm R size mm ReH min size mm N/mm2 510-680 470-630 450-600 450-600 450-600
15
A% L
A% T
Stress relieving after welding slow cooling Ms Mf
HB
to min min reference only 40 22 20 154-208 3 16 63 21 19 141-192 100 40 100 20 18 135-178 150 63 150 18 18 135-178 250 80 250 17 17 135-178 100 400 17 17 Mod. of Elasticity N/mm2 150 to Kv – 20 °C J min b) E long. G tang. 200 150 27 220000 84000 250 150 250 27 250 400 27 b) For sections with a nominal thickness >100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. (A normalization treatment is advised) from
to 3 100 150 250 400
from
to 16 40 63 80 100 150 200 250 400
from 3 40 63 100 150 250 from
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-2: 2008 S355J2C 1.0579 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% HB R HB 2 from to N/mm N/mm2 min reference only N/mm2 5 d) 10 630-950 520 6 192-286 10 16 580-880 450 7 172-263 16 40 530-850 350 8 156-253 470-630 146-187 40 63 500-770 335 9 152-231 470-630 146-187 63 100 470-740 315 9 141-224 470-630 146-187 c) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% d) for thickness below 5 mm the mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement Values valid also for +C +SL
16
Part two • Non-alloy structural steels Technical card Trafilix
S355J2 Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 S355J2G3 1.0570 Tensile test at room temperature Kv at - 20°C (A normalization treatment is advised) size mm R Re A% L A% T from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min 100 490 315 20 100 250 450 275 18 12 250 500 450 265 18 12 EUROPE EN S355J2
ITALY UNI Fe 510 D
CHINA
GERMANY DIN St 52-3 N
FRANCE AFNOR
Kv L J min 35 30 27 UK BS 50 D
Kv T J min 20 15 RUSSIA 17G1SSD
HB min 149 135 135 USA AISI/SAE A350LF2
17
E295
Part two • Non-alloy structural steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality E295 (Fe 490 – Fe 50 – St 50-2 – C 30E – C 35E) According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Number 1.0050
Chemical composition C% Si%
P% S% N% Cu% Al% max max max 0.045 0.045 0.009 a) 0.055 0.055 0.014 b) Method of deoxidation FN rimming steel not permitted. a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020% b) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015% Temperature °C Hot forming
Mn%
Normal treatment Natural
Cast analysis Product analysis
Soft annealing 700 air
Isothermal Temperature values are valid annealing for analysis close to: 1150-850 850 furnace cooling to C% Mn% Si% 650, after air ~ 0.30 ~ 0.60 ~ 0.30 In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered Pre-heating Stress relieving Normalizing Quenching Stress welding after welding and tempering and tempering relieving 100 slow cooling 880 air 860 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf 540-650 air 550-650 air temp. of tempering 730 810 400 180
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled – rod EN 10025-2: 2004 E295 1.0050 (A normalization treatment is advised) Testing at room temperature size mm R size mm ReH min size mm A% L A% T from 3 100 150
to 3 100 150 250
N/mm2 490-660 470-610 450-610 440-610
from 16 40 63 80 100 150 200
to 16 40 63 80 100 150 200 250
N/mm2 295 285 275 265 255 245 235 225
from 3 40 63 100 150 from 10 150
to 40 63 100 150 250 to 150 250
min min 20 18 19 17 18 16 16 15 15 14 Kv + 20 °C J min
HB reference only 149-202 141-183 135-183 132-183
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-2: 2008 E295GC 1.0533 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% HB R HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min reference only N/mm2 5 d) 10 650-950 510 6 200-286 10 16 600-900 420 7 178-271 16 40 550-850 320 8 159-253 470-610 140-181 40 63 520-770 300 9 155-231 470-610 140-181 63 100 470-740 255 9 141-224 470-610 140-181 c) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% d) for thickness below 5 mm the mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement Values valid also for +C +SL EUROPE EN ITALY UNI E295 Fe 490
CHINA Q275
GERMANY DIN St 50-2
FRANCE AFNOR A 50-2
UK BS
RUSSIA S15ps-2
USA AISI/SAE
E335
18
Part two • Non-alloy structural steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality E335 (Fe 590 – Fe 60 – St 60-2 – C 40E – C 45E) According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Number 1.0060
Chemical composition C% Si%
P% S% N% Cu% Al% max max max 0.045 0.045 0.012 a) 0.055 0.055 0.014 b) Method of deoxidation FN rimming steel not permitted. a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020% b) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015% Temperature °C Hot forming
Mn%
Normal treatment Natural
Cast analysis Product analysis
Soft annealing 690 air
Isothermal Temperature values are valid annealing for analysis close to: 1100-850 820 furnace cooling to C% Mn% Si% 660, after air ~ 0.40 ~ 0.60 ~ 0.30 In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered Pre-heating Stress relieving Normalizing Quenching Stress welding after welding and tempering and tempering relieving 250 slow cooling 870 air 840 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf 550-650 air 550-650 air temp. of tempering 730 780 360 140
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled – rod EN 10025-2: 2004 E335 1.0060 (A normalization treatment is advised) Testing at room temperature size mm R size mm ReH min size mm A% L A% T from 3 100 150
to 3 100 150 250
N/mm2 590-770 570-710 550-710 540-710
from 16 40 63 80 100 150 200
to 16 40 63 80 100 150 200 250
N/mm2 335 325 315 305 295 275 265 255
from 3 40 63 100 150 from 10 150
to 40 63 100 150 250 to 150 250
min min 16 14 15 13 14 12 12 11 11 10 Kv + 20 °C J min
HB reference only 176-231 169-218 159-218 158-218
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-2: 2008 E335GC 1.0543 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% HB R HB 2 from to N/mm N/mm2 min reference only N/mm2 5 d) 10 700-1050 540 5 213-319 10 16 680-970 480 6 208-293 16 40 640-930 390 7 198-278 570-710 169-211 40 63 620-870 340 8 190-260 570-710 169-211 63 100 570-810 295 8 169-243 570-710 169-211 c) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% d) for thickness below 5 mm the mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement Values valid also for +C +SL EUROPE EN ITALY UNI E335 Fe 590
CHINA HRB335
GERMANY DIN St 60-2
FRANCE AFNOR A 60-2
UK BS
RUSSIA St6ps-2
USA AISI/SAE
FREE-CUTTING STEELS
11SMn30 • 11SMnPb30 • 11SMn37 • 11SMnPb37 10SPb20 • 35SPb20 • 36SMn14 • 36SMnPb14 • 46S20 • 46SPb20
11SMn30
20
Part two • Free-cutting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 11SMn30 According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Number 1.0715
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max max 0.14 0.05 0.90-1.30 ± 0.02 + 0.01 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
Natural forming condition
1250-950
Normalizing 900 air
Core hardening 880 water
P% max 0.11 + 0.02
S%
Pb%
Mo%
Ni%
0.27-0.33 ± 0.03
Soft annealing 680 air Core hardening 890 oil or polymer
Mechanical proper ties Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) size mm R HB from to N/mm2 reference only 5 10 380-570 112-169 10 16 380-570 112-169 16 40 380-570 112-169 40 63 370-570 109-169 63 100 360-520 107-154
Carburizing (880-950)
Stress relieving 150-200 furnace cooling
Hardening on carburized surface (770-810)
Stress relieving (180-200)
Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3
Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf
Hot-formed quenched and tempered
N/mm2
R N/mm2 min
Rp 0.2 min
A%
HB
Not suitable for heat treatment
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Values valid also for +C +SL Values valid also for +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for N/mm2 5 b) 10 510-810 440 6 154-243 10 16 490-760 410 7 149-226 16 40 460-710 375 8 139-218 380-570 112-169 40 63 400-650 305 9 119-200 370-570 112-169 63 100 360-630 245 9 104-192 360-520 107-154 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement EUROPE EN 11SMn30
ITALY UNI CF 9SMn28
CHINA
GERMANY DIN 9SMn28
FRANCE AFNOR S250
UK BS 230M07
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 1214
21
11SMnPb30
Part two • Free-cutting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 11SMnPb30 According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Number 1.0718
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max max 0.14 0.05 0.90-1.30 ± 0.02 + 0.01 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.11 + 0.02
Natural forming condition
1250-950
Normalizing 900 air
Core hardening 880 water
S%
Pb%
0.27-0.33 ± 0.03
0.20-0.35 + 0.03 – 0.02
Soft annealing 680 air Core hardening 890 oil or polymer
Mechanical properties Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) size mm R HB from to N/mm2 reference only 5 10 380-570 112-169 10 16 380-570 112-169 16 40 380-570 112-169 40 63 370-570 109-169 63 100 360-520 107-154
Mo%
Carburizing (880-950)
Stress relieving 150-200 furnace cooling
Ni%
Hardening on carburized surface (770-810)
Stress relieving (180-200)
Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3
Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf
Hot-formed quenched and tempered R N/mm2
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min
A% min
HB
Not suitable for heat treatment
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Values valid also for +C +SL Values valid also for +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for informazione N/mm2 5 b) 10 510-810 440 6 154-243 10 16 490-760 410 7 149-226 16 40 460-710 375 8 139-218 380-570 112-169 40 63 400-650 305 9 119-200 370-570 112-169 63 100 360-630 245 9 104-192 360-520 107-154 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement EUROPE EN 11SMnPb30
ITALY UNI CF 9SMnPb28
CHINA Y15Pb
GERMANY DIN 9SMnPb28
FRANCE AFNOR S250Pb
UK BS
RUSSIA (AS14)
USA AISI/SAE 12L14
11SMn37
22
Part two • Free-cutting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 11SMn37 According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Number 1.0736
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max max 0.14 0.05 1.00-1.50 ± 0.02 + 0.01 ± 0.06 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.11 + 0.02
900 air
Pb%
Mo%
Ni%
0.34-0.40 ± 0.04
Natural forming condition
Soft annealing 680 air
Carburizing
Core hardening 880 water
Core hardening 890 oil or polymer
Stress relieving 150-200 furnace cooling
1250-950
Normalizing
S%
Mechanical properties Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) size mm R HB from to N/mm2 reference only 5 10 380-570 112-169 10 16 380-570 112-169 16 40 380-570 112-169 40 63 370-570 109-169 63 100 360-520 107-154
Hardening on carburized surface
Stress relieving
Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3
Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf
Hot-formed quenched and tempered R N/mm2
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min
A% min
HB
Not suitable for heat treatment
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Values valid also for +C +SL Values valid also for +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min reference only N/mm2 5 b) 10 510-810 440 6 154-243 10 16 490-760 410 7 149-226 16 40 460-710 375 8 139-218 380-570 112-169 40 63 400-650 305 9 119-200 370-570 112-169 63 100 360-630 245 9 104-192 360-520 107-154 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement EUROPE EN 11SMn37
ITALY UNI CF 9SMn36
CHINA
GERMANY DIN 9SMn36
FRANCE AFNOR S300
UK BS
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE
23
11SMnPb37
Part two • Free-cutting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 11SMnPb37 According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Number 1.0737
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max max 0.14 0.05 1.00-1.50 ± 0.02 + 0.01 ± 0.06 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.11 + 0.02
900 air
Pb%
Mo%
0.34-0.40 ± 0.04
0.20-0.35 + 0.03 –0.02
Natural forming condition
Soft annealing 680 air
Carburizing
Core hardening 880 water
Core hardening 890 oil or polymer
Stress relieving 150-200 furnace cooling
1250-950
Normalizing
S%
Mechanical properties Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) size mm R HB from to N/mm2 reference only 5 10 380-570 112-169 10 16 380-570 112-169 16 40 380-570 112-169 40 63 370-570 109-169 63 100 360-520 107-154
Ni%
Hardening on carburized surface
Stress relieving
Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3
Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf
Hot-formed quenched and tempered R N/mm2
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min
A% min
HB
Not suitable for heat treatment
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Values valid also for +C + SL Values valid also for +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min reference only N/mm2 5 b) 10 510-810 440 6 154-243 10 16 490-760 410 7 149-226 16 40 460-710 375 8 139-218 380-570 112-169 40 63 400-650 305 9 119-200 370-570 112-169 63 100 360-630 245 9 104-192 360-520 107-154 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement EUROPE EN 11SMnPb37
ITALY UNI CF 9SMnPb36
CHINA
GERMANY DIN 9SMnPb36
FRANCE AFNOR S300Pb
UK BS
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 12L14
10SPb20
24
Part two • Free-cutting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 10SPb20 According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Number 1.0722
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.07-0.13 0.40 0.70-1.10 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
Natural forming condition (HB max 160)
Soft annealing 690 air
Core hardening 880 water
Core hardening 890 oil or polymer
1250-950
Normalizing 900 air
P% max 0.06 + 0.008
S%
Pb%
Mo%
0.15-0.25 ± 0.03
0.20-0.35 + 0.03-0.02
Carburizing 880-980
Stress relieving 150-200 furnace cooling
Mechanical properties Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) size mm R HB from to N/mm2 reference only 5 10 360-530 107-156 10 16 360-530 107-156 16 40 360-530 107-156 40 63 360-530 107-156 63 100 350-490 105-146
Ni%
Hardening on carburized surface 770-810 water, oil, polymer
Stress relieving 180 200
Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3 720 815
Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 485 270
Hot-formed quenched and tempered R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Values valid also for +C +SL Values valid also for +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min reference only N/mm2 5 b) 10 520-780 410 7 155-232 10 16 490-740 390 8 149-224 16 40 460-720 360 9 139-223 360-530 107-156 40 63 410-660 295 10 122-202 360-530 107-156 63 100 380-630 235 11 110-192 350-490 105-146 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement Modulus elasticity N/mm2 200000 EUROPE EN 10SPb20
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 47
ITALY UNI CF 10SPb20
CHINA
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 440 GERMANY DIN 10SPb20
Density kg/dm3 7.85
FRANCE AFNOR 10PbF2
UK BS
Melting temperature °C 1500-1540 RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 11L08
25
35SPb20
Part two • Free-cutting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 35SPb20 According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Number 1.0756 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.32-0.39 0.40 0.70-1.10 ± 0.03 + 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.06 + 0.008
860 air
Pb%
Mo%
0.15-0.25 ± 0.03
0.15-0.35 + 0.03 –0.02
Natural forming condition
Soft annealing 680 air
Carburizing
Core hardening 840 water
Core hardening 890 oil or polymer
Stress relieving 540-680 air
1230-950
Normalizing
S%
Mechanical properties Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) size mm R HB from to N/mm2 5 10 550-720 159-223 10 16 550-700 159-213 16 40 520-680 154-201 40 63 520-670 154-198 63 100 500-650 149-193
Ni%
Hardening on carburized surface
Stress relieving
Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3
Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf
Hot-formed quenched and tempered +QT EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 630-780 430 15 192-232 630-780 430 15 192-232 600-750 380 16 178-225 550-700 320 17 159-213 550-700 320 17 159-213
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Values valid also for +C +SL Values valid also for +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 5 b) 10 640-880 480 6 198-263 10 16 590-830 400 7 176-249 16 40 560-800 360 8 162-240 520-680 154-201 40 63 530-760 340 9 156-226 520-670 154-198 63 100 510-680 300 9 154-208 500-650 149-193 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT EN 10277-3: 2008 Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% c) HB c) R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 b) 10 700-900 490 9 213-271 10 16 700-900 490 11 213-271 16 40 600-750 380 16 178-225 650-850 455 12 200-253 40 63 550-700 320 17 159-213 570-770 400 13 169-231 63 100 550-700 320 17 159-213 550-750 385 14 159-225 c) Values valid also for +C +QT+SL and +QT +C + SL b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement EUROPE EN 35SPb20
ITALY UNI
CHINA
GERMANY DIN 35SPb20
FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE
36SMn14
26
Part two • Free-cutting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 36SMn14 According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Number 1.0764 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.32-0.39 0.40 1.30-1.70 ± 0.03 + 0.03 ± 0.06 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.06 + 0.008
Natural forming condition
900 air
Pb%
Mo%
Ni%
0.10-0.18 ± 0.03
(HB 163-222)
Soft annealing 680 air
Core hardening 880 water
Core hardening 890 oil or polymer
1250-950
Normalizing
S%
Mechanical properties Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) size mm R HB from to N/mm2 reference only 5 10 580-770 172-231 10 16 580-770 172-231 16 40 560-750 166-222 40 63 560-740 166-219 63 100 550-740 163-219
Carburizing 850-900
Stress relieving 150-200 furnace cooling
Hardening on carburized surface 770-810 water, oil, salt bath Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3 710 770
Stress relieving 180-200 Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 345 130
Hot-formed quenched and tempered +QT EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 700-850 480 14 213-253 700-850 460 14 213-253 670-820 420 15 203-246 640-790 400 16 198-237 570-720 360 17 169-223
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Values valid also for +C +SL Values valid also for +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 5 b) 10 660-960 500 6 202-290 10 16 620-920 440 6 190-275 16 40 600-900 390 7 178-271 560-750 166-222 40 63 580-840 360 8 172-250 560-740 166-219 63 100 560-820 340 9 162-246 550-740 163-219 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT EN 10277-3: 2008 Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT + C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% c) HB c) R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 b) 10 750-1000 525 6 225-298 10 16 740-990 520 6 224-297 16 40 670-820 420 15 203-246 720-970 505 8 223-293 40 63 640-790 400 16 198-237 680-930 475 9 208-278 63 100 570-720 360 17 169-223 580-840 405 9 172-250 c) Values valid also for +C +QT+SL and +QT +C + SL b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement EUROPE EN 36SMn14
ITALY UNI 35SMn10
CHINA
GERMANY DIN 36SMn14
FRANCE AFNOR 36SMn14
UK BS
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE
27
36SMnPb14
Part two • Free-cutting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 36SMnPb14 According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Number 1.0765 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.32-0.39 0.40 1.30-1.70 ± 0.03 + 0.03 ± 0.06 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.06 + 0.008
Natural forming condition
900 air
Pb%
0.10-0.18 ± 0.03
0.15-0.35 + 0.03 –0.02
(HB 163-222)
Soft annealing 680 air
Core hardening 880 water
Core hardening 890 oil or polymer
1250-950
Normalizing
S%
Mechanical properties Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 PTesting at room temperature (longitudinal) size mm R HB from to N/mm2 reference only 5 10 580-770 172-231 10 16 580-770 172-231 16 40 560-750 166-222 40 63 560-740 162-219 63 100 550-740 163-219
Mo%
Carburizing 850-900
Stress relieving 150-200 furnace cooling
Ni%
Hardening on carburized surface 770-810 water, oil, salt bath Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3 710 770
Stress relieving 180-200 Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 345 130
Hot-formed quenched and tempered EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 700-850 480 14 213-253 700-850 460 14 213-253 670-820 420 15 203-246 640-790 400 16 198-237 570-720 360 17 169-223
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Values valid also for +C +SL Values valid also for +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 5 b) 10 660-960 500 6 202-290 10 16 620-920 440 6 190-275 16 40 600-900 390 7 178-271 560-750 166-222 40 63 580-840 360 8 172-250 560-740 166-219 63 100 560-820 340 9 162-246 550-740 163-219 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT EN 10277-3: 2008 Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT + C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% c) HB c) R Rp 0.2 A% HB 2 2 from to N/mm N/mm min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 b) 10 750-1000 525 6 225-298 10 16 740-990 520 6 224-297 16 40 670-820 420 15 203-246 720-970 505 8 223-293 40 63 640-790 400 16 198-237 680-930 475 9 208-278 63 100 570-720 360 17 169-223 580-840 405 9 172-250 c) Values valid also for +C +QT+SL and +QT +C + SL b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement EUROPE EN 36SMnPb14
ITALY UNI 35SMnPb10
CHINA
GERMANY DIN 36SMnPb14
FRANCE AFNOR 35MF6Pb
UK BS
RUSSIA (AS35G2)
USA AISI/SAE
46S20
28
Part two • Free-cutting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 46S20 According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Number 1.0727 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.42-0.50 0.40 0.70-1.10 ± 0.03 + 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.06 + 0.008
860 air
Pb%
Mo%
Ni%
0.15-0.25 ± 0.03
Natural forming condition
Soft annealing 680 air
Carburizing
Core hardening 840 water
Core hardening 860 oil or polymer
Stress relieving 540-680 air
1250-950
Normalizing
S%
Mechanical properties Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) size mm R HB from to N/mm2 reference only 5 10 590-800 176-240 10 16 590-780 175-232 16 40 590-760 175-225 40 63 580-730 172-216 63 100 560-710 166-211
Hardening on carburized surface
Stress relieving
Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3
Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf
Hot-formed quenched and tempered +QT EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 700-850 490 12 213-253 700-850 490 12 213-253 650-800 430 13 200-240 630-780 370 14 192-232 630-780 370 14 192-232
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Values valid also for +C + SL Values valid also for +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2a) A% HB R HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 5 b) 10 740-980 570 5 224-295 10 16 690-930 470 6 210-278 16 40 640-880 400 7 198-263 590-760 175-225 40 63 610-850 380 8 183-253 580-730 172-216 63 100 580-820 340 8 172-246 560-710 166-211 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT EN 10277-3: 2008 Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT + C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% c) HB c) R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 b) 10 850-1000 595 8 253-298 10 16 800-950 560 9 240-286 16 40 650-800 430 13 200-240 700-850 490 10 213-253 40 63 630-780 370 14 192-232 700-850 490 11 213-253 63 100 630-780 370 14 192-232 650-850 455 11 200-253 c) Values valid also for +C +QT+SL and +QT +C + SL b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement EUROPE EN 46S20
ITALY UNI
CHINA
GERMANY DIN 45S20
FRANCE AFNOR 45MF4
UK BS
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 1146
29
46SPb20
Part two • Free-cutting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 46SPb20 According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Number 1.0757 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.42-0.50 0.40 0.70-1.10 ± 0.03 + 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.06 + 0.008
860 air
Pb%
Mo%
0.15-0.25 ± 0.03
0.15-0.35 + 0.03 –0.02
Natural forming condition
Soft annealing 680 air
Carburizing
Core hardening 840 water
Core hardening 860 oil or polymer
Stress relieving 540-680 air
1230-950
Normalizing
S%
Mechanical properties Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) size mm R HB from to N/mm2 reference only 5 10 590-800 175-240 10 16 590-780 175-232 16 40 590-760 175-225 40 63 580-730 172-216 63 100 560-710 166-211
Ni%
Hardening on carburized surface
Stress relieving
Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3
Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf
Hot-formed quenched and tempered +QT EN 10087: 2000 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 700-850 490 12 213-253 700-850 490 12 213-253 650-800 430 13 200-240 630-780 370 14 192-232 630-780 370 14 192-232
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Values valid also for +C + SL Values valid also for +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 5 b) 10 740-980 570 5 224-295 10 16 690-930 470 6 210-278 16 40 640-880 400 7 198-263 590-760 175-225 40 63 610-850 380 8 183-253 580-730 172-216 63 100 580-820 340 8 172-246 560-710 166-211 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT EN 10277-3: 2008 Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT + C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% c) HB c) R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 b) 10 850-1000 595 8 253-298 10 16 800-950 560 9 240-286 16 40 650-800 430 13 200-240 700-850 490 10 213-253 40 63 630-780 370 14 192-232 700-850 490 11 213-253 63 100 630-780 370 14 192-232 650-850 455 11 200-253 c) Values valid also for +C +QT+SL and +QT +C + SL b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement EUROPE EN 46SPb20
ITALY UNI
CHINA
GERMANY DIN 45SPb20
FRANCE AFNOR 46SPb20
UK BS
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 41L50
CASE-HARDENING STEELS
C10E • C15E • C16E • XC18 • 16MnCr5 • 20MnCr5 • 17NiCrMo6-4 18NiCrMo5 • 20NiCrMo2-2 • 16NiCr4 • 16NiCr11 • 16NiCrMo12
C10E
Part two • Case-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C10E According to standards EN 10084: 2008 Number 1.1121
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% max max max 0,07-0,13 0,40 0,30-0,60 0,035 0,035 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. C 10R n° 1.1207 S% 0.020-0.040 Deviations on the product ± 0.005 C10 n° 1.0301 P% - S% max 0.045 Temperature °C Hot forming Normalizing 1150-850 Soft annealing 660-700 air (HB max 131)
920 air Isothermal annealing 930 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB 100-150)
Core hardening 880-920 water Natural
(HB max 150)
31
Carbonitriding 750-930 gas Hardenability test
Mo%
Ni%
Carburizing
Hardening Stress carb. surface relieving 900-950 780-820 150 water 200 Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding Welding must be made on the annealed part and before carburizing 100 Slow cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core ** carb. surface 725 880 480* 220**
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 11 540-930 345 12 35 158-278 30* 390-640 245 15 35 114-198 * The values of Ø 30 are for information only.
32
Part two • Case-hardening steels
C10R 1.1207 EN 10277-4: 2008 Cold-drawn +C c) size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 5 b) 10 460-760 350 8 139-226 10 16 430-730 300 9 128-224 16 40 400-700 250 10 119-213 40 63 350-640 200 12 103-198 63 100 320-580 180 12 92-172
Technical card Trafilix Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
310-550 310-550 310-550
92-163 92-163 92-163
size Soft annealing +A +SH, Soft annealing +A +C mm Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled, Ground +SL Cold-drawn from to HB max HB max 5 b) 10 225 10 16 216 16 40 131 207 40 63 131 190 63 100 131 172 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% a) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement a) values valid also for +C +SL Forged UNI 8550: 1984. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min 11 540-930 345 12 11 25 440-685 275 14 25 40 390-590 245 16 Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial Jominy test HRC distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 min No indications are shown in max the reference standards
9
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 450
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 65
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.11 EUROPE EN C10E
ITALY UNI C10
Density kg/dm3 7.86
11
13
20
25
30
Kv L J min
35
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal E N/mm2 a +20 °C 200000
40
HB for inform. 158-278 132-209 114-176
45
50
Mod. of elasticity tangential G N/mm2 a +20 °C 76760
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 100 °C 200 °C 11.0 11.8
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 9.09 CHINA 10
15
Kcu L J min 35 40 40
GERMANY DIN Ck10
FRANCE AFNOR XC10
UK BS 045M10
RUSSIA 10
USA AISI/SAE 1010
33
Part two • Case-hardening steels C10E Heat treatment +U +N +U +N +U +N +U +N +U +N +U +N +U +N +U natural +N normalized
Temperature (+ ...°C) - min. values 20 200 300 350 276 245 0.10 0.14 505 607 1245 657 – 0.14 – 0.90 14.08 1.40 – 0.84 – 0.62
Fatigue behaviour 400
450
500
600 Cyclic yield strength, σy’ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Cyclic strength exponent, n’ low cycle fatigue Cyclic strength coefficient, K‘ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Fatigue strength coefficient, σf‘ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Fatigue strength exponent, b low cycle fatigue Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf low cycle fatigue Fatigue ductility exponent, c low cycle fatigue
C% – Depth diagram Carburizing at 930 °C for 3 h in salt bath 1,00
0,90 0,80
0,70
% carbon
0,60
0,50
0,40
0,30
0,20
0,10
0,00 mm
0,01
0,02
0,03
0,04
0,05
0,06
0,07
0,08
0,09
effective depth of case-hardened layer
0,10
0,11
0,12
0,13
C15E
34
Part two • Case-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C15E According to standards EN 10084: 2008 Number 1.1141
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% max max max 0.12-0.18 0.40 0.30-0.60 0.035 0.035 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. C 15R n° 1.1140 S% 0.020-0.040 Deviations on the product ± 0.005. C15Pb Pb = 0.15-0.35 Temperature °C Hot forming Normalizing 1150-850 Soft annealing 690 air (HB max 143)
890-920 air Isothermal annealing 930 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB 115-145)
Core hardening 880-920 water Intermediate annealing 650-700 air
Cr%
Carbonitriding 750-930 gas Natural
(HB 170)
Mo%
Ni%
Carburizing
Hardening Stress carb. surface relieving 900-950 780-820 150 water 200 Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding Welding must be made on the annealed part and before carburizing 100 Slow cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core ** carb. surface 725 880 460* 220**
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 11 740-1180 440 9 22.5 224-354 30* 540-780 295 13 30 158-232 * The values of Ø 30 are for information only. Tensile strength after hardening and tempering at +200°C Lucefin experience Ø mm d ≤ 16 16 d ≤ 40 R N/mm2 min 800 600 Heat Temperature (+ ...°C) - min. values treatment 20 200 300 350 +A 249 +N 269 +A 0.19 +N 0.18 +A 824 +N 813 +A 807 +N 984 +A – 0.12 +N – 0.13 +A 0.42 +N 0.81 +A – 0.53 +N – 0.58 +N 170 +A annealed +N normalized
Fatigue behaviour 400
450
500
600 Cyclic yield strength, σy’ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Cyclic strength exponent, n’ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Cyclic strength coefficient, K‘ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Fatigue strength coefficient, σf‘ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Fatigue strength exponent, b low cycle fatigue Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf‘ low cycle fatigue Fatigue ductility exponent, c low cycle fatigue Fatigue limit N/mm2 high cycle fatigue
35
Part two • Case-hardening steels
Technical card Trafilix Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
C15R 1.1140 EN 10277-4: 2008 Cold-drawn +C c) size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 5 b) 10 800-800 380 7 152-240 10 16 480-780 340 8 146-232 16 40 430-730 280 9 128-224 40 63 380-670 240 11 110-203 63 100 340-600 215 12 100-178
330-600 330-600 330-600
98-178 98-178 98-178
size Soft annealing Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +A +SH, Soft annealing +A +C mm Ground +SL Cold-drawn from to HB max HB max 5 b) 10 238 10 16 231 16 40 143 216 40 63 143 198 63 100 143 178 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +C +SL Forged UNI 8550: 1984 Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q from to N/v N/mm2 min min min min 11 735-1180 440 19 11 25 540-785 345 11 25 40 490-735 295 14 Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial Jominy test HRC for information only distance in mm from quenched end 1 2 3 4 min 39 35 31 27 max 45 42 35 33 Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
6 22 28
7 20 26
Kv L J min
HB for inform. 224-354 158-234 149-224
8
24
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm
Ø 250-500
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN C15E
5 25 32
Kcu L J min 22.5 30 35
ITALY UNI C15
Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA 15
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 58 GERMANY DIN Ck15
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.11
FRANCE AFNOR XC12
UK BS
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 9.09 RUSSIA 15
USA AISI/SAE 1015
C16E
36
Part two • Case-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C16E According to standards EN 10084: 2008 Number 1.1148
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% max max 0.12-0.18 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.035 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. C 16R n° 1.1208 S% 0.020-0.040 ± 0.005. C16Pb Pb = 0.15-0.35 Temperature °C Hot forming Normalizing 1150-850 Soft annealing 650-700 air (HB max 156)
890-920 air Isothermal annealing 910 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB 120-148)
Core hardening 880-920 water Intermediate annealing
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr%
Carbonitriding 740-930 gas Hardenability test
Mo%
Ni%
Carburizing
Hardening Stress carb. surface relieving 900-950 780-820 150 water 200 Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding Welding must be made on the annealed part and before carburizing 100 Slow cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core ** carb. surface 725 850 450* 230**
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 5331: 1964. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) test blanks R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu mm N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 25 700-1100 450 7 44
HB reference only 213-331
37
Part two • Case-hardening steels
Technical card Trafilix Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
C16R 1.1208 EN 10277-4: 2008 Cold-drawn +C c) size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 5 b) 10 520-820 400 7 154-247 10 16 500-800 360 8 152-240 16 40 450-750 300 9 135-228 40 63 400-690 260 11 119-210 63 100 360-620 235 12 106-210
350-620 350-620 350-620
105-184 105-184 105-184
size Soft annealing Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +A +SH, Soft annealing +A +C mm Ground +SL Cold-drawn from to HB max HB max 5 b) 10 242 10 16 238 16 40 156 222 40 63 156 204 63 100 156 184 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +C +SL Forged properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 5331: 1964. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kcu L Kv L HB test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min J min J min for inform. 25 700-1100 450 7 44 213-331 Jominy test HRC distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 min No indications are shown max in the reference standards Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
11
13
15
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm
20
25
Ø 250-500
30
35
40
45
50
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN C16E
9
ITALY UNI C15
Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 58 GERMANY DIN
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.11
FRANCE AFNOR XC18
UK BS 080M15
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 9.09 RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 1015
XC18
38
Part two • Case-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality XC18 According to standards NF A 35-551: 1986 Number
Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
P% max 0.035 + 0.005
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
0.16-0.22 0.15-0.35 0.40-0.70 ± 0.01 + 0.02 ± 0.03 Permissible deviations on the product. Can be supplied with the addition of sulphur S = 0.020-0.040% By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.25% XC 18 Pb Temperature °C Hot forming Normalizing 1150-850 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 160)
875-900 air Isothermal annealing 880 furnace cooling to 650 after, air
Core hardening 870-910 water Intermediate annealing
Carbonitriding 750-930 gas Hardenability test
Carburizing
Hardening Stress carb. surface relieving 880-930 770-810 150 water 200 Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding Welding must be made on the annealed part and before carburizing 100 Slow cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf 730 845 440 220
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties, normalized condition NF A 35-551: 1986. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 16 410-490 255 28 45 16 40 400-490 245 27 45 40 100 390-490 225 26 42.5 100 160 380-480 215 25 40 160 250 370-480 205 24 40
HB reference only 122-149 119-149 114-149 110-146 108-146
Hot-rolled mechanical properties, quenched and tempered condition after carburizing NF A 35-551: 1986. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min reference only 16 880-1270 600 8 20 263-373 16 40 690-1030 480 12 30 210-311
39
Part two • Case-hardening steels
Technical card Trafilix
XC18 Cold-drawn + C 070M20 BS 970 pt.3:1991. Reference only. Values are valid also for +C +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Re A% HB from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min 6 13 560 420 10 162 13 16 530 390 12 156 16 40 490 340 12 149 40 63 480 290 13 146 63 76 450 280 14 135 Forged normalized +N NF A 35-551: 1986. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 100 160 380-480 215 25 160 250 370-480 205 24
A% Q min
Forged quenched and tempered after carburizing NF A 35-551: 1986. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min 16 880-1270 600 8 16 40 690-1030 480 12 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks Jominy test HRC distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 min No indications are shown max in the reference standards Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
11
13
15
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm
20
25
Ø 250-500
Kv L J min
HB for inform. 110-146 108-146
Kcu L J min 20 30
Kv L J min
HB for inform. 263-373 210-311
30
35
40
45
50
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN C16E
9
Kcu L J min 40 40
ITALY UNI C20
Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 58 GERMANY DIN Ck22
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.11
FRANCE AFNOR XC18
UK BS 070M20
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 9.09 RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 1016
16MnCr5
40
Part two • Case-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 16MnCr5 According to standards EN 10084: 2008 Number 1.7131 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% max max max 0.14-0.19 0.40 1.00-1.30 0.025 0.035 0.80-1.10 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.05 16MnCrS5 n° 1.7139 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product ± 0.005. By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35% Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request Temperature °C Hot forming Normalizing 1150-850
880 air (HB 138-187) Isothermal annealing 870 furnace cooling to 650 after, air
Core hardening 860-900 oil, polymer, salt bath Spheroidizing
Soft annealing +A 750-770 slowly 730-750 furnace 15 °C/h cooling 50 °C/h to until 680 pause 680 pause after slowly 400, cooling to 400 pause, after, air after, air (HB max 207) (HB 156-207) (HB 140-187) Transformation annealing +FP 950-1000 quick cooling to 630-650 holding about 3 h after, air (HB140-187)
Ni%
Carbonitriding
Carburizing
Hardening carb. surface 810-840 oil, polymer, salt bath (160-250 °C)
Stress relieving 150 200
750-930 gas
900-950
Hardenability test 870 water
Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding Welding must be made on the annealed part and before carburizing 150-350 600 furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core ** carb. surface 740 840 400* 200** As-rolled Stress relieving 600-620 (HB max 230)
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 11 1030-1370 735 8 25 311-394 30* 740-1030 490 9 25 224-311 63* 640-930 440 10 25 198-278 * The values of Ø 30 and Ø 63 are for information only. Hot-rolled condition untreated Lucefin experience size R Rp 0.2 A% mm N/mm2 N/mm2 min min from 10 to 100 560-720 350 15
C% min 25
Kcu J min
HB max 207
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 870 °C in oil HB 390 385 385 385 385 381 376 362 348 319 HRC 42 41.5 41.5 41.5 41.5 41 40.5 39 37.5 34 R N/mm2 1340 1335 1330 1330 1320 1300 1260 1210 1150 1050 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1020 1060 1110 1140 1145 1140 1110 1070 1010 930 A % 12.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.0 12.0 12.5 13.0 14.0 15.5 C % 52.0 52.0 53.0 54.0 55.0 57.0 59.0 61.0 63.0 64.0 Kv J 42 46 46 45 42 40 42 62 90 124 HRC carburized 64 63 62 60.5 59 57 layer Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
286 30 950 830 17.5 68.0 135
240 22.5 800 710 20.0 72.0 155
213
200
700 620 23.0 75.0 180
650 560 25.5
550
600
650
700
194
41
Part two • Case-hardening steels
Technical card Trafilix Heat treatment for +FP +C pearlite-ferrite structure Cold-drawn HB
16MnCrS5 1.7139 EN 10277-4: 2008 size Soft Soft Heat treatment for +FP +SH mm annealing +A +SH, +SL annealing +A +C pearlite-ferrite structure Peeled-Reeled, Ground Cold-drawn Peeled-Reeled, Ground from to HB max HB max HB 5 a) 10 260 10 16 250 16 40 207 245 140-187 40 63 207 240 140-187 63 100 207 240 140-187 a) for thickness below 5 mm, hardness test, can be agreed upon before order placement Forged UNI 8550: 1984. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min 11 1030-1375 735 8 11 25 785-1080 540 9 25 50 685-930 490 10 Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial EN 10084: 2008 Jominy test HRC grain size G 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min 39 36 31 28 24 21 max 47 46 44 41 39 37 35 33 Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
Kcu T J min
20
25
30
35
40
31
30
29
28
27
Ø 250-500
HB for inform. 311-395 234-327 209-278
Kv L J min
45
50
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 16MnCr5
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm
Kcu L J min 25 30 30
140-240 140-235 140-235
ITALY UNI 16MnCr5
Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA 15CrMn
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 41 GERMANY DIN 16MnCr5
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.16
FRANCE AFNOR 16MC
UK BS
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 6.25 RUSSIA 16HG
USA AISI/SAE 5115
20MnCr5
42
Part two • Case-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 20MnCr5 According to standards EN 10084: 2008 Number 1.7147 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% max max max 0.17-0.22 0.40 1.10-1.40 0.025 0.035 1.00-1.30 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 + 0.05 20MnCrS5 n° 1.7149 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product ± 0.005. By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35% Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request Temperature °C Hot forming Normalizing 1150-850
Soft annealing +A 750-770 slowly. 15 °C/h until 680 pause after slowly 400 pause after air (HB max 217)
860-880 air (HB 140-201) Isothermal annealing 860 furnace to 650 after, air
(HB 170-217)
Core hardening 860-900 oil, polymer, salt bath Spheroidizing 720-740 furnace cooling to 680 pause cooling to 300 after, air (HB 152-201)
Transformation annealing +FP 950-1000 quick cooling to 620-650 holding about 3 h after, air (HB 152-201)
Carbonitriding 750-930 gas Hardenability test 870 water
Ni%
Carburizing
Hardening Stress carb. surface relieving 880-930 810-840 150 oil, polymer 200 salt bath Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding Welding must be made on the annealed part and before carburizing 150-350 600 furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core ** carb. surface 730 830 390* 200** As-rolled
Stress relieving 600-620
(HB max 295)
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 11 1230-1570 930 7 17.5 363-438 30* 930-1230 690 8 20 278-363 63* 780-1080 540 9 25 232-327 * The values of Ø 30 and Ø 63 are for information only. Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 870 °C in oil HB 426 426 421 421 415 409 395 381 362 336 HRC 45.5 45.5 45 45 44.5 44 42.5 41 39 36 R N/mm2 1500 1500 1490 1480 1460 1430 1370 1300 1210 1100 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1060 1140 1190 1230 1240 1240 1220 1180 1090 960 A % 11.5 11.9 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.8 11.9 12.2 12.8 14.0 C % 48 49 50 52 53 55 56 58 60 62 Kv J 38 40 40 40 38 38 32 34 75 75 HRC carburized 64.5 64 63 60.5 59 57 layer Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
294 31 980 850 16.0 64 100
261 26.5 875 750 18.8 67 128
240 22.5 795 670 21.8 70 145
224 740 600 23.2 72 155
550
600
650
700
43
Part two • Case-hardening steels
Technical card Trafilix Heat treatment for +FP +C pearlite-ferrite structure Cold-drawn HB
20MnCrS5 1.7149 EN 10277-4: 2008 size Soft Soft Heat treatment for +FP +SH mm annealing +A +SH, +SL annealing +A +C pearlite-ferrite structure Peeled-Reeled, Ground Cold-drawn Peeled-Reeled, Ground from to HB max HB max HB 5 a) 10 270 10 16 260 16 40 217 255 152-201 40 63 217 250 152-201 63 100 217 250 152-201 a) for thickness below 5 mm, hardness test, can be agreed upon before order placement Forged UNI 8550: 1984. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q from to N/mm2mm2 N/mm2 min min min min 11 1225-1570 930 7 11 25 930-1225 685 8 25 50 785-1080 540 9 Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial EN 10084: 2008 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min 41 39 36 33 30 28 26 25 max 49 49 48 46 43 42 41 39 Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000 205000 78000 195000 75000 175000
67000
155000
59000
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 20MnCr5
ITALY UNI 20MnCr5
Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA 20CrMn
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm
20 23 37
25 21 35
Ø 250-500
Kcu L J min 17.5 20 25
152-250 152-245 152-245
Kcu T J min
Kv L J min
30
35
40
34
33
32
45
HB for inform. 361-438 278-361 234-327
50
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 14.1
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 41 GERMANY DIN 20MnCr5
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.16
FRANCE AFNOR 20MC5
UK BS
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 6.25 RUSSIA 20HG
USA AISI/SAE 5120
17NiCrMo6-4
44
Part two • Case-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 17NiCrMo6-4 According to standards EN 10084: 2008 Number 1.6566
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% max max max 0.14-0.20 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.035 0.80-1.10 0.15-0.25 1.20-1.50 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.05 ± 0.03 ± 0.05 Permissible deviations on the product. 17NiCrMoS6-4 n° 1.6569 S% 0.020-0.040 ± 0.005%. By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35% or sulphur (S) max 0.10% Temperature °C Hot forming Normalizing 1100-900
Soft annealing 700 air
880 air
Isothermal annealing 850 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB max 229) (HB 179-229)
Core hardening 830-870 oil, polymer salt bath Annealing +FP 900-1000
(HB 149-201)
Hardening carb. surface 780-820 oil, polymer salt bath Hardenability test 880 water
Stress relieving 150 180
Intermediate Carburizing annealing 650-700 880-980 air
Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding Welding must be made on the annealed part and before carburizing 150-350 600 furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core ** carb. surface 730 815 360* 180**
Mechanical properties Mechanical properties for Hot forming according to standards Stalschlüssel 2007 after hardening 850°C oil + stress relieving 200°C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R min Rp 0.2 A% Kcu HB Lucefin experience from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min min Quenching 850°C oil Tempering 200°C air 16 1200 359 dim. R Rp 0.2 A Kv +20 °C 16 40 1000 298 mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % J 40 100 900 271 60 1248 942 13.6 64-52-52 17NiCrMoS6-4 1.6569 EN 10277-4: 2008 size Soft Soft Heat treatment for +FP +SH mm annealing +A +SH, +SL annealing +A +C perlite-ferrite structure Peeled-Reeled, Ground Cold-drawn Peeled-Reeled, Ground from to HB max HB max HB 5 a) 10 275 10 16 265 16 40 229 260 149-201 40 63 229 255 149-201 63 100 229 255 149-201 a) for thickness below 5 mm, hardness test, can be agreed upon before order placement
Heat treatment for +FP +C perlite-ferrite structure Cold-drawn HB
149-250 149-245 149-245
45
Part two • Case-hardening steels 17NiCrMo6-4 EN 10084: 2008 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. distance in mm from quenched end mm 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 min 40 40 37 34 30 28 max 48 48 47 46 45 44 min 43 43 40 38 35 33 max 48 48 47 46 45 44 min 40 40 37 34 30 28 max 45 45 44 42 40 39 EUROPE EN 17NiCrMo6-4
ITALY UNI
CHINA
13 27 42 32 42 27 37
15 26 41 31 41 26 36
GERMANY DIN 17NiCrMo6-4
20 24 38 29 38 24 33
25 23 36 27 36 23 32
30 22 35 26 35 22 31
FRANCE AFNOR
35 21 34 25 34 21 30 UK BS
40
45
33 24 33
grades H = normal HH = restricted scatter bands HL = restricted scatter bands
29 RUSSIA 17HGN1M
USA AISI/SAE
18NiCrMo5
46
Part two • Case-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 18NiCrMo5 According to standards UNI 7846: 1978 Number
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn%
P% max 0.035 + 0.005
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
0.15-0.21 0.15-0.40 0.60-0.90 0.70-1.00 0.15-0.25 1.20-1.50 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 ± 0.05 ± 0.03 ± 0.05 Permissible deviations on the product. By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35% or sulphur (S) 0.020-0.035% Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request Temperature °C Hot forming Normalizing 1100-900
880 air
Soft annealing 700 slowly 15 °C/h until 600 after, air (HB max 240)
Isothermal annealing 850 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB 150-220)
Core hardening 840-870 oil, polymer salt bath Annealing +FP 950-1000 quick cooling
Carbonitriding
Hardenability test 850 water
Carburizing
Hardening Stress carb. surface relieving 880-930 800-830 150-180 oil, polymer salt bath Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding Welding must be made on the annealed part and before carburizing 150-350 600 furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core ** carb. surface 730 815 360* 180**
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 11 1230-1520 980 8 30 363-432 30* 980-1270 735 9 32.5 295-373 63* 830-1130 635 10 35 249-339 * The values of Ø 30 and Ø 63 are for information only. Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 415 415 415 409 404 395 381 362 344 327 HRC 44.5 44.5 44.5 44 43.5 42.5 41 39 37 35 R N/mm2 1460 1460 1450 1430 1400 1360 1300 1230 1150 1080 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1070 1120 1170 1210 1210 1190 1150 1100 1040 960 A % 13.5 13.6 13.5 13.2 13.0 12.8 12.8 12.9 13.8 15.0 C % 57.0 58.0 59.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 61.0 63.0 Kv J 64 64 62 62 64 46 46 46 75 94 HRC carburized 64 63.5 62 60 59 56 layer Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
301 32 1000 860 17.0 65.0 125
271 28 900 790 19.5 68.0 148
237 22 790 700 22.0 72.0 166
218 710 610 24.0 74.0 180
550
600
650
700
47
Part two • Case-hardening steels
Technical card Trafilix
18NiCrMo5 Cold-drawn + C 815M17 BS 970-3: 1991 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min 19 1080 8
HB min 327
Kv J min 22
Testing after quenching, case hardened layer. Quenching 830°C oil tempering 200°C air Forged UNI 8550: 1984. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min 11 1225-1520 980 8 11 25 1030-1325 785 9 25 40 930-1230 735 9 40 100 785-1080 590 10 Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial UNI 7846: 1978 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 min 39 38 36 34 31 29 max 49 48.5 48 46.5 45 43.5 Temperature Testing at °C 20
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 17NiCrMo6-4
ITALY UNI 18NiCrMo5
Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA
13 27 41
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm
15 20 25.5 23 40 37
25 21 35.5
Ø 250-500
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 41 GERMANY DIN
Kcu L J min 30 32.5 32.5 35
Kcu T J min
30 20.5 34.5
35 20 33.5
HB for inform. 361-432 311-384 278-363 234-327
40
45
50
33
32.5
32
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1]
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.16
FRANCE AFNOR 18NCD6
Kv L J min
UK BS 815M17
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 6.25 RUSSIA 19HNM
USA AISI/SAE 4317
20NiCrMo2-2
48
Part two • Case-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 20NiCrMo2-2 According to standards EN 10084: 2008 Number 1.6523
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% max max max 0,17-0,23 0,40 0,65-0,95 0,025 0,035 0,35-0,70 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.05 Permissible deviations on the product. 20NiCrMoS2-2 n° 1.6526 S% 0.020-0.040 ± 0.005%. By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35% Temperature °C Hot forming
Natural state
Normalizing
1100-900
(HB max 230)
Soft annealing 700 furnace cooling 10 °C/h until 600 after, air (HB max 212)
Isothermal annealing 850 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB 161-212)
860-880 air salt bath Annealing +FP 950-1000 quick cooling
Core hardening 850-880 oil, polymer Hardenability test 870 water
(HB 149-194)
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 11 1180-1570 930 7 30* 830-1130 590 10 63* 690-980 490 11 * The values of Ø 30 and Ø 63 are for information only.
C% min
Mo%
Ni%
0,15-0,25 0,40-0,70 ± 0.03 ± 0.05
Carburizing
Hardening Stress carb. surface relieving 880-930 800-830 150 oil, polymer 200 salt bath Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding Welding must be made on the annealed part and before carburizing 150-350 600 furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms *core ** carb. surface 735 820 380* 200**
HB
Kcu J min 27.5 30 30
354-438 249-339 210-295
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 860 °C in oil HB 415 409 409 404 390 385 376 357 344 319 HRC 44.5 44 44 43.5 42 41.5 40.5 38.5 37 34 R N/mm2 1440 1430 1425 1410 1340 1335 1270 1200 1140 1050 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1060 1110 1160 1180 1180 1170 1135 1080 1025 950 A % 11.2 11.8 12.0 12.0 11.8 11.2 11.4 12.0 13.5 15.2 C % 51 52 53 54 55 56 60 61 62 63 Kv J 46 46 46 46 45 46 64 62 86 100 HRC carburized 64 63.5 62 60.5 59 57.5 layer Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Effective depth of case-hardened layer Depth mm 0.25 HRC Time of case-hardening h 1
0.30
0.40
2
3
0.50 50 4
294 31 975 870 17.0 65 126
264 27 885 785 19.0 67 146
240 22.5 800 700 22.0 72 170
700 600 24.5 74 194
550
600
650
700
0.60
0.65
6
8
213
49
Part two • Case-hardening steels
Technical card Trafilix Heat treatment for +FP +C pearlite-ferrite structure Cold-drawn HB
20NiCrMoS2-2 1.6526 EN 10277-4: 2008 size Soft Soft Heat treatment for+FP +SH mm annealing +A +SH, +SL annealing +A +C pearlite-ferrite structure Peeled-Reeled, Ground Cold-drawn Peeled-Reeled, Ground from to HB max HB max HB 5 a) 10 270 10 16 260 16 40 212 255 149-194 40 63 212 255 149-194 63 100 212 255 149-194 a) for thickness below 5 mm, hardness can be agreed upon before order placement Forged 20NiCrMo2 UNI 8550: 1984. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min 11 1175-1570 930 9 11 25 885-1225 640 10 25 40 785-1080 590 10 40 60 685-980 490 11 Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial EN 10084: 2008 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min 41 37 31 25 22 20 max 49 48 45 42 36 33 31 30 Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
Temperature Testing at °C 20 EUROPE EN 20NiCrMo2-2
ITALY UNI 20NiCrMo2
CHINA 20CrNiMo
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm
GERMANY DIN 21NiCrMo2
Kcu L J min 27.5 30 30 32
149-240 149-235 149-235
Kcu T J min
20
25
30
35
40
27
25
24
24
23
Ø 250-500
45
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1]
FRANCE AFNOR 20NCD2
UK BS 805M20
HB for inform. 352-438 265-361 234-327 209-295
Kv L J min
RUSSIA 20HGNM
50
Density kg/dm3 7.86 USA AISI/SAE 8620 appr.
Transformation diagram for isothermal cooling - time - temperature 850 Af austenite 750 As
HB 160
650 ferrite + carbides
austenite + ferrite
austenite + ferrite + carbides 500
temperature C
50% 400
300 time [s]
M 50
1
Ms M 90 10
10 2
103
104
105
106
16NiCr4
50
Part two • Case-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 16NiCr4 According to standards EN 10084: 2008 Number 1.5714
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% max max max 0.13-0.19 0.40 0.70-1.00 0.025 0.035 0.60-1.00 0.80-1.10 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.05 ± 0.05 Permissible deviations on the product. By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35% 16NiCrS4 n° 1.5715 sulphur (S) 0.020-0.040% Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request. Copper (Cu) max 0.40% Temperature °C Hot forming Normalizing 1150-900
870 air
Soft annealing 700 air
Isothermal annealing 860 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB 166-217)
(HB max 217)
Core hardening 840-880 oil, polymer salt bath Spheroidizing
(HB 156-207)
Carbonitriding 750-930 gas Hardenability test 870 water
Carburizing
Hardening Stress carb. surface relieving 870-950 810-840 150 oil, polymer 200 salt bath Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding Welding must be made on the annealed part and before carburizing 250 550 furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core ** carb. surface 735 825 380* 180**
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 11 1080-1470 835 9 30 327-417 30 830-1130 590 10 32.5 249-339 reference only Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 400 395 395 395 390 381 371 353 336 301 HRC 43 42.5 42.5 42.5 42 41 40 38 36 32 R N/mm2 1380 1370 1370 1360 1340 1310 1250 1180 1100 1010 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1020 1070 1100 1200 1200 1100 1070 1020 940 850 A % 13.0 13.0 13.2 13.2 13.4 13.6 13.8 14.2 15.5 17.0 C % 55 58 59 60 62 63 63 63 64 65 Kv J 66 66 66 64 64 46 45 46 75 110 HRC carburized 64 63 62 60 59 57 layer Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
271 28 900 770 19.2 67 135
240 22.5 800 690 22.0 70 170
224
210
730 620 24.0 73 196
690 520 25.0 74
550
600
650
700
51
Part two • Case-hardening steels 16NiCrS4 1.5715 EN 10277-4: 2008 size Soft Soft Heat treatment for +FP +SH +SL mm annealing +A +SH, +SL annealing +A +C pearlite-ferrite structure Peeled-Reeled, Ground Cold-drawn Peeled-Reeled, Ground from to HB max HB max HB 5 a) 10 270 10 16 260 16 40 217 255 156-207 40 63 217 255 156-207 63 100 217 255 156-207 a) for thickness below 5 mm, hardness can be agreed upon before order placement Forged UNI 8550: 1984. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kcu L from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min J min 11 1080-1470 835 9 30 11 25 880-1195 640 10 32.5 25 40 785-1080 590 10 32.5 40 60 735-980 540 11 32.5 Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening and stress relieving L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial EN 10084: 2008 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min 39 36 33 29 27 25 23 22 max 47 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 ∅ < 250 mm
Kv L J min
25
30
35
40
30
29
28
28
∅ 250-500
156-245 156-240 156-240
45
HB for inform. 327-417 263-356 234-327 224-295
50
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 14.1
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 16NiCr4
20 20 32
Kcu T J min
Technical card Trafilix Heat treatment for +FP +C pearlite-ferrite structure Cold-drawn HB
ITALY UNI 16CrNi4
Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 38 GERMANY DIN 15CrNi6
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.18
FRANCE AFNOR 16NC4
UK BS 637M17
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 5.56 RUSSIA 16HGN
USA AISI/SAE 3215 appr.
16NiCr11
52
Part two • Case-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 16NiCr11 According to standards UNI 5331: 1964 Number
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.12-0.18 0.35 0.30-0.60 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming Normalizing 1100-900
850 air
Soft annealing 680 furnace
Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 620 after, air (HB 160-200)
(HB max 235)
P% max 0.035 + 0.005
Core hardening 830-860 oil, polymer salt bath Spheroidizing
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Carbonitriding
Cr%
Mo%
0.60-0.90 ± 0.05
Carburizing 880-900
Hardenability test 850 water
Ni% 2.50-3.00 ± 0.07
Hardening carb. surface 790-820 oil, polymer salt bath
Stress relieving 150 200
Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding Welding must be made on the annealed part and before carburizing 150-350 600 furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core **carb. surface 715 790 360* 170**
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening UNI 5331 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 25 1127-1422 882 9 30 Quenching at 850-870 °C in oil. Tempering at 150-180 °C
HB for inform. 339-409
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 840 °C in oil HB 400 395 395 395 390 381 371 353 336 301 HRC 43 42.5 42.5 42.5 42 41 40 38 36 32 R N/mm2 1380 1375 1370 1365 1340 1310 1250 1180 1100 1000 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1000 1050 1100 1130 1130 1120 1080 1040 960 870 A % 14.2 13.8 13.6 13.4 13.4 13.6 13.8 14.2 15.8 17.2 C % 60 60 60 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 Kv J 75 75 75 68 66 54 46 45 64 82 HRC carburized 63.5 63 61.5 59 58 56 layer Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
271 28 900 780 20.0 68 126
240 22.5 800 690 24.0 70 155
224
224
740 640 25.5 73 194
730 600 25.0 72 186
550
600
650
700
53
Part two • Case-hardening steels 16NiCr11 Cold-drawn size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards
Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards
Forged UNI 8550: 1984. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kcu L from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min J min 11 1130-1420 880 9 30 11 25 1030-1280 785 10 35 25 40 930-1180 735 11 35 40 100 835-980 640 11 35 Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening and stress relieving L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial UNI 8550: 1984 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 min 39 36.5 34 32 30 28.5 max 48 46.5 44.5 43 41.5 40 Temperature
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2
Testing at °C
E long.
G tang.
20 100 200 300 400 500
210000 205000 195000 185000
80000 78000 75000 71000
11.1 12.1 12.9
165000
63000
14.1
EUROPE EN 16NiCr12
ITALY UNI 16NiCr11
CHINA 12CrNi3
13 27 39
15 20 26 23.5 37.5 35
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1]
GERMANY DIN 14NiCr10
25 21.5 32.5
Kcu T J min
30 19.5 31
35 18 29.5
HB
HRC for inform. 36.5-44 33-40.5 29-38 24.5-31
40 17.5 28.5
45 16.5 28
HB 339-406 311-375 278-354 250-295
50 16 27.5
Variation of mechanical properties according to the thickness of quenched and tempered bars. Test at 1/2 radius. Trafilix experience thickness R Rp 0.2 A mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % 10 1330 930 15.8 20 1175 830 16.0 30 1135 715 16.4 40 960 645 16.6 50 900 590 16.8 60 860 570 17.5 70 840 550 18.8 80 830 540 19.6 90 820 535 20.0 100 810 520 21.4
FRANCE AFNOR 16NC11
UK BS
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 3415
16NiCrMo12
54
Part two • Case-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 16NiCrMo12 According to standards UNI 7846: 1978 Number
Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.13-0.19 0.15-0.40 0.40-0.70 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming Normalizing 1100-900
840 air
Soft annealing 680 furnace
Isothermal annealing 810 furnace cooling to 620 after, air (HB 190-236)
(HB max 250)
P% max 0.035 + 0.005
Core hardening 820-850 oil, polymer salt bath Spheroidizing
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Carbonitriding
Hardenability test 850 water
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
0.80-1.10 ± 0.05
0.30-0.40 2.70-3.20 ± 0.04 ± 0.07
Carburizing
Hardening Stress carb. surface relieving 870-900 780-810 150 oil, polymer 200 salt bath Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding Welding must be made on the annealed part and before carburizing 150-350 600 furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core ** carb. surface 710 780 330* 150**
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 11 1230-1520 980 9 32.5 363-432 30* 1080-1370 785 10 35 327-394 63* 980-1270 735 10 42.5 295-373 * The values of Ø 30 and Ø 63 are for information only. Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 840 °C in oil HB 426 421 421 415 409 404 385 381 357 327 HRC 45.5 45 45 44.5 44 43.5 42.5 41 38.5 35 R N/mm2 1490 1480 1470 1460 1440 1420 1360 1300 1200 1090 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1300 1320 1330 1320 1300 1260 1200 1140 1050 A % 12.0 12.0 11.8 11.2 10.4 10.0 10.6 11.5 12.8 14.6 C % 50 52 55 55 56 56 56 56 57 59 Kv J 42 43 46 66 66 46 42 42 46 76 HRC carburized 65 64.5 64 62 59 57 layer Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
301 32 1000 960 16.8 63 100
271 28 910 830 20.0 67 128
250 24.5 840 720 21.8 69 126
550
600
650
700
55
Part two • Case-hardening steels 16NiCrMo12 Cold-drawn size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards
Technical card Trafilix Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards
Forged UNI 8550: 1984. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kcu L from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min J min 11 1225-1520 980 8 32.5 11 25 1130-1500 835 9 35 25 40 1030-1325 735 10 37 40 100 930-1275 685 10 40 100 150 835-1130 635 11 40 Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening and stress relieving L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial UNI 7846: 1978 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 min 42 41.5 41 40.5 40 39 max 48 48 48 47.5 47.5 47 Temperature Testing at °C 20 EUROPE EN 14NiCrMo13-4
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000 ITALY UNI 16NiCrMo12
CHINA
13 38.5 47
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm
GERMANY DIN
15 20 38 36.5 46.5 45.5
Ø 250-500
25 35.5 44.5
HRC HB reference only 39-46 361-432 36.5-45.5 339-426 33-41.5 311-384 29-40 278-373 24.5-36.5 250-339
Kcu T J min
30 34 44
35 33 43
40 32 42
45 31 41.5
50 30 41
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1]
FRANCE AFNOR 16NCD13
UK BS
RUSSIA 16HN3M
USA AISI/SAE 9314
NITRIDING STEELS
34CrAlNi7-10 • 41CrAlMo7-10
57
34CrAlNi7-10
Part two • Nitriding steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 34CrAlNi7-10 According to standards UNI EN 10085: 2003 Number 1.8550 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0,30-0,37 0,40 0,40-0,70 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-850 Soft annealing 650-700 air (HB max 248)
P% max 0,025 + 0.005
Stress relieving after machining 550-580 air Isothermal annealing
S% max 0,035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Al%
1,50-1,80 ± 0.05
0,15-0,25 ± 0.03
0,80-1,20 ± 0.10
Ni% max 0,85-1,15 ± 0.05
Quenching
Tempering
Nitrocarburizing
850-890 oil or polymer Nitriding
570-660 air Hardenability test 900 water
570-580
500-520
Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 Ac3 730 775
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition UNI EN 10085: 2003 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min for information 16 40 900-1100 680 10 30 271-331 40 100 850-1050 650 12 30 253-319 100 160 800-1000 600 13 35 240-298 160 250 800-1000 600 13 35 240-298 Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 880 °C in oil HB 534 534 525 518 504 489 468 448 432 404 HRC 53.5 53.5 53 52.5 51.5 50.5 49 47.5 46 43.5 R N/mm2 1970 1970 1950 1900 1850 1800 1710 1620 1520 1400 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1440 1450 1520 1570 1550 1500 1440 1390 1300 1210 A % 9.8 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.4 11.2 C % 38 40 43 43 42 40 39 40 43 45 Kcu J 12 14 14 12 11 9 8 7 9 12 Kv J 8 11 11 8 7 6 5 4 6 8 DVM J 18 24 24 18 16 15 14 13 15 18 Test tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 High-temperature strength R N/mm2 840 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 620 A % 22 C % 68 Kv J 140 Test temperature °C 20
780 590 22 70 150 100
760 580 22 68 165 200
790 560 22 64 175 300
Final stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 340 125
700 480 24 76 150 400
Surface hardness in quenched and tempered and nitrided condition HV 1 950
376 40.5 1280 1100 13.6 50 20 17 33 550
327 35 1090 970 15.5 57 32 38 55 600
580 410 26 80 125 500
294 31 980 820 18.4 63 52 84 88 650
271 28 900 700
78 152 132 700
350 220 28 88 80 600
58
Part two • Nitriding steels Technical card Trafilix Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards
34CrAlNi7-10 Cold-drawn size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards Forged quenched and tempered DIN 17211: 1987. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 100 850-1050 650 12 100 250 800-1000 600 13 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial Jominy test HRC 34CrAlNi7 UNI 8552. Reference only. distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 min 48.5 48 47.5 46.5 45.5 44.5 max 59.5 59 58 57 56.5 56 Temperature
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000 205000 79000
Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
185000
71000
165000 155000
63000 59000
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 34CrAlNi7-10
Density kg/dm3 7.85
ITALY UNI
13 43.5 55.5
15 43 55
GERMANY DIN 34CrAlNi7
900
ε
α+γ 600
2,8
α
500
400
N%
780 °C
650 °C
ε (Fe2-3N)
4,5
γ+ ,
509 °C 0,10%
ε+ ,
ε+γ
700
2,35 α+ , (magnetic structure) Fe4N
2
ε+ ,
,
4
6
30 34.5 50.5
8
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.31 UK BS
DVM L J min 35 40
35 33 48.5
40 32 47
HB for inform. 253-319 240-298
45 31.5 46
50 31 45
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 9.1 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 3.22 RUSSIA 24H2NMJu
USA AISI/SAE K52440
Iron-Nitrogen equilibrium diagram While operating in never-ending flow conditions the gaseous ammoniac, at a temperature higher than 480 °C, releases nitrogen and hydrogen which are absorbed and diffused in the sub-superficial steel layer. The nascent nitrogen reacts with the steel elements and creates very hard but very fragile nitrides. The lack of alloy elements in the carbon steel leads to the creation of lonely iron nitrides that gives the steel a big fragility. In order to prevent this inconvenience it is better to use steels containing Al, V, Cr, Mo that are more similar to nitrogen than to iron. The highest advised temperature for the nitriding is 580 °C avoiding the eutectoid of 590 °C.
907 °C
γ
25 37 52
FRANCE AFNOR
°C
800
20 39 54
Kv L J min 30 35
Rp 0.2 R A Kv heat treatment on a round bar 15 mm dia. N/mm2 N/mm2 % J 680 800 20 150 600 780 20 155 590 780 20 165 580 780 20 175 500 700 22 155 400 590 25 125 220 360 30 100 Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 35
CHINA
A% Q min
10
Diagram taken from: Technical report University of Missouri – Rolla by Van L. Richards. The same diagram is placed on Metal quality.it
Fe4 N = micro-crystals of ferrite and nitrides Fe2-3 N = nitrides behaving like a barrier against the diffusion of nitrose.
59
41CrAlMo7-10
Part two • Nitriding steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 41CrAlMo7-10 According to standards UNI EN 10085: 2003 Number 1.8509 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.38-0.45 0.40 0.40-0.70 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-950 Soft annealing 650-750 air (HB max 248)
Stress relieving after machining 550-570 air Isothermal annealing
P% max 0.025 + 0.005
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Al%
1.50-1.80 ± 0.05
0.20-0.35 ± 0.04
0.80-1.20 ± 0.10
Quenching
Tempering
Nitrocarburizing
870-930 oil or polymer Nitriding
580-700 air Hardenability test 900 water
570-580
480-570
Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 Ac3 790 920
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition UNI EN 10085: 2003 Ø Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min for inform. 16 40 950-1150 750 11 25 286-347 40 100 900-1100 720 13 25 271-331 100 160 850-1050 670 14 30 253-319 160 250 800-1000 625 15 30 240-298 Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 930 °C in oil HB 568 560 550 525 518 496 475 455 432 400 HRC 55.5 55 54.5 53 52.5 51 49.5 48 46 43 R N/mm2 2100 2060 2030 1950 1900 1820 1740 1630 1530 1400 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1300 1350 1480 1520 1510 1490 1450 1380 1300 1190 A % 7.5 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.2 9.0 10.5 C % 28 28 35 38 39 39 38 37 39 44 Kv J 28 38 46 64 64 64 64 54 64 80 Test tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 High-temperature strength R N/mm2 1010 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 860 A % 18 C % 58 Kv J 76 Test temperature °C 20 Thermal expansion [(m/m·K)·10–6 °C–1] Test temperature °C
11.1 20 – 200
960 800 16 58 78 100
12.1 20 – 200
900 740 14 52 110 200
880 700 14 56 110 300
12.9 20 – 300
Final stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 320 100
830 620 20 74 118 400
135 20 – 400
Surface hardness in quenched and tempered and nitrided condition HV 1 950
376 40.5 1280 1080 12.0 51 96 550
336 36 1110 940 14.2 56 116 600
700 580 26 80 110 500
13.9 20 – 500
294 31 980 800 17.5 60 126 650
253 25 850 700 19.5 64 132 700
500 300 48 90 80 600
60
Part two • Nitriding steels Technical card Trafilix Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% HB N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards
41CrAlMo7-10 Cold-drawn size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards
Forged quenched and tempered UNI 8552: 1984. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min 100 930-1130 735 12 100 160 835-980 640 14 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks Jominy test HRC 41CrAlMo7 UNI 8552 distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 min 53 52 51 50 max 60 60 59.5 59.5 Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 EUROPE EN 41CrAlMo7-10
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
ITALY UNI 41CrAlMo7
9 49 59
11 48 59
13 47.5 58.5
15 47 58
20 44.5 57
Rp 0.2 R A Kv heat treatment cross-section 15 mm dia. N/mm2 N/mm2 % J 850 1000 18 85 800 990 16 90 750 980 16 110 700 960 17 120 620 880 19 122 550 750 22 110 280 500 38 85
CHINA 38CrMoA0
GERMANY DIN 41CrAlMo7
25 41 56.5
30 39.5 55
HB for inform. 278-339 250-295
Kcu T J min
35 37.5 53
40 36 51
45 35 49
50 33 47
Hardness HV05 after nitriding to the depth of mm: mm HV min HV max
0.01 950 1140
0.06 0.12 0.18 950 930 850 1140 1140 1110
0.25 800 1110
mm HV min HV max
0.5 210 750
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
400
350
350
350
FRANCE AFNOR 40CAD6.12
UK BS 905M39
RUSSIA 40X2MI-O
USA AISI/SAE J24056-E71400
Hardness profiles Hardness profiles
0.7 0.6 42CrMo4 41CrAIMo7-10 31CrMoV9
0.5
Hardness HV
Nitriding Depth Nitriding depht Nitriding depth HV 400 mm
Kcu L J min 19.5 22.5
1200 1100 41CrAIMo7-10
1000 900
31CrMoV9
800 700
0.4
600 0.3
500 400
0.2
42CrMo4
300 200
0.1
100 0
0 0
10
20
30
40
50 60 Nitriding time h
Nitriding depth 400 HV as function of the nitriding time. Plasma nitriding 510 °C
0
0.1 0.2
0.3
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Distance from surface mm
Variation of Hardness with distance from surface. Plasma nitriding 510 °C
STEELS FOR QUENCHING AND TEMPERING
■ C22E • C30E • C35E • XC38H1 • C40E • C45E • C50E • C55E • C60E ■ ASTM A 105 • ASTM A 350 LF2 ■ 41Cr4 • 34CrMo4 • 42CrMo4 • 50CrMo4 • 39NiCrMo3 • 34CrNiMo6 • 40NiCrMo7 • 30CrNiMo8 ■ 36NiCrMo16
C22E
62
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C22E According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Number 1.1151
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% max max 0,17-0,24 0,40 0,40-0,70 0,030 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%. C22R n° 1.1149 S% 0.020-0.040 ± 0.005%. Temperature °C Hot forming 1150-850 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 170)
S% max 0,035 + 0.005
Cr% max 0,40
Mo% max 0,10
Ni% max 0,40
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
890-920 air Isothermal annealing 880 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB max 160)
880 water Natural
900 oil or polymer End quench hardenability test
550-660 air Pre-heating welding not demanded Ac1 Ac3 730 840
(HB max 185)
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding slow cooling Ms Mf 440 220
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv 2 from to over to N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min 16 16 430 240 24 16 100 16 100 410 210 25
HB min 128 122
Hot-formed – hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv 2 from to from to N/mm N/mm2 min min min J min 16 8 500-650 340 20 50 16 40 8 20 470-620 290 22 50 50 a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2. Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 30 mm after quenching at 880 °C in water HB 198 178 172 159 R N/mm2 640 600 580 550 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 390 370 350 320 A % 18 20 20 20 Z % 45 50 52 58 Tempering at °C 450 500 550 600
154 510 300 20 60 650
HB referece only 152-200 141-190
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix
C22E Cold-drawn +C BS 970 pt.3: 1991 (070M20). Reference only. Values are valid also for +C+SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min 6 13 560 420 13 16 530 390 16 40 490 340 40 63 480 290 63 76 450 280
HB min 162 156 149 146 135
A% min 10 12 12 13 14
Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Re a) A% L A% T A% Q 2 from to N/mm min N/mm2 min min min min 100 410 210 25 a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2. Jominy test HRC distance in mm from quenched end 1 2 3 4 min No indications are shown max in the reference standards Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
5
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
6
7
8
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm
9
Kv L J min
10
Ø 250-500
HB min 122
Kv T J min
11
13
15
20
25
30
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 12.25 13.10 13.73 14.28 14.79 15.06 15.37
Heat Temperature (+ ...°C) - min. values treatment 20 200 300 350 +U 267 +QT 279 +U 0.13 +QT 0.13 +U 580 +QT 613 +U 561 +QT 700 +U – 0.08 +QT – 0.09 +U 1.30 +QT 0.49 +U – 0.65 +QT – 0.69 +U natural +QT quenched and tempered EUROPE EN C22E
63
ITALY UNI C20
CHINA 20
Fatigue behaviour 400
GERMANY DIN Ck22
450
500
600 Cyclic yield strength, σy′ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Cyclic strength exponent, n′ low cycle fatigue Cyclic strength coefficient, K′ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Fatigue strength coefficient, σf′ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Fatigue strength exponent, b low cycle fatigue Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf′ low cycle fatigue Fatigue ductility exponent, c low cycle fatigue
FRANCE AFNOR XC18
UK BS 070M20
RUSSIA 20
USA AISI/SAE 1020
C30E
64
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C30E According to standards EN 10083-1: 1998 Number 1.1178
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% max max 0.27-0.34 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.035 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%. C30R n° 1.1179 S% 0.020-0.040 ± 0.005%. Temperature °C Hot forming 1150-850 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 190)
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr% max 0.40
Mo% max 0.10
Ni% max 0.40
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
880 air Isothermal annealing 880 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB max 140-180)
860 water Natural
890 oil or polymer Hardenability test
550-660 air Pre-heating welding
(HB max 210)
Ac1 730
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding slow cooling Ms Mf 400 180
Ac3 810
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled – rod properties for normalized condition C30 1.0528 EN 10083-2: 1998. Reference only. Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB 2 from to from to N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min min 16 16 510 280 20 154 16 100 16 100 480 250 21 146 100 250 100 250 460 230 21 139 Hot-formed – hot-rolled properties for quenched and tempered condition C30 1.0528 EN 10083-2: 1998 Reference only. Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 16 8 600-750 400 18 40 16 40 8 20 550-700 350 20 45 40 63 20 35 500-650 300 21 50 a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, the 0.2% proof strength Rp 0.2. Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 860 °C in water HB 454 441 409 343 263 HRC 48 47 44 37 27 R N/mm2 1640 1580 1430 1140 880 Tempering at °C 100 200 300 400 500
225 20 750 600
HB referece only 178-225 159-213 152-200
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix
C30E Cold-drawn +C (080M30) BS 970 pt.3: 1991. Reference only. Values are valid also for +C+SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min 6 13 620 460 13 16 600 450 16 40 570 400 40 63 560 345 63 76 530 320
HB min 190 178 169 162 156
A% min 9 10 11 12 12
Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Re a) A% L A% T A% Q Kv L 2 from to N/mm min N/mm2 min min min min J min 100 480 250 21 100 250 460 230 21 a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, the 0.2% proof strength Rp 0.2. Jominy test HRC distance in mm from quenched end 1 2 3 4 min No indications are shown max in the reference standards
5
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. Testing at +20 °C 210000 80000 Temperature
EUROPE EN C30E
65
ITALY UNI C30
CHINA 30
6
7
8
9
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm Ø 250-500
GERMANY DIN Ck30
10
11
HB min 146 139
Kv T J min
13
15
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 100 200 300
FRANCE AFNOR XC32
UK BS 080M30
20
13.5 400 RUSSIA 30
25
13.9 500
30
14.1 600 °C
USA AISI/SAE 1030
C35E
66
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C35E According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Number 1.1181
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% max max max max 0.32-0.39 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.035 0.40 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 C35R n° 1.1180 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product ± 0.005. Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63% C35 n° 1.0501 P% - S% max 0.045 Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 210)
Mo% max 0.10
Ni% max 0.40
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
880 air Isothermal annealing 840 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB 140-195)
850 water Natural
880 oil or polymer Hardenability test 870 water
540-680 air Pre-heating welding 100 Ac1 Ac3 730 795
(HB max 220)
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding slow cooling Ms Mf 380 160
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv 2 from to from to N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min 16 16 550 300 18 16 100 16 100 520 270 19 100 250 100 250 500 245 19 Hot-formed – hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 16 8 630-780 430 17 40 16 40 8 20 600-750 380 19 45 35 40 100 20 60 550-700 320 20 50 35 a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2. Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in water HB 467 448 412 343 268 HRC 49 47.5 44 37 27.5 R N/mm2 1700 1610 1440 1140 890 Tempering at °C 100 200 300 400 500
226 20 760 600
HB min 159 155 152
HB referece only 192-232 178-225 159-213
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
67
C35E 1.1181 C35R 1.1180 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix Cold-drawn +C c) Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 5 b) 10 650-1000 510 6 200-298 10 16 600-950 420 7 178-286 16 40 580-880 320 8 172-263 520-700 154-207 40 63 550-840 300 9 159-250 520-700 154-207 63 100 520-800 270 9 155-240 520-700 154-207 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +C +SL C35E 1.1181 C35R 1.1180 EN 10277-5: 2008 Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +QT +C c) Cold-drawn + bonifica +C +QT and +C +QT +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 b) 10 750-950 525 9 225-286 10 16 700-900 490 9 213-271 16 40 650-850 455 10 200-253 600-750 370 19 178-225 40 63 570-770 400 11 169-231 550-700 320 20 159-213 63 100 550-750 385 12 159-225 550-700 320 20 159-213 b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +QT +C +SL
from 100 250 500
Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Re c) A% L A% T to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min 100 520 270 19 250 500 245 19 15 500 480 220 19 15 1000 470 210 18 14
A% Q min
Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-2: 2001 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re c) A% L from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min 100 70 550 320 20 100 250 70 160 490 290 22 250 500 160 330 470 270 21 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial c) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2. EN 10083-2: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 min 48 40 33 24 22 20 max 58 57 55 53 49 41 34 31 28 EUROPE EN C35E
ITALY UNI C35
CHINA 35
GERMANY DIN Ck35
Kv L J min 30 25 20 17
Kv T J min
A% T min
A% Q min
15 12 12
15 14
10
11
13
15
27
26
25
24
FRANCE AFNOR XC38H1
UK BS 080M36
HB min 155 152 146 141
Kv L J min 35 31 25
20
Kv T J min 20 16
HB min 159 149 141
25
RUSSIA 35
USA AISI/SAE 1034
68 C35E Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 250 300 350 400 500 600
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000 205000 78000 195000 74000
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1]
185000
71000
12.9
175000
67000 13.9 59000
13.5
155000
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460
Density kg/dm3 7.85
11.1 12.1
14.1 Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 50
Heat Temperature (+ ...°C) - min. values treatment 20 200 300 350 +N 275 220 185 165 +N 246 +N 218 +QT 328 +N 334 +QT 0.23 +N 0.25 +QT 1355 +N 1599 +QT 1050 +N 1545 +QT – 0.11 +N – 0.14 +QT 0.33 +N 0.90 +QT – 0.47 +N – 0.57 1) Creep rupture strength +N normalized +QT quenched an tempered
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.12
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 8.33
Fatigue behaviour 400 145 187 138
450
500
100 70
53 34
600 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Creep rupture, 10.000 h N/mm2 1) Creep rupture, 100.000 h N/mm2 1) Cyclic yield strength, σy’ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Cyclic strength exponent, n’ low cycle fatigue Cyclic strength coefficient, K‘ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Fatigue strength coefficient, σf‘ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Fatigue strength exponent, b low cycle fatigue Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf‘ low cycle fatigue Fatigue ductility exponent, c low cycle fatigue
XC38H1
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality XC38H1 According to standards NF A 35-552: 1986 Number
Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.35-0.40 0.15-0.35 0.50-0.80 ± 0.02 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 Cr < 0.40% Ni < 0.40% Mo <0.10 XC38Pb H1 Pb% 0.15-0.25 Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850 Soft annealing 695 air (HB max 192)
69
P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% max max max max max 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40 + 0.005 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. Cr+Ni+Mo max 0.45%. XC38S H1 S% 0.020-0.040 cast analysis 0.020-0.045 product analysis
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
850-875 air Isothermal annealing 830 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB 149-201)
835-865 water Natural
880 oil or polymer Hardenability test 850 water
550-650 air Pre-heating welding 100 Ac1 Ac3 730 785
(HB max 230)
Stress relieving 50 °C under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 370 150
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition NF A 35-552:1986. Reference only. Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min referece only 16 16 570-670 335 21 30 169-203 16 40 16 40 560-660 315 20 30 162-202 40 100 40 100 540-640 285 20 27.5 158-198 100 160 100 160 520-620 275 19 25 155-190 160 250 160 250 500-600 265 18 25 152-178 Hot-formed – hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition NF A 35-552:1986. Reference only. Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only 16 16 690-830 490 16 25 210-249 16 40 16 40 630-770 400 17 25 192-231
Jominy test HRC grain size 5-8 according to NF A 35-552:1986 distance in mm from quenched end mm 1.5 2 3 4 5 min 50 max 58
6
7
8
9
10
11
For mechanical properties of Cold-drawn, Peeled-Reeled and Ground products, please refer to the values of quality C35E. EUROPE EN C35E
ITALY UNI C35
CHINA
GERMANY DIN Ck35
FRANCE AFNOR XC38H1
UK BS 080M36
RUSSIA 38
USA AISI/SAE 1035
C40E
70
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C40E According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Number 1.1186
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% max max max max 0.37-0.44 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.035 0.40 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%. C40R n° 1.1189 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product ± 0.005. C40 n° 1.0511 P% - S% max 0.045 Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850 Soft annealing 690 air (HB max 210)
Mo% max 0.10
Ni% max 0.40
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
870 air Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 660 after, air (HB 160-210)
840 water Natural
860 oil or polymer Hardenability test 870 water
550-650 air Pre-heating welding 250 Ac1 Ac3 730 780
(HB max 235)
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 360 140
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min 16 16 580 320 16 16 100 16 100 550 290 17 100 250 100 250 530 260 17
HB min 172 159 156
Hot-formed – hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv 2 from to from to N/mm N/mm2 min min min J min 16 8 650-800 460 16 35 16 40 8 20 630-780 400 18 40 30 40 100 20 60 600-750 350 19 45 30 a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2. Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 840 °C in water HB 560 550 525 496 461 426 390 357 319 275 243 HRC 55 54.5 53 51 48.5 45.5 42 38.5 34 28.5 23 R N/mm2 2070 2050 1950 1820 1670 1500 1350 1200 1050 920 800 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1600 1650 1640 1590 1500 1380 1240 1100 950 800 700 A % 6.0 8.4 10.2 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.2 16.0 19.0 C % 30 40 47 52 53 54 57 58 63 Kv J 10 12 14 14 18 24 38 38 45 66 94 Tempering at °C 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
HB referece only 200-240 192-232 178-225
213
202
700 620 24.0 66 124 650
660 550 26.2 67 126 700
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
71
C40E 1.1186 C40R 1.1189 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix Cold-drawn +C c) Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/v min min 5 b) 10 700-1000 540 6 213-298 10 16 650-980 460 7 200-295 16 40 620-920 365 8 190-275 550-710 163-211 40 63 590-840 330 9 176-250 550-710 163-211 63 100 550-820 290 9 159-246 550-710 163-211 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +C+SL C40E 1.1186 C35R 1.1189 EN 10277-5: 2008 Hot-rolled quenched and tempered after Cold-drawn +QT +C c) Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT and +C +QT +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 b) 10 800-1000 560 8 240-298 10 16 750-950 525 8 225-286 16 40 700-900 490 9 213-271 630-780 400 18 192-232 40 63 620-820 435 10 190-246 600-750 350 19 178-225 63 100 600-800 420 11 178-240 600-750 350 19 178-225 b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +QT +C +SL Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Re a) A% L A% T A% Q 2 from to N/mm min N/mm2 min min min min 100 550 290 17 100 250 530 260 17 a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2. EN 10083-2: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 min 51 46 35 27 25 24 23 22 21 max 60 60 59 57 53 47 39 34 31 Temperature Testing at °C 20 EUROPE EN C40E
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000 ITALY UNI C40
CHINA 40
10 20 30
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm Ø 250-500
GERMANY DIN Ck40
Kv L J min
Kv T J min
11
13
15
29
28
27
HB min 159 156
20
25
30
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1]
FRANCE AFNOR XC42H1
UK BS 080M40
RUSSIA 40
USA AISI/SAE 1040
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C45E According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Number 1.1191
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% max max max max 0.42-0.50 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.035 0.40 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%. C45R n° 1.1201 S% 0.020-0.040. Permissible deviations on the product ± 0.005. C45 n° 1.0503 S% e P% max 0.045. Permissible deviations on the product ± 0.005. Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850 Soft annealing 690 cooling 10 °C/h to 600 after, air (HB max 207)
Mo% max 0.10
Ni% max 0.40
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
870 air Isothermal annealing 810 furnace cooling to 660 after, air (HB 160-216)
840 water Natural
860 oil or polymer Hardenability test 850 water
540-660 air Pre-heating welding 250 Ac1 Ac3 735 780
(~HB 169-245)
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving fter welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 350 120
Mechanical properties C45E C45R Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB 2 from to from to N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min min 16 16 620 340 14 190 16 100 16 100 580 305 16 172 100 250 100 250 560 275 16 162 C45E C45R Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB 2 from to from to N/mm N/mm2 min min min J min referece only 16 8 700-850 490 14 35 213-253 16 40 8 20 650-800 430 16 40 25 200-240 40 100 20 60 630-780 370 17 45 25 192-232 a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, the 0.2% proof strength Rp 0.2. 60 A
55 50
B
45 40 35 Hardness HRC
C45E
72
30 25
Hardness progression in bars quenched in water A = Ø 13 mm B = Ø 25 mm C = Ø 50 mm D = Ø 75 mm E = Ø 100 mm F = Ø 130 mm
° hardness check points
20 C D E F
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 840 °C in water °C HB HRC R N/mm2 100 615 58 2330 200 597 57 2240 300 510 52 1880 400 401 43 1390 500 311 33 1030 600 242 23 810
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
73
C45E 1.1191 C45R 1.1201 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix Cold-drawn +C c) Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 5 b) 10 750-1050 565 5 225-319 10 16 710-1030 500 6 218-311 16 40 650-1000 410 7 200-298 580-820 172-242 40 63 630-900 360 8 192-271 580-820 172-242 63 100 580-850 310 8 172-253 580-820 172-242 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +C +SL C45E 1.1191 C45R 1.1201 EN 10277-5: 2008 Hot-rolled quenched and tempered after Cold-drawn +QT +C c) Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT and +C +QT +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 b) 10 850-1050 595 8 253-319 10 16 810-1010 565 8 243-300 16 40 750-950 525 9 225-286 650-800 430 16 200-240 40 63 650-850 455 10 200-253 630-780 370 17 192-232 63 100 650-850 455 11 200-253 630-780 370 17 192-232 b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +QT +C +SL Cold-drawn + QT thickness R mm N/mm2 56 675
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) LUCEFIN experience Cold-drawn + QT + Cold-drawn Rp 0.2 A Kv + 20 °C R Rp 0.2 A N/mm2 % J N/mm2 N/mm2 % 429 22.6 60-50-60 704 570 23.6
C45E 1.1191 Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Re c) A% A% from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min L min T 100 580 305 16 100 250 560 275 16 12 250 500 540 240 16 12 500 1000 530 230 15 11
A% Kv +20 °C min Q J min L 18 15 12
C45E 1.1191 Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-2: 2001 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re c) A% A% 2 from to from to N/mm min N/mm2 min min L min T 100 70 630 370 17 100 250 70 160 590 340 18 12 250 500 160 330 540 320 17 11 c) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2. L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial. C45E C45R EN 10083-2: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 min 55 51 37 30 28 27 26 25 24 23 max 62 61 61 60 57 51 44 37 34 33 EUROPE EN C45E
ITALY UNI C45
CHINA 45
GERMANY DIN Ck45
11 22 32
FRANCE AFNOR XC48H1
Kv +20 °C J min T 10 10 10
Kv + 20 °C J 45-36-58
HB min 172 162 158 156
A% Q Kv +20 °C min Q J min L 25 22 20
Kv +20 °C J min T
13 21 31
25
15 20 30
UK BS 080M46
20
15 12
RUSSIA 45
HB min 192 176 158
30
USA AISI/SAE 1045
74
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
C45E Heat Temperature (+ ...°C) – min. values treatment 20 200 300 350 400 450 500 +N +N 100 70 +N 55 35 +U 591 +SR 336 +N 370 +QT 462 +U 0.23 +SR 0.09 +N 0.15 +QT 0.13 +U 2407 +SR 599 +N 952 +QT 1078 +U 774 +SR 519 +N 1267 +QT 1405 +U – 0.06 +SR – 0.04 +N – 0.14 +QT – 0.11 +U 0.11 +SR 0.12 +N 0.42 +QT 0.61 +U – 0.37 +SR – 0.42 +N – 0.53 +QT – 0.55 +N 190 +QT 265 1) Creep rupture strength +U natural +SR stress relieved +N normalized +QT quenched an tempered Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 Hot-rolled E long. G tang. 210000 80000 205000 78000 195000 74000 185000 71000 175000 67000 155000
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 Cold-drawn E long. G tang. 190000 73000
600 Yeld stress Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Creep rupture, 10.000 h N/mm2 1) Creep rupture, 100.000 h N/mm2 1) Cyclic yield strength, σy′ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Cyclic strength exponent, n′ low cycle fatigue
Cyclic strength coefficient, K‘ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Fatigue strength coefficient, σf′ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Fatigue strength exponent, b low cycle fatigue
Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf′ low cycle fatigue
Fatigue ductility exponent, c low cycle fatigue
Fatigue strength coefficient, σL′ N/mm2 hight cycle fatigue
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
59000 Density kg/dm3 7.85
Technical card Trafilix Fatigue behaviour
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 50
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.12
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 8.33
C50E
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C50E According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Number 1.1206
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% max max max max 0.47-0.55 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.035 0.40 ± 0.02 +0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%. C50R n° 1.1241 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product ± 0.005. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 217)
75
Mo% max 0.10
Ni% max 0.40
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
860 air Isothermal annealing 800 furnace cooling to 660 after, air (HB 180-226)
830 water Natural
850 oil or polymer Hardenability test 850 water
550-650 air Pre-heating welding 250 Ac1 Ac3 730 765
(HB max 255)
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 600 furnace cooling Ms Mf 320 100
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv 2 from to from to N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min 16 16 650 355 13 16 100 16 100 610 320 14 100 250 100 250 590 290 14 Hot-formed – hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv 2 from to from to N/mm N/mm2 min min min J min 16 8 750-900 520 13 30 16 40 8 20 700-850 460 15 35 40 100 20 60 650-800 400 16 40 a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2. Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 830 °C in water HB 560 481 409 326 HRC 55 50 44 35 R N/mm2 2070 1760 1430 1080 Tempering at °C 100 200 300 400 500
242 23 810 600
HB min 200 183 176
HB referece only 225-271 213-253 200-240
76
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
C50E 1.1206 C50R 1.1241 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix Cold-drawn +C c) Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 5 b) 10 770-1100 590 5 231-331 10 16 730-1080 520 6 224-327 16 40 690-1050 440 7 210-319 610-910 181-269 40 63 650-1030 390 8 200-311 610-910 181-269 63 100 610-910 181-269 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +C +SL C50E 1.1206 C50R 1.1241 EN 10277-5: 2008 Hot-rolled quenched and tempered after Cold-drawn +QT +C c) Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT and +C +QT +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 b) 10 870-1070 610 7 260-323 10 16 830-1030 580 7 249-311 16 40 790-990 555 8 237-297 700-850 460 15 213-253 40 63 730-930 510 9 224-278 650-800 400 16 200-240 63 100 680-880 475 9 208-263 650-800 400 16 200-240 b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +QT +C +SL Work-hardness by Cold drawing R N/mm2 950 Reduction % 0
1050 10
1100 20
1150 30
1200 40
1300 50
Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Re c) A% A% A% Q Kv +20 °C from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min L min T min Q J min L 100 610 320 14 100 250 590 290 14 c) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2. EN 10083-2: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 min 56 53 44 34 31 30 30 29 28 max 63 62 61 60 58 55 50 43 36 Temperature Testing at °C 20 EUROPE EN C50E
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000 ITALY UNI C50
CHINA 50
10 27 35
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm Ø 250-500
GERMANY DIN Ck50
11 26 34
13 25 33
1350 60
Kv +20 °C J min T
15 24 32
20 23 31
1450 70
1550 80
HB min 183 176
25 20 29
30 28
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1]
FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS 080M50
RUSSIA 50
USA AISI/SAE 1050
C55E
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C55E According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Number 1.1203
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% max max max max 0.52-0.60 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.035 0.40 ± 0.03 +0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%. C55R n° 1.1209 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product ± 0.005. C55 n° 1.0535 P% - S% max 0.045 Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-850 Soft annealing 680-700 air (HB max 229)
77
Mo% max 0.10
Ni% max 0.40
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
825-885 air Isothermal annealing 790 furnace cooling to 660 after, air
830 water Natural
850 oil or polymer Hardenability test 830 water
550-650 air Pre-heating welding 250 Ac1 Ac3 730 765
(HB max 255)
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 600 furnace cooling Ms Mf 300 80
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv 2 from to from to N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min 16 16 680 370 11 16 100 16 100 640 330 12 100 250 100 250 620 300 12
HB min 208 198 190
Hot-formed – hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 16 8 800-950 550 12 30 16 40 8 20 750-900 490 14 35 40 100 20 100 700-850 420 15 40 a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2. Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 60 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 286 268 253 240 226 HRC 28 25 23 22.5 20 R N/mm2 950 890 850 800 760 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 650 590 530 480 430 A % 9 11 13 16 18 C % 28 38 42 45 50 Tempering at °C 400 450 500 550 600
HB referece only 240-286 225-271 213-253
223
162
720 400 19 50 650
560 380 24 690 (+A)
78
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
C55E 1.0535 EN 10277-2: 2008 Technical card Trafilix Cold-drawn +C c) Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 5 b) 10 770-1100 590 5 231-331 10 16 730-1080 520 6 224-327 16 40 690-1050 440 7 210-319 610-910 181-269 40 63 650-1030 390 8 200-311 610-910 181-269 63 100 610-910 181-269 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +C +SL C55E 1.1203 Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Re c) A% A% 2 from to N/mm min N/mm2 min min L min T 100 640 330 12 100 250 620 300 12 9 250 500 600 260 12 9 500 1000 590 250 11 8
A% Kv +20 °C min Q J min L
C55E 1.1203 Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-2: 2001 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re c) A% A% 2 from to from to N/mm min N/mm2 min min L min T 100 70 700 420 15 100 250 70 160 630 360 17 11 250 500 160 330 610 330 16 10 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial c) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2. EN 10083-2: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 min 58 55 47 37 33 32 31 30 max 65 64 63 62 60 57 52 45 Temperature Testing at °C 20 EUROPE EN C55E
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 205000 78700 ITALY UNI C55
CHINA 55
9 29 37
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm Ø 250-500
GERMANY DIN Ck55
10 28 36
Kv +20 °C J min T
HB min 198 190 178 176
C% Kv +20 °C J min L J min L
Kv +20 °C J min T
HB min 213 192 183
11 27 35
20 24 32
30 20 29
13 26 34
15 25 33
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1]
FRANCE AFNOR XC 55 H1
UK BS 070M55
25 22 30
Density kg/dm3 7.85 RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 1055
C60E
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C60E According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Number 1.1221
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% max max max max 0.57-0.65 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.035 0.40 ± 0.03 +0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%. C60R n° 1.1223 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product ± 0.005. C60 n° 1.0601 P% – S% max 0.045 Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-850 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 241)
Mo% max 0.10
Ni% max 0.40
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
860 air Isothermal annealing 780 furnace cooling to 670 after, air (HB 200-244)
830 water Natural
850 oil or polymer Hardenability test 830 water
550-650 air Pre-heating welding 250 Ac1 Ac3 730 760
(HB max 280)
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 600 furnace cooling Ms Mf 290 70
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv 2 from to from to N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min 16 16 710 380 10 16 100 16 100 670 340 11 100 250 100 250 650 310 11 Hot-formed – hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv 2 from to from to N/mm N/mm2 min min min J min 16 8 850-1000 580 11 25 16 40 8 20 800-950 520 13 30 40 100 20 60 750-900 450 14 35 a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2. Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 830 °C in water HB 697 688 634 560 468 HRC 62.5 62 59 55 49 R N/mm2 2420 2070 1700 Rinvenimento a °C 50 100 200 300 400 Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
79
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm
Ø 250-500
371 40 1250 500
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
HB min 218 203 200
HB referece only 253-298 240-290 225-271
264 27 880 600
80
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
C60E 1.1221 C60R 1.1223 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix Cold-drawn +C c) Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 5 b) 10 800-1150 630 5 240-347 10 16 780-1130 550 5 232-339 16 40 730-1100 480 6 224-331 670-940 198-278 40 63 670-940 198-278 63 100 670-940 198-278 a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be – 10% and tensile strength can be ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +C +SL C60E 1.1221 C60R 1.1223 EN 10277-5: 2008 Hot-rolled quenched and tempered after Cold-drawn +QT +C c) Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT and +C +QT +SL size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 b) 10 900-1100 630 6 271-331 10 16 880-1080 615 6 263-327 16 40 830-1030 580 7 249-311 800-950 520 13 240-286 40 63 780-980 545 8 232-295 750-900 450 14 225-271 63 100 750-950 525 8 225-286 750-900 450 14 225-271 b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement c) values valid also for +QT +C +SL Work-hardness by Cold drawing R N/mm2 1090 Riduzione % 0
1120 10
1200 20
1250 30
Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Re c) A% from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min L 100 670 340 11 100 250 650 310 11 250 500 630 275 11 500 1000 620 260 10
1300 40
A% min T
EN 10083-2: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 min 60 57 50 39 35 33 32 31 30 max 67 66 65 63 62 59 54 47 39 ITALY UNI C60
CHINA 60
GERMANY DIN Ck60 Cm60
1450 60
A% Kv +20 °C min Q J min L
1520 70
1650 80
HB min 203 200 192 190
Kv +20 °C J min T
8 8 7
Forged quenching and tempering EN 10250-2: 2001 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re c) A% from to from to N/mm2 min min L min T 100 70 750 450 14 100 250 70 160 690 390 15 250 500 160 330 670 350 14 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial c) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2.
EUROPE EN C60E C60R
1400 50
10 29 37
A% min L
Kv +20 °C Kv +20 °C J min T J min Q
10 9
11 28 36
FRANCE AFNOR
13 27 35
15 26 34
UK BS 070M60
20 25 33
25 23 31
RUSSIA 60
Kv +20 °C HB min 225 210 203
30 21 30 USA AISI/SAE 1060
ASTM A 105
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
81
Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality ASTM A 105 According to standards ASTM A 105M - 05 Number
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cu% Ni% Cr% Mo% V% Nb% max max max max max max max max max 0,35 0,10-0,35 0,60-1,05 0,035 0,040 0,40 0,40 0,30 0,12 0,08 0,02 The sum of copper (Cu), chromium (Cr), nickel (Ni) and molybdenum (Mo) shall not exceed 1,00% The sum of chromium (Cr) and molybdenum (Mo) shall not exceed 0,32% For each reduction of 0,01% below the specified maximum carbon value (0,35%), an increase of 0,06% of manganese above its specific maximum value (1,05%) will be permitted up to a max of 1,35%. Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request Al min 0,020%. The Al content must be specified Completely killed steel Carbon Equivalent CEQ = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/15 max 0,47 Grain size: 5 or finer acc. to ASTM E 112 Temperature °C Hot forming 1150-850 Soft annealing 700 air
Normalizing
Quenching
843-927 air Normalizing and tempering
880-930 oil, polymer, water Isothermal annealing
843-927 air
860 furnace cooling to 660 after, air
593
air
Stress relieving 593 air
Final stress relieving 50 under the temperature of tempering Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding PWHT 250 590 furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
Mechanical properties Forged The heat treatments must guarantee the below-mentioned values of ASTM A 105M - 05 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T C% L C% T from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min min T 485 250 22 30 Forged pieces weighing more than 4540 Kg may be ordered to ASTM A 266/A 266M – 03a size R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T C% L C% T mm N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min min T 415-585 205 23 20 38 30 T = is the maximum heat-treated thickness. Test specimen shall be taken at T/4 Product tests (longitudinal) LUCEFIN experience Heat treatment Ø product test at mm °C Normalizing 920 °C 90 +20 Normalizing 920 °C 90 +400 Normalizing 900 °C 240 +20 Normalizing 900 °C 240 +400 Normalizing 900 °C 400 +20 Normalizing 900 °C 400 +400 Quenched and tempered 95 +20 Quenched and tempered 95 +400 Natural 90 +20 EUROPE EN
ITALY UNI
CHINA
R N/mm2 603 312 578 506 470 424 579 520 580
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 485 217 417 248 309 206 403 325 400
GERMANY DIN C21
A % 30
C - Z Kv 0 °C % J 69.5 56-64-57
32.4
63.8
111-136-133
39.2
69.0
181-222-220
35.6
68.6
210-203-207
28.0
63.0
20-18-18
FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS
Kv J min
HB max 187
Kv J min
HB 121-170
Kv –18 °C Kv –46 °C product J J hot-rolled hot-rolled hot-rolled hot-rolled forged forged hot-rolled hot-rolled 14-12-12 10-8-8 hot-rolled RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE A 105
ASTM A 350 LF2
82
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality ASTM A 350 LF2 According to standards ASTM A 350M - 07 Number Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cu% Ni% max max max max max 0.30 0.15-0.30 0.60-1.35 0.035 0.040 0.40 0.40 The sum of copper (Cu), chromium (Cr) and molybdenum (Mo) shall not exceed 1,00% The sum of chromium (Cr) and molybdenum (Mo) shall not exceed 0,32% Carbon Equivalent CEQ = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/15 max 0,47 Temperature °C Hot forming
Normalizing
Quenching
Soft annealing
880-930 air Normalizing and tempering
880-930 oil, polymer, water Isothermal annealing
700 air
900 air 600 air
860 furnace cooling to 660 after, air
1150-850
Cr% max 0.30
Stress relieving 590 air
Mo% max 0.12
Final stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Pre-heating welding 200 Ac1
Ac3
V% max 0.08
Stress relieving after welding PWHT 590 furnace Ms Mf
Mechanical properties Forged The heat treatments must guarantee the below-mentioned values of ASTM A 350M: 07 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% - Z% Kv –46 °C cl. 1 Kv –18 °C cl. 2 from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J average/minimum T 485-655 250 22 30 20/16 27/20 T = is the maximum heat-treated thickness. Test specimen shall be taken at T/4 Product tests (longitudinal) LUCEFIN experience Heat treatment temperature Ø product mm Quenching 880 °C water 95 Tempering 640 °C air Normalizing 900 °C air 210 Natural 95 EUROPE EN S355J2G3 appr.
ITALY UNI Fe510 appr.
CHINA
Nb% max 0.02
HB max 197
R N/mm2 600
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 480
A % 24.6
C-Z % 58.0
Kv –46 °C J 68-66-64
Kv –18 °C J 112-114-110
product
580 526
400 302
32.6 28.6
64.4 62.0
22-24-18 6-6-4
70-74-70 16-10-8
hot-rolled hot-rolled
GERMANY DIN St52.3 appr.
FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS EN50D
RUSSIA 20G
hot-rolled
USA AISI/SAE A350 LF2 cl. 1 - cl. 2
41Cr4
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 41Cr4 According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Number 1.7035
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% max max max 0,38-0,45 0,40 0,60-0,90 0,025 0,035 0,90-1,20 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.05 41CrS4 n° 1.7039 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product ± 0.005. Temperature °C Hot forming
83
Normalizing
Quenching
Tempering
1100-850
860 air
550-650 air
Soft annealing 680 air (HB max 241)
Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB 190-220)
850 oil polymer or water Spheroidizing 720-740 furnace
Hardenability test 850 water
Mo%
Ni%
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 Ac3 750 790
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 16 8 1000-2000 800 11 30 16 40 8 20 900-1100 660 12 35 40 100 20 60 800-950 560 14 40 Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 568 560 525 496 468 442 409 376 HRC 55.5 55 53 51 49 47 44 40.5 R N/mm2 2130 2080 1950 1830 1700 1580 1420 1280 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1580 1590 1580 1530 1470 1380 1260 1140 A % 6.8 7.5 7.6 7.9 8.8 9.8 11.0 12.6 C % 28 35 38 41 44 46 48 52 Kv J 16 24 24 15 15 26 30 38 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 310 90
HB referece only 298-359 271-331 240-286
Kv J min 35 35
340 36.5 1120 1020 14.5 56 46 550
301 32 1000 890 17.2 60 90 600
264 27 880 780 20.0 64 124 650
237 22 790 680 22.8 67 132 700
84
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
41CrS4 1.7039 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix Cold-drawn + quenched and tempered +C +QT Hot-rolled annealed + Peeled-Reeled +A +SH size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min max 5 b) 10 10 16 16 40 900-1100 660 12 271-331 241 40 63 800-950 560 14 240-286 241 63 100 800-950 560 14 240-286 241 b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon befor order placement e) values valid also for +C +QT +SL Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C Hot-rolled annealed + Cold-drawn +A +C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) c) e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min max 5 b) 10 1000-1200 770 8 298-359 10 16 1000-1200 750 8 298-359 16 40 900-1100 670 9 271-331 40 63 800-1000 570 10 240-298 63 100 800-1000 570 11 240-298 c) for flats and special sections the tensile strength R may deviate by ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement e) values valid also for +QT +C +SL Forged quenching and tempered EN 10250-3: 2001 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min 100 70 800 560 14 14 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial EN 10083-3: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 min 53 52 50 47 41 max 61 61 60 59 58 Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000 205000 78000 195000 75000 185000 70000 175000 67000 155000
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 41Cr4
ITALY UNI 41Cr4
CHINA 40Cr
Kv L min 35
Kv T J min
Kv Q J min
HB min 240
H = normal 11 37 56
13 34 54
15 32 52
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm Ø 250-500
20 29 46
25 26 42
30 23 40
35 21 38
40
45
50
37
36
35
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
59000 Density kg/dm3 7.85
A% Q min J 35
HB max 295 285 280 270 270
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 46 GERMANY DIN 41Cr4
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.19
FRANCE AFNOR 42C4
UK BS 530M40
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 5.26 RUSSIA 41H
USA AISI/SAE 5140
34CrMo4
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 34CrMo4 According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Number 1.7220
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% max max max 0.30-0.37 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.035 0.90-1.20 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.05 34CrMoS4 n° 1.7226 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product ± 0.005. Temperature °C Hot forming
85
Normalizing
Quenching
Tempering
1100-850
870 air
Soft annealing 700 cooling 15 °C/h to 600 after, air (HB max 223)
Isothermal annealing 830 furnace cooling to 670 after, air (HB 180-225)
850 550-650 oil polymer air water Spheroidizing Hardenability test 735 850 furnace water
Mo%
Ni%
0.15-0.30 ± 0.03
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Pre-heating welding 250 Ac1 Ac3 745 800
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 16 8 1000-1200 800 11 45 16 40 8 20 900-1100 650 12 50 40 100 20 60 800-950 550 14 55 100 160 60 100 750-900 500 15 55 160 250 100 160 700-850 450 15 40 Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 568 560 543 525 504 475 448 421 400 376 HRC 55.5 55 54 53 51.5 49.5 47.5 45 43 40.5 R N/mm2 2100 2070 2020 1960 1850 1740 1610 1490 1380 1270 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1340 1410 1530 1540 1520 1460 1400 1340 1230 1140 A % 8.0 8.2 9.0 9.6 10.0 10.4 10.8 11.0 11.4 12.2 C % 29 32 37 43 47 48 49 50 52 54 Kv J 27 28 31 34 31 28 27 28 32 42 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 320 100
EN 10083-3: 2006
HB referece only 298-359 271-331 240-586 225-271 213-253
Kv J min 40 45 45 45
340 36.5 1130 1040 14.0 60 75 550
306 32.5 1020 930 17.5 65 94 600
271 28 900 820 20.0 68 127 650
780 680 21.8 70 148 700
86
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
34CrMo4 Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C UNI 10233 pt.5:1993. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 b) 10 1030-1320 850 7 311-384 10 16 1030-1300 830 7 311-380 16 25 920-1200 680 7 275-359 25 40 900-1180 650 8 271-354 40 100 800-1030 550 9 240-311 e) Values valid for +QT +C +SL.
Technical card Trafilix Cold-drawn obtained from hot-rolled annealed +A +C
Cold-drawn quenched and tempered +C +QT UNI 10233 pt.5:1993e. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 b) 10 1000-1200 800 11 298-359 10 16 1000-1200 800 11 298-359 16 25 900-1100 650 12 271-331 25 40 900-1100 650 12 271-331 40 100 800-950 550 14 240-286 e) Values valid for +C +QT +SL.
Cold-drawn annealed +C +A otherwise annealed Peeled-Reeled +A +SH size mm from to HB max 5 10 227 10 16 227 16 40 223 40 100 223
size mm from 5 10 16 40
Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-3: 2001 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min 100 70 800 550 14 14 100 250 70 160 700 450 15 10 250 500 160 330 650 410 16 12 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial Hardness after tempering Lucefin experience Tempering at 530 °C size mm ≤ 200 > 200 ≤ 400 HB 280 265
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm Ø 250-500
20 30 48
25 28 45
Kv L min 45 40 33
Kv T J min 45 22 17
Kv Q J min
HB min 240 213 200
Tempering at 620 °C > 200 ≤ 400 > 400 220 200
30 27 43
35 26 41
40 25 40
45 24 40
50 24 39
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 34CrMo4
A% Q min J
≤ 200 250
> 400 250
EN 10083-3: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min 49 49 48 45 42 39 36 34 max 57 57 57 56 55 54 53 52 Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500
HB max 290 280 275 270
to 10 16 40 100
ITALY UNI 34CrMo4
Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA ML30CrMo
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 42 GERMANY DIN 34CrMo4
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.18
FRANCE AFNOR 34CD4
UK BS
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 5.56 RUSSIA 34HM
USA AISI/SAE 4135
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% max max max 0.38-0.45 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.035 0.90-1.20 0.15-0.30 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.05 ± 0.03 42CrMoS4 n° 1.7227 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product ± 0.005%. Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request
1100-850 Soft annealing 720 slowly 15 °C/h to 600 after, air (HB max 241)
Ni%
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
870 air (HB ~ 190) Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 670 after, air (HB 180-240)
860 oil polymer Spheroidizing
850 water Hardenability test 840 water
550-650 air Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 Ac3 745 790
730-740 furnace
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 16 8 1100-1300 900 10 40 16 40 8 20 1000-1200 750 11 45 40 100 20 60 900-1000 650 12 50 100 160 60 100 800-950 550 13 50 160 250 100 160 750-900 500 14 55 Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 595 586 550 518 496 468 442 421 390 HRC 57 56.5 54.5 52.5 51 49 47 45 42 R N/mm2 2200 2180 2030 1910 1800 1700 1590 1480 1350 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1520 1600 1620 1590 1560 1510 1440 1340 1230 A % 7.0 9.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.4 11.0 12.0 Kv J 24 27 28 27 26 26 26 27 31 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Fatigue behaviour +20 °C +N 328 Cyclic yield strength, σ y’ +QT 716 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue +N 0.12 Cyclic strength exponent, n’ +QT 0.10 low cycle fatigue +N 673 Cyclic strength coefficient, K ‘ +QT 1367 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 300 80 EN 10083-3: 2006
HB referece only 331-380 298-359 271-298 240-286 225-271
Kv J min 35 35 35 35
362 39 1220 1110 13.5 42 550
336 36 1100 1000 15.8 75 600
294 31 980 870 19.0 114 650
264 27 880 710 21.5 135 700
Fatigue behaviour +20 °C +N 1000 Fatigue strength coefficient, σf‘ +QT 1454 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue +N –0.11 Fatigue strength exponent, b +QT –0.08 low cycle fatigue +N –1.00 Fatigue ductility exponent, c +QT –0.72 low cycle fatigue
Transition-curve LUCEFIN experience Kv values obtained from round 130 mm Quenched and tempered (induction) for R 930 N/mm2 Rp 0.2 766 N/mm2 A% 18 - C% 62 °C J Lat. exp. mm Shear % +20 97 – 101 - 99 1.10 - 1.10 - 1.17 60 0 94 – 96 - 93 0.97 - 0.99 - 1.00 50 –20 63 – 91 - 92 0.56 - 0.52 - 0.93 40 –40 66 – 58 - 86 0.73 - 0.77 - 0.94 40 –60 50 – 55 - 58 0.54 - 0.72 - 0.78 30 –80 38 – 29 - 35 0.27 - 0.35 - 0.26 10
TRANSITION CURVE 250 240 220 210 190 170 150 120 100 80 70 50 30 10 0
Temperature °C
–80 –60 –40 –20
0
20
100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
Cleavage area %
Temperature °C Hot forming
87
Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 42CrMo4 According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Number 1.7225
Joule
42CrMo4
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
88
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
42CrMoS4 1.7227 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix Cold-drawn + quenched and tempered +C +QT Hot-rolled annealed + Peeled-Reeled +A +SH size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min max 5 b) 10 10 16 16 40 1000-1200 750 11 298-359 241 40 63 900-1100 650 12 271-331 241 63 100 900-1100 650 12 271-331 241 b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement e) values valid also for +C +QT +SL Hot-rolled quenched and tempered after Cold-drawn +QT +C Hot-rolled annealed + Cold-drawn +A +C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) c) e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 5 b) 10 1000-1200 770 8 298-359 10 16 1000-1200 750 8 298-359 16 40 1000-1200 720 9 298-359 40 63 900-1100 650 10 271-331 63 100 900-1100 650 10 271-331 c) for flats and special sections the tensile strength R may deviate by ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement e) values valid also for +QT +C +SL Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-3: 2001 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min 250 160 750 500 14 10 250 500 160 330 700 460 15 11 500 750 330 500 600 390 16 12 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial Hardness after tempering Lucefin experience Tempering at 530 °C size mm ≤ 200 > 200 ≤ 400 HB 320 300
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2
Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
E long. 210000 205000 195000 185000 175000
G tang. 80000 78000 75000 70000 67000
155000
59000
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 42CrMo4
ITALY UNI 42CrMo4
Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA ML42CrMo
20 34 56
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 quenching and tempering Ø < 60 mm Ø 60-150 720 702 640 562 475 375
25 32 53
Kv T J min 16 14 12
Kv Q J min
HB min 225 213 178
30 31 51
35 30 48
40 30 47
45 29 46
50 29 45
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 °C 250 °C 500 °C 33.5 34.0 34.2 GERMANY DIN 42CrMo4
Kv L min 30 27 22
Tempering at 620 °C > 200 ≤ 400 > 400 250 230
≤ 200 260
> 400 290
EN 10083-3: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min 53 53 52 51 49 43 40 37 max 61 61 61 60 60 59 59 58 Temperature
A% Q min J
HB max 300 290 285 280 280
FRANCE AFNOR 42CD4
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.19 UK BS 708M40
RUSSIA 42HM
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 5.26 USA AISI/SAE 4140
50CrMo4
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 50CrMo4 According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Number 1.7228 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.46-0.54 0.40 0.50-0.80 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850 Soft annealing 720 air (HB max 248)
P% max 0.025 + 0.005
89
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
0.90-1.20 ± 0.05
0.15-0.30 ± 0.03
Ni%
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
860 air Isothermal annealing 790 furnace cooling to 660 after, air
860 oil polymer Spheroidizing
840 water Hardenability test 850 water
540-680 air Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 Ac3 720 760
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 16 8 1100-1300 900 9 40 16 40 8 20 1000-1200 780 10 45 40 100 20 60 900-1100 700 12 50 100 160 60 100 850-1000 650 13 50 160 250 100 160 800-950 550 13 50 Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 448 421 390 HRC 47.5 45 42 R N/mm2 1620 1490 1350 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1370 1270 1165 A % 7.0 10.0 12.0 C % 30 40 Kv J 26 28 28 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 320 100
EN 10083-3: 2006
HB referece only 331-380 298-359 271-331 253-298 240-286
Kv J min 30 30 30 30
353 38 1185 1060 13.0 49 38 550
327 35 1070 930 13.5 57 94 600
294 31 960 840 15.5 60 146 650
264 27 880 785 20.0 60 166 700
90
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
50CrMo4 Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C UNI 10233 pt.5:1993. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 10 1130-1420 950 5 339-406 10 16 1130-1400 930 5 339-404 16 25 1020-1300 800 6 306-380 25 40 1000-1280 780 6 298-375 40 100 900-1180 700 8 271-354 e) Values valid also for +QT +C +SL
Technical card Trafilix Cold-drawn obtained from hot-rolled annealed +A +C
Cold-drawn quenched and tempered +C +QT UNI 10233 pt.5:1993 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. 5 10 1100-1300 900 9 331-380 10 16 1100-1300 900 9 331-380 16 25 1000-1200 780 10 298-359 25 40 1000-1200 780 10 298-359 40 100 900-1100 700 12 271-331 e) Values valid also for +C +QT +SL
Cold-drawn annealed +C+A or annealed Peeled-Reeled +A +SH, Ground size mm HB from to max 5 10 252 10 16 252 16 40 248 40 100 248
e)
size mm from 5 10 16 40
to 10 16 40 100
Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-3: 2001 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min 250 160 800 550 13 9 250 500 160 330 750 540 14 10 500 750 330 500 700 490 15 11 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial EN 10083-3: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min 58 58 57 55 54 53 51 48 max 65 65 64 64 63 63 63 62 Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm Ø 250-500
25 41 60
A% Q min J
30 39 58
Kv L min 25 20 15
35 38 57
40 37 55
Kv T J min 14 12 10
45 36 54
Kv Q J min
HB min 240 225 213
50 36 54
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 50CrMo4
20 45 61
HB max 308 298 293 288
ITALY UNI
Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA ZG50CrMo
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 42 GERMANY DIN 50CrMo4
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.19
FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 5.26 RUSSIA 50HM
USA AISI/SAE 4150
91
Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 39NiCrMo3 According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Number 1.6510 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% max max max 0.35-0.43 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.035 0.60-1.00 0.15-0.25 0.70-1.00 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.05 ± 0.03 ± 0.05 Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) or sulphur (S) for improved machinability
1100-900 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 240)
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
860 air Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB 195-240)
850 oil polymer Full annealing 820 air (HB max 235)
840 water Hardenability test 850 water
550-650 air Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 Ac3 740 790
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 16 8 980-1180 785 11 40 16 40 8 20 930-1130 735 11 40 40 100 20 60 880-1080 685 12 45 100 160 60 100 830-980 635 12 50 160 250 100 160 740-880 540 13 50 Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 577 560 525 496 468 442 426 409 390 HRC 56 55 53 51 49 47 45.5 44 42 R N/mm2 2160 2070 1950 1820 1700 1580 1500 1430 1340 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1440 1520 1540 1520 1490 1440 1370 1290 1220 A % 8.0 9.8 10.4 10.6 10.7 10.8 11.0 11.5 12.5 C % 30 42 48 52 53 53 54 55 56 Kv J 28 31 32 28 28 27 27 28 36 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Transition-curve Lucefin experience Kv values obtained from round 100 mm Quenched and tempered (induction) for R1002 N/mm2 Rp 0.2 879 N/mm2 A% 14.6 – C% 54 °C J Lat. exp. mm Shear % +20 85-82-79 0.94-0.91-0.93 80 0 78-76-77 0.88-0.84-0.83 80 –20 73-77-75 0.83-0.88-0.80 70 –40 68-74-74 0.78-0.77-0.81 70 –60 66-70-64 0.80-0.78-0.77 70 –80 55-50-58 0.45-0.57-0.51 60
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 330 110
EN 10083-3: 2006
HB referece only 295-354 278-339 263-327 294-295 224-263
Kv J min 35 40 40 40
362 39 1220 1110 13.8 57 46 550
336 36 1100 980 16.0 60 86 600
286 30 950 830 19.0 63 114 650
240 22.5 800 670 22.0 68 128 700
TRANSITION CURVE 250
100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5
220 210 190 170 150 120 100 80 70 50 30 10 0
-80 -60 -40 -20
0
20
0
Cleavage area %
Temperature °C Hot forming
Joule
39NiCrMo3
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
92
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
39NiCrMo3 1.6510 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix Cold-drawn + quenched and tempered +C +QT Hot-rolled annealed + Peeled-Reeled +A +SH size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min max 5 b) 10 10 16 16 40 930-1130 735 11 278-339 240 40 63 880-1080 735 12 263-327 240 63 100 880-1080 735 12 263-327 240 b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement e) values valid also for +C +QT +SL Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C Hot-rolled annealed + Ground +A +C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) c) e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min 5 b) 10 980-1180 735 8 295-354 10 16 930-1130 700 8 278-339 16 40 930-1130 700 9 278-339 40 63 880-1080 625 10 263-327 63 100 880-1080 600 10 263-327 c) for flats and special sections the tensile strength R may deviate by ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement e) values valid also for QT +C +SL Forged quenched and tempered UNI 7874: 1979. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 100 880-1080 685 12 100 250 685-835 540 13 12 250 500 655-805 490 15 14 500 1000 635-785 440 16 15 1000 590-740 390 15 14 L = longitudinal T = tangential EN 10083-3: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min 52 51 50 49 48 46 44 43 max 60 60 59 58 58 57 57 56 Temperature Testing at °C 20 EUROPE EN 39NiCrMo3
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000 ITALY UNI 39NiCrMo3
CHINA
Kv L J min 40 30 30 25 25
20 39 55
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm Ø 250-500
GERMANY DIN 36CrNiMo4
25 36 52
HB
Kv T J min
263-327 209-250 201-241 195-234 176-224
25 25
30 34 51
35 33 49
40 32 48
45 31 46
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.2
FRANCE AFNOR 40NCD3
HB max 295 290 285 280 280
UK BS
50 30 45
Density kg/dm3 7.80 RUSSIA 39HNM
USA AISI/SAE 9840
34CrNiMo6
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 34CrNiMo6 According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Number 1.6582 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.30-0.38 0.40 0.50-0.80 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-900 Soft annealing 650-680 air (HB max 248)
P% max 0.035 + 0.005
93
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
1.30-1.70 ± 0.05
0.15-0.30 ± 0.03
1.30-1.70 ± 0.05
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
860-870 air Isothermal annealing 650 cooling furnace to 500 after, air
870 oil polymer Full annealing
860 water Hardenability test 850 water
600-650 air Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 Ac3 715 770
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 16 8 1200-1400 1000 9 40 16 40 8 20 1100-1300 900 10 45 40 100 20 60 1000-1200 800 11 50 100 160 60 100 900-1100 700 12 55 160 250 100 160 800-950 600 13 55 Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 60 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 525 500 468 450 371 344 HRC 53 51.5 49 46.5 40 37 R N/mm2 1950 1850 1700 1500 1260 1150 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 1480 1450 1350 1980 980 A % 10 10 10 12 13 13.4 C % 48 50 52 58 62 62 Kv J Tempering at °C 100 200 300 400 500 550
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 600 furnace cooling Ms Mf 320 100
EN 10083-3: 2006
HB referece only 359-404 331-380 298-359 271-331 240-286
Kv J min 45 45 45 45
319 34 1050 950 18 68
271 28 900 700 20 68
240 22 800 680 22 70
600
650
700
LUCEFIN experience Forged round 520 mm quenched at 870 °C in water, tempered at 630 °C in air Depth from Longitudinal Testing treated R Rp 0.2 A C Kv +20 °C Kv –40 °C surface N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J 25 mm 920 820 18.5 64.0 110-118-118 1/3 radius 900 755 15.6 60.0 48-44-45 1/2 diameter 870 730 12.8 46.0 70-74-68 25-28-25 FATT (Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature) °C –70 –60 –40 –20 0 +20 +50 % fibrosity 3 6 11 15 24 53 100 Kv average J 22 24 27 42 51 70 142 Chemical composition % C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni V Cu Sn As Sb 0.35 0.24 0.61 0.007 0.002 1.65 0.28 1.68 0.06 0.13 0.006 0.007 0.004
HB T 280 270 262 +80 100 150 Al 0.014
H2 1.30
+18 FATT 50 68 ppm O2 N2 32 70
94
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
34CrNiMo6 1.6582 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C Cold-drawn obtained from hot-rolled annealed +A +C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. max 5 b) 10 1000-1200 770 8 298-359 308 10 16 1000-1200 750 8 298-359 298 16 40 1000-1200 720 9 298-359 293 40 63 1000-1200 650 10 298-359 288 63 100 1000-1200 650 10 298-359 288 b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement e) values valid also for +QT +C +SL Cold-drawn quenched and tempered +C +QT As rolled + turned +SH or annealing Peeled-Reeled +A +SH size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) c) e) Ground +SL mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. max 5 b) 10 10 16 16 40 1100-1300 900 10 331-380 248 40 63 1000-1200 800 11 298-359 248 63 100 1000-1200 800 11 298-359 248 c) for flats and special sections the tensile strength R may deviate by ± 10% b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement e) values valid also for +C +QT +SL Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-3: 2001 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kv L Kv T Kv Q HB from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min J min J min J min min 250 160 800 600 13 9 45 22 240 250 500 160 330 750 540 14 10 45 22 225 500 990 330 660 700 490 15 11 40 20 213 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial EN 10083-3: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min 50 50 50 50 49 48 48 48 max 58 58 58 58 57 57 57 57 Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000 205000 78000 195000 75000 185000 70000 175000 67000
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460
Density kg/dm3 7.85
20 48 57
25 47 57
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm Ø 250-500
30 47 57
35 47 57
40 46 57
11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1 Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 38
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.19
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 5.26
Maximum service temperature +600 °C to max +650 °C
Corrosion resistance Steel with low resistance to corrosion A protective coating should be used
Cold working This steel may be cold worked in the annealed condition. It has a good ductility
ITALY UNI 35NiCrMo6
CHINA
50 44 57
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1]
Minimum service temperature –40 °C to max –70 °C
EUROPE EN 34CrNiMo6
45 45 57
GERMANY DIN 34CrNiMo6
FRANCE AFNOR 35NCD6
UK BS 817M40
RUSSIA 38Ch2N2MA
USA AISI/SAE 4340
40NiCrMo7
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 40NiCrMo7 According to standards UNI 7845: 1978 Number Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.37-0.44 0.15-0.40 0.50-0.80 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-900 Soft annealing 680 air (HB max 250)
95
P% max 0.035 + 0.005
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
0.60-0.90 ± 0.05
0.20-0.30 ± 0.03
1.60-1.90 ± 0.05
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
860 air Isothermal annealing 800 furnace cooling to 640 after, air (HB 230-250)
850 oil polymer Full annealing 800-830 furnace cooling (HB max 250)
830 water Hardenability test 850 water
550-650 air Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 Ac3 725 770
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 300 80
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering (valid for products with no heat treatment) For quenched and tempered material, values must be granted on the product UNI 7845:1978. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only 16 1030-1230 835 11 30 311-363 16 40 980-1180 785 11 30 295-354 40 100 930-1130 735 12 30 278-339 100 160 850-1030 665 13 30 253-311 160 250 780-980 635 12 30 232-295 Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 830 °C in oil HB 504 482 455 432 415 400 HRC 51.5 50 48 46 44.5 43 R N/mm2 1850 1750 1640 1520 1450 1380 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 1400 1300 1230 1210 1210 A % 11.6 11.8 12.0 12.2 12.5 14.0 C % 45 51 52 50 51 53 Kv J 32 27 26 27 34 43 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C 817M40 BS 970 pt.3: 1991. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 13 63 1000-1150 850 9 298-347 63 150 850-1000 680 9 253-298 e) Values valid also for +QT +C +SL
381 41 1300 1180 15.8 57 90 550
348 37.5 1160 1050 18.0 59 124 600
319 34 1050 940 20.0 63 135 650
294 31 980 880 20.0 63 155 700
96
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix
40NiCrMo7 Forged quenched and tempered UNI 7874: 1979. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min 100 930-1080 735 12 100 250 880-1010 735 13 12 250 500 835-955 685 14 13 500 800 735-885 590 14 12 800 1200 685-835 540 13 11 1200 1550 635-785 490 12 10 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial UNI 7845: 1978 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 min 52 52 52 52 52 52 max 60 60 60 60 60 60 Testing at °C Mod. of elasticity E long. N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity G tang. N/mm2 Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1 ] Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 40NiCrMo7
ITALY UNI 40NiCrMo7
Density kg/dm3 7.85
13 52 60
20 210000 80000
15 52 60
10 11 10 10 9
20 51 59
25 50 58
Kv L J min 30 40 40 30 25
30 49 58
35 48 58
Kv T J min
Kv Q J min
30 30 25
25 25 25
40 47 57
45 45 56
HB for inform. 278-327 263-300 250-288 224-265 209-250 195-234
50 44 56
100
200
300
400
500
600
11.1
12.1
12.9
13.5
13.9
14.1
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 42
CHINA
A% Q min
GERMANY DIN 40NiCrMo8
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.19
FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS 817M40
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 5.26 RUSSIA 40HN2M
USA AISI/SAE 4340
Transformation Diagram of isothermal cooling – time – temperature (taken from GERDAU) 750
Af As austenite + ferrite
650
ferrite + carbides
austenite 500
austenite + ferrite + carbides
temperature C
400 ferrite + carbides 50%
300
200 time [s] 10–1
M 50
Ms
M 90 1
10
102
103
104
105
106
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.26-0.34 0.40 0.50-0.80 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-880 Soft annealing 650-700 cooling 10°/h to 600 after, air (HB max 248)
97
Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 30CrNiMo8 According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Number 1.6580
P% max 0.025 + 0.005
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
1.80-2.20 ± 0.05
0.30-0.50 ± 0.04
1.80-2.20 ± 0.07
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
870-880 air
830-860 oil or polymer +AR natural state
850 water Hardenability test 850 water
540-660 air Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 Ac3 720 770
(HB max 370)
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 310 100
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only 16 8 1250-1450 1050 9 40 370-415 16 40 8 20 1250-1450 1050 9 40 30 370-415 40 100 20 60 1000-1300 900 10 45 35 298-380 100 160 60 100 1000-1200 800 11 50 45 298-359 160 250 100 160 900-1100 700 12 50 45 271-331 Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 426 404 HRC 45 43 R N/mm2 1500 1400 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1350 1250 A % 10.0 10.0 C % 42 45 Kv J 20 50 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Transition-curve Lucefin experience Kv values obtained from round 32 mm Quenched and tempered (induction) for R 1260 N/mm2 Rp 0.2 1110 N/mm2 – A% 11.8 – C% 59 average °C J J Lat. exp. mm +20 58-72-68 66 0,62 0 53-46-49 49 0,42 –20 44-44-45 42 0,34 –40 31-32-35 33 0,27 –60 28-28-27 28 0,25 –80 28-26-26 27 0,16 E = mod. of elasticity long. 255700 N/m2 G = mod. of elastcity tang. 98100 N/m2
Kv Joule
30CrNiMo8
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
381 41 1290 1090 11.0 48 60 550
347 37 1150 960 14.0 50 75 600
275 28 920 780 16.0 52 80 650
240 23 800 640 18.0 52 92 700
100
80
Shear % 50 40 20 10 10 10
60
40
20
-80
-60
-40
-20
0
+20
98
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix
30CrNiMo8 Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards Cold-drawn size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards
Cold-drawn obtained from hot-rolled annealed HB max
HB
Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-3: 2001 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min 250 160 900 700 12 8 250 500 160 330 850 630 12 8 500 990 330 660 800 590 12 8 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial EN 10083-3: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 min 48 48 48 48 47 47 47 max 56 56 56 56 55 55 55 min 51 51 51 51 50 50 50 max 56 56 56 56 55 55 55 min 48 48 48 48 47 47 47 max 53 53 53 53 52 52 52 Temperature Testing at °C 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 205000 78500 195000 74800 185000 71000 175000 67100 155000
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 30CrNiMo8
ITALY UNI 30CrNiMo8
15 46 55 49 55 46 52
20 46 55 49 55 46 52
25 45 54 48 54 45 51
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm Ø 250-500
59500 Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA
30 45 54 48 54 45 51
HB max
A% Q min J
35 44 54 47 54 44 51
Kv L min 45 45 40
40 44 54 47 54 44 51
45 43 54 47 54 43 50
Kv T J min 22 22 20
50 43 54 47 54 43 50
HB min 271 253 240
Kv Q J min
symbol H HH HL
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 °C 250 °C 500 °C 42 GERMANY DIN 30CrNiMo8
Cold-drawn annealed or annealed + Peeled-Reeled,
FRANCE AFNOR 30NCD8
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.19 UK BS 823M30
RUSSIA
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 5.26 USA AISI/SAE A320L43
Self-hardening 36NiCrMo16
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 36NiCrMo16 According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Number 1.6773 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.32-0.39 0.40 0.50-0.80 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.025 + 0.005
99
S% max 0.025 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
1.60-2.00 ± 0.05
0.25-0.45 ± 0.04
3.60-4.10 ± 0.07
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
1100-900
850 air
880 air
550-650 air
Soft annealing 650 air (HB max 269)
Isothermal annealing
Full annealing 790 furnace (HB max 275)
830-860 oil polymer water or salt bath (500°) Hardenability test 825 water
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp.
Pre-heating welding 250 Ac1 Ac3 700 760
Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 240 20
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 16 8 1250-1450 1050 9 40 16 40 8 20 1250-1450 1050 9 40 40 100 20 60 1100-1300 900 10 45 100 160 60 100 1000-1200 800 11 50 160 250 100 160 1000-1200 800 11 50 Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 518 496 468 448 432 409 385 HRC 52.5 51 49 47.5 46 44 41.5 R N/mm2 1900 1820 1720 1610 1520 1420 1320 RRp 0.2 N/mm2 1550 1500 1430 1360 1290 1200 1100 A % 7.0 8.0 8.6 9.2 9.6 10.0 11.0 C % 23 24 25 27 27 28 32 Kv J 28 28 27 26 26 26 28 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
EN 10083-3: 2006
HB referece only 370-415 370-415 331-380 298-359 298-359
Kv J min 30 35 45 45
357 38.5 1200 990 12.4 38 38 550
327 35 1090 900 14.0 48 64 600
301 32 1000 870 14.0 50 64 650
700
100
Part two • Steels for quenching and tempering
36NiCrMo16 Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards Cold-drawn quenched and tempered +C +QT size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards
Technical card Trafilix
HB
Cold-drawn obtained from hot-rolled annealed HB max
HB
Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-3: 2001 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature mm mm R Rp 0.2 from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min 250 160 1000 800 250 500 160 330 1000 800 500 990 330 660 1000 800 L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial
A% L min 11 11 11
EN 10083-3: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 min 50 49 48 48 48 48 47 47 47 max 57 56 56 56 56 56 55 55 55 Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 208000 79800
A% T min 8 8 8
25 47 55
30 47 55
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm Ø 250-500
Cold-drawn annealed or annealed + Peeled-Reeled, HB max
A% Q min J
35 47 55
Kv L min 45 45 45
40 47 55
45 47 55
Kv T J min 22 22 22
HB min 298 298 298
50 47 55
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.5 12.3 12.8 13.3 13.7 14.0
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460
Density kg/dm3 7.84
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 33
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.30
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 3.33
LUCEFIN experience Forged round 300 mm quenched at 870 °C in water, tempered at 590 °C in air Depth from Longitudinal testing heat treatment R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv +20 °C Kv –20 °C surface N/mm2 N/mm2 J J 1/2 radius 1201 1110 12.8 55.0 90-98-90 62-58-60
371
Chemical composition % C Si Mn 0.34 0.25 0.50
Ni 3.70
EUROPE EN 36NiCrMo16
Kv Q J min
ITALY UNI 34NiCrMo16
P 0.012 CHINA
S 0.005 GERMANY DIN 36NiCrMo16
Cr 1.68 FRANCE AFNOR 35NCD16
HB
Mo 0.40 UK BS 835M30
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE
CREEP-RESISTING STEELS
P235GH • 42CrMo4 • 40CrMoV4-6 • 10CrMo9-10
P235GH
102
Part two • Creep-resisting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality P235GH (ASTM A 285/285M gr.A)*) According to standards EN 10273: 2008 Number 1.0345 *The acronym in brackets indicates the corresponding steel according to ASTM. P = for pressure purposes, G = other characteristics; H = high temperatures Chemical composition C% Si% max max 0,16 0,35 + 0.02 + 0.05
Mn% 0,40-1,20 +0.10 - 0.05
Nb% Ni% Ti% max max max 0,010 0,30 0,03 + 0.01 + 0.05 + 0.01 Permissible deviations on the product. Cr+Cu+Mo+Ni max 0.70 Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850
Normalizing 890-950 air
P% max 0,30 + 0.005
S% max 0,025 + 0.005
V% max 0,02 + 0.01
B%
Normalizing and tempering 920 air 550-650 air
N%
Cu% max 0,30 + 0.05
Soft annealing 700 air
Al% min 0,020 ± 0.005
Quenching and tempering 880-900 water 550-650 air Pre-heating welding 100
Cr% max 0,30 ± 0.05
Mo% max 0,08 ± 0.03
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding slow cooling
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled +N EN 10273: 2008 Kv and traction test at room temperature in longitudinal size mm R ReH min b) A% Kv –20 °C Kv 0 °C Kv +20 °C HB 2 from to N/mm N/mm2 min J min J min J min 16 360-480 235 25 40 47 104-146 16 40 360-480 225 25 40 47 104-146 40 60 360-480 215 25 40 47 104-146 60 100 360-480 200 24 40 47 104-146 100 150 a) 350-480 185 24 40 47 103-146 a) for thickness > 150 mm the values shall be agreed upon +N = normalized b) whenever the upper yield strength R is not visible enough, it can be calculated by taking the Rp 0.2 value, which is usually 10 N/mm2 eH lower than ReH Minimum 0,2% proof strength at high temperatures EN 10273: 2008 from to Rp 0.2 16 227 214 198 182 16 40 218 205 190 174 40 60 208 196 181 167 60 100 193 182 169 155 100 150 179 168 156 143 °C 50 100 150 200 Min. values of material normalized in furnace
N/mm2 167 160 153 142 131 250
153 147 140 130 121 300
142 136 130 121 112 350
133 128 122 114 105 400
Part two • Creep-resisting steels P235GH Reference data of strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain and creep rupture EN 10273: 2008 σ1 N/mm2 σR N/mm2 °C 10 000 h 100 000 h 10 000 h 100 000 h 380 164 118 229 165 390 150 106 211 148 400 136 95 191 132 410 124 84 174 118 420 113 73 158 103 430 101 65 142 91 440 91 57 127 79 450 80 49 113 69 460 72 42 100 59 470 62 35 86 50 480 53 30 75 42 σ1 = strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain σR = creep rupture strength EUROPE EN P235GH
ITALY UNI Fe360 1 KW
CHINA
GERMANY DIN P235GH
FRANCE AFNOR A37CP
UK BS 141-360
103
200 000 h 145 129 115 101 89 78 67 57 48 40 33
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE A285 g.A
42CrMo4
104
Part two • Creep-resisting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 42CrMo4 (ASTM A 193-B7)*) According to standards EN 10269: 2001 Number 1.7225 *The acronym in brackets indicates the similar steel according to ASTM. Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0,38-0,45 0,40 0,60-0,90 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850 Soft annealing 720 air (HB max 240)
P% max 0,035 + 0.005
S% max 0,035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
0,90-1,20 ± 0.05
0,15-0,30 ± 0.03
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
870 air Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 670 after, air (HB 180-240)
860 oil or polymer Spheroidizing annealing 730-740 furnace cooling (HB max 200)
850 water Hardenability test 840 water
550-650 air Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 Ac3 745 790
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled +QT EN 10269: 2001 size Kv and test of traction at room temperature in longitudinal mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv +20 °C from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 60 860-1060 730 14 50 50 +QT = quenched and tempered Minumum 0,2% proof strength at high temperatures Rp 0.2 N/mm2 EN 10269: 2001 d ≤ 60 mm 720 702 677 640 602 562 518 °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 Temp. °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Ni%
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000 205000 78000 195000 75000 185000 70000 175000 67000 155000
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460
59000 Density kg/dm3 7.85
Thermal exspansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
Kv –40 °C J min 40
475 400
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 300 80
Kv –100 °C J min 27
420 450
375 500
HB 258-322
550
Ref. data of strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain and creep rupture σ1 (1%) N/mm2 σR N/mm2 °C 10.000 h 100.000 h 10.000 h 100.000 h 450 190 137 320 240 500 88 49 137 96 550 29 15 59 30 600 σ1 = strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain σR = creep rupture strength
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 °C 250 °C 500 °C 33.5 34.0 34.2
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.19
LUCEFIN experience. Kv and traction test at room temperature in longitudinal on hot-rolled +QT material Ø grain R Rp 0.2 Rp/R A% C% Kv +20 °C mm size N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min 40 6 995 845 0,85 15,2 58 90-90-92 60 5-6 947 767 0,81 16.0 60 84-78-80
Kv –20 °C J min 60-58-58 50-50-56
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 5.26
Part two • Creep-resisting steels 42CrMo4 Fatigue behaviour +20 °C +N 328 Cyclic yield strength, σy’ +QT 716 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue +N 0.12 Cyclic strength exponent, n’ +QT 0.10 low cycle fatigue +N 673 Cyclic strength coefficient, K‘ +QT 1367 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue EUROPE EN 42CrMo4
ITALY UNI 42CrMo4
CHINA ML42CrMo
GERMANY DIN 42CrMo4
+N +QT +N +QT +N +QT
105
Fatigue behaviour +20 °C 1000 Fatigue strength coefficient, σf‘ 1454 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue –0.11 Fatigue strength exponent, b –0.08 low cycle fatigue –1.00 Fatigue ductility exponent, c –0.72 low cycle fatigue
FRANCE AFNOR 42CD4
UK BS 708M40
RUSSIA 42HM
USA AISI/SAE 4140
40CrMoV4-6
106
Part two • Creep-resisting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 40CrMoV4-6 (ASTM A 193-B16)* According to standards EN 10269: 2001 Number 1.7711 *The acronym in brackets indicates the corresponding steel according to ASTM. Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0,36-0,44 0,40 0,45-0,85 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-900 Soft annealing 680-730 air (HB max 241)
P% max 0,030 + 0.005
S% max 0,030 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
V%
0,90-1,20 ± 0.05
0,50-0,65 ± 0.03
0,25-0,35 ± 0.03
Normalizing
Quenching
Tempering
880-900 air Isothermal annealing 880 furnace cooling to 730 after, air
900-930 oil or polymer Spheroidizing
650-720 air Quenching and stress relieving 930 oil 200 air (HRC ~ 54)
750 furnace cooling
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled +QT EN 10269: 2001 size Kv and test of traction at room temperature in longitudinal mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv +20 °C from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 100 850-1000 700 14 45 30 100 160 850-1000 640 14 45 25 +QT = quenching and tempering Minumum 0,2% proof strength at high temperatures Rp 0.2 N/mm2 d max 100 687 670 647 631 608 100 160 631 612 591 577 556 °C 50 100 150 200 250 Temp. °C 20 100 200 300 400 450 500 550 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 211000 80950 204000 78300 196000 75200 186000 71350 177000 67900
Thermal expansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1]
164000
62950
13.9
127000
48700
14.1
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 40CrMoV4-6
11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5
Density kg/dm3 7.85
ITALY UNI CHINA 40CrMoV4-6
EN 10269: 2001 593 577 542 528 300 350
Al tot max 0,015 ± 0.01
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 Ac3 760 810
Kv –40 °C J min
Natural state +U (HB max 350) Stress relieving after welding 560 furnace cooling Ms Mf 340 120
Kv –100 °C J min
HB 253-298 253-298
554 507 400
523 479 450
470 429 500
400 366 550
293 268 600
Ref. data of strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain and creep rupture σ1 (1%) N/mm2 σR N/mm2 °C 10.000 h 100.000 h 10.000 h 100.000 h 200.000 h 450 513 462 446 460 483 422 400 470 451 374 347 480 413 319 286 490 371 259 229 500 321 210 187 510 269 174 155 520 223 146 130 530 187 122 103 540 160 550 137 σ1 = strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain σR = creep rupture strength
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 °C 250 °C 500 °C 33.0 GERMANY DIN 40CrMoV4-6
FRANCE AFNOR 40CrMoV4-6
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m
UK BS 670-860
RUSSIA
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2
USA AISI/SAE A193B16
107
10CrMo9-10
Part two • Creep-resisting steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 10CrMo9-10 (ASTM A 182 F22 cl. 3)*) According to standards EN 10273: 2008 Number 1.7380 * The acronym in brackets indicates the corresponding steel according to ASTM.
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cr% Mo% Cu% max max max max 0,08-0,14 0,50 0,40-0,80 0,030 0,025 2,00-2,50 0,90-1,10 0,30 + 0.02 ± 0.05 +0.10 -0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.10 ± 0.04 + 0.05 Permissible deviations on the product. The aluminium content of the casting must be determined and indicated in the control document. Temperature °C Hot forming Normalizing 1050-900 Soft annealing 650-700 air (HB max 210)
940-980 air Spheroidizing 880-900 furnace cooling
Quenching
Tempering
950 water Pre-heating welding 300
650-750 air Stress relieving after welding (PWHT) 600-690 furnace cooling
Stress Step cooling relieving 50 under the 593 furnace cooling temperature of temp. EN 10028-2
Ac1 795
Ac3 850
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties at the delivery conditionb) EN 10273: 2008 Ø heat Kv and test of traction at room temperature in longitudinal mm treatment R ReH A% Kv +20 °C b) from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min 16 +NT 480-630 310 18 40 16 40 +NT 480-630 300 18 40 40 60 +NT 480-630 290 18 40 60 100 +NT or +QT 470-620 270 17 40 100 150 +QT 460-610 250 17 40 +NT = normalized and tempering +QT = quenching and tempering Minumum 0,2% proof strength at high temperatures from to treatment 16 +NT 288 266 16 40 +NT 279 257 40 60 +NT 270 249 60 100 +NT/QT 260 240 100 150 +NT/QT 250 237 °C 50 100 Temperature Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 Testing at °C E long. G tang. 20 210000 80600 100 205000 78700 200 195000 74800 250 300 400 175000 67000 Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 10CrMo9-10
ITALY UNI 10CrMo9-10
254 246 238 230 228 150
248 240 232 224 222 200
11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5
CHINA 12Cr2MoG
Kv 0 °C J min
Mf 230
Kv –20 °C J min
HB 146-192 146-192 146-192 141-190 139-183
EN 10273: 2008
Thermal exspansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1]
Density kg/dm3 7.80
Ms 440
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 243 236 235 228 227 221 220 213 219 213 250 300
212 205 198 191 191 400
Temperature Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 Testing at °C E long. G tang. 450 500 550 600 155000 59500 650
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 °C 250 °C 500 °C 50 GERMANY DIN 10CrMo9-10
225 218 211 204 204 350
FRANCE AFNOR 12CD9-10
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.18 UK BS 622/B3
RUSSIA 12Ch8
197 191 185 178 178 450
185 179 173 167 167 500
Thermal exspansion [(m/m·K) ·10–6 °C–1] 13.9 14.1
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 5.55 USA AISI/SAE A182 F22
108
Part two • Creep-resisting steels
10CrMo9-10 Reference data of strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain and creep rupture EN 10273: 2008 σ1 (1%) N/mm2 σR N/mm2 °C 10 000 h 100 000 h 10 000 h 100 000 h 450 240 166 306 221 460 219 155 286 205 470 200 145 264 188 480 180 130 241 170 490 163 116 219 152 500 147 103 196 135 510 132 90 176 118 520 119 78 156 103 530 107 68 138 90 540 94 58 122 78 550 83 49 108 68 560 73 41 96 58 570 65 35 85 51 580 57 30 75 44 590 50 26 68 38 600 44 22 61 34 σ1 = strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain σR = creep rupture strength
200 000 h 201 186 169 152 136 120 105 91 79 68 58 50 43 37 32 28
Lucefin experience. Heat treatment, thickness 15 mm hot-rolled. FATT (Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature) Impact test Kv J 12 18 42 110 130 150 180 200 200 +NT Fibrosity 2 4 10 50 62 74 100 100 100 N = 980 °C air T = 720 °C air °C –60 –50 –40 –20 0 +20 +50 +80 +100 Impact test Kv J 6 10 90 190 230 250 260 260 260 Q = 950 °C water T = 720 °C air Fibrosity 9 10 25 85 95 100 100 100 100 +PWHT * = 690 °C × 10 h furn. cool. °C –110 –100 –80 –60 –40 –20 0 +20 +50 (* Post weld heat treatment)
Load test [MPa - N/mm2]
Creep test: Lucefin experience Deformation of a piece Creep test under constants stress 350
σ1 – 10000 h
300
σ1 – 100000 h
250
σr – 10000 h
200
σr – 100000 h
σr – 200000 h
150
100
50
0 450
475
500
525 Temperature test [°C]
550
575
600
FLAME AND INDUCTION-HARDENING STEELS
C43 • C48 • Cf53 • 36CrMn4 • 41CrMo4 • 50CrMo4 • 40NiCrMo3
C43
110
Part two • Flame and induction-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C43 According to standards UNI 7847: 1979 Number Chemical composition C% Si%
P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% max max 0,40-0,46 0,15-0,40 0,50-0,80 0,030 0,030 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. By agreement this steel can be supplied with Cr, Mo, Ni, Cu, max. values. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850 Soft annealing 690 air (HB max 220)
Mn%
Normalizing
Quenching
870 air Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 660 after, air (HB 155-205)
840 water Natural
Quenching
Tempering 550-650 air Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3 730 780
Hardenability test
(HB max 231)
Stress relieving 180 Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 360 140
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after normalizing UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only. size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only 16 100 570-720 300 18 169-223 Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering (valid for products with no heat treatment) For quenched and tempered material, values must be guaranteed on the product UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only. size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only 16 690-840 470 15 25 210-250 16 40 640-790 400 16 20 198-237 40 100 570-720 360 17 20 169-223 For sizes over 100 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement Cold-drawn size mm Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) from to R N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min No indications are shown in the reference standards Please refer to the same values of quality C40E – C45E Jominy test HRC distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min No indications are shown in the reference standards max Please refer to the same values of quality C 45E EUROPE EN
ITALY UNI C43
CHINA
20
GERMANY DIN
A% min
25
30
35
FRANCE AFNOR
HB
40
45
UK BS
Min. surface hardness after hardening and stress 50 relieving HRC 54
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE
111
C48
Part two • Flame and induction-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C48 According to standards UNI 7847: 1979 Number Chemical composition C% Si%
P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% max max 0.45-0.52 0.15-0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.030 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. By agreement this steel can be supplied with Cr Mo Ni Cu, max. values. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 238)
Mn%
Normalizing
Quenching
860 air Isothermal annealing 790 furnace cooling to 660 after, air (HB 165-223)
830 water Natural
Quenching
Tempering 550-650 air Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3 730 770
Hardenability test
(HB max 243)
Stress relieving 180 Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 330 110
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after normalizing UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only. size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only 16 100 610-760 335 16 183-226 Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering (valid for products with no heat treatment) For quenched and tempered material, values must be guaranteed on the product UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only. size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only 16 730-875 510 13 20 224-262 16 40 680-830 430 14 15 208-249 40 100 630-770 400 15 15 192-231 For sizes over 100 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement Cold-drawn size mm Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) from to R N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min No indications are shown in the reference standards Please refer to the same values of quality C45E - C50E Jominy test HRC distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min No indications are shown in the reference standards max Please refer to the same values of quality C 50E EUROPE EN
ITALY UNI C48
CHINA
20
GERMANY DIN
A% min
25
30
35
FRANCE AFNOR
HB
40
45
UK BS
50
Min. surface hardness after hardening and stress relieving HRC 54
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 1049
Cf53
112
Part two • Flame and induction-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality Cf53 According to standards DIN 17212: 1972 Number 1.1213 Composizione chimica C% Si%
Mn%
0.50-0.57 0.15-0.35 0.40-0.70 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-850 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 223)
P% max 0.025 + 0.005
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
860 air Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 660 after, air (HB 180-230)
830 water Natural
860 oil or polymer Hardenability test
550-660 air Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3 730 765
(HB max 260)
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties for normalized condition DIN 17212: 1972 size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 16 100 610-760 340 16
Stress relieving 180 Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 320 100
HB reference only 183-226
K J min
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition DIN 17212: 1972 size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% K from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 16 740-880 510 12 25 16 40 690-830 430 14 35 40 100 640-780 400 15 40
HB reference only 224-263 210-249 198-232
Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C 070M55 BS 970 pt.3: 1991. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R N/mm2 Rp 0.2 A% C% K from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 13 29 700-850 475 10 29 100 700-850 435 10
HB reference only 201-255 201-255
Jominy test HRC distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min No indications are shown in the reference standard max Please refer to the same values of quality C 50E EUROPE EN C53
ITALY UNI C53
CHINA
20
GERMANY DIN Cf53
25
30
35
FRANCE AFNOR XC48 TS
40
45
UK BS 070M55
50
Min. surface hardness after hardening and stress relieving HRC 57
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 1050
113
36CrMn4
Part two • Flame and induction-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 36CrMn4 According to standards UNI 7847: 1979 Number Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.33-0.39 0.15-0.40 0.80-1.10 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.06 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 230)
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Normalizing
Quenching
870 air Isothermal annealing 800 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB 170-215)
850 oil or polymer Natural
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
0.90-1.20 ± 0.05
Quenching
Tempering 550-650 air Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3 750 800
Hardenability test 850 water
Stress relieving 180 Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 320 100
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering (valid for products with no heat treatment) For quenched and tempered material, values must be guaranteed on the product UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only. size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only 16 880-1080 685 12 25 263-327 16 40 780-930 590 13 25 232-278 40 100 740-890 540 14 25 224-268 For sizes over 100 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement Cold-drawn size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards UNI 7847 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 min 50 49 48 47 44 41 39 max 58 58 57 56 55 54 54 EUROPE EN 37Cr4 appr.
ITALY UNI 36CrMn4
CHINA 36Cr4.
15 37 53
20 34 50
GERMANY DIN 37Cr4 appr.
25 32 48
C% min
30 31 46
35 30 45
FRANCE AFNOR 38C4 appr.
Kcu% Jmin
40 29 44
45 28 43 UK BS
50 27 43
HB
Min. surface hardness after hardening and stress relieving HRC 52
RUSSIA SchCh10
USA AISI/SAE 5135 appr.
41CrMo4
114
Part two • Flame and induction-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 41CrMo4 According to standards UNI 7847: 1979 Number Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.38-0.44 0.15-0.40 0.50-0.80 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850 Soft annealing 720 air (HB max 240)
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Normalizing
Quenching
870 air Isothermal annealing 800 furnace cooling to 670 after, air (HB 180-240)
850 oil or polymer Spheroidizing
Cr%
Mo%
0.90-1.20 ± 0.05
0.15-0.25 ± 0.03
Quenching
Tempering
Stress relieving 180
550-650 air Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3 745 790
Hardenability test 840 water
730-740 furnace cooling
Ni%
Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 300 80
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering (valid for products with no heat treatment) For quenched and tempered material, values must be guaranteed on the product UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only. size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only 16 1080-1280 880 10 25 327-375 16 40 980-1180 765 11 25 295-354 40 100 880-1080 640 12 25 263-327 100 160 780-930 560 13 25 232-278 160 250 740-890 510 14 25 224-268 UNI 7847 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 min 53 53 52 51 50 48 45 max 60 60 60 60 60 59 59 Thermal exspansion Mod. of elasticity Mod. of elasticity Testing at °C
[(m/m·K)] ·10–6 longitudinal N/mm2 tangential N/mm2
Specific heat capacity J/(Kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 41CrMo4
ITALY UNI 41CrMo4
Density Kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA
15 43 58
210000 80000 20
20 38 56
25 35 53
11.1 205000 78000 100
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 42 GERMANY DIN 41CrMo4
30 34 51
35 33 48
12.1 195000 75000 200
40 32 47
45 32 46
12.9 185000 70000 300
Specific electric resist. Ohm·mm2/m 0.19
FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS
50 32 45
Min. surface hardness after hardening and stress relieving HRC 55
13.5 175000 67000 400
13.9
14.1
500
600
Conductivity Siemens·m/mm2 5.26 RUSSIA 40ChFA
USA AISI/SAE 4142
115
50CrMo4
Part two • Flame and induction-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 50CrMo4 According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Number 1.7228 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.46-0.54 0.40 0.50-0.80 ± 0.02 + 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850 Soft annealing 720 air (HB max 248)
P% max 0.025 + 0.005
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
0.90-1.20 ± 0.05
0.15-0.30 ± 0.03
Ni%
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
860 air Isothermal annealing 790 furnace cooling to 660 after, air
860 oil or polymer Spheroidizing
840 water Hardenability test 850 water
540-680 air Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3 720 760
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 320 100
Mechanical properties Hot-formed - hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB Surface hardness after from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min for inform. flame or induction 16 1100-1300 900 9 40 331-380 hardening 16 40 1000-1200 780 10 45 30 298-359 HRC 58 40 100 900-1100 700 12 50 30 271-331 100 160 850-1000 650 13 50 30 253-298 160 250 800-950 550 13 50 30 240-286 Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 448 421 390 HRC 47.5 45 42 R N/mm2 1620 1490 1350 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1370 1270 1165 A % 7.0 10.0 12.0 C % 30 40 Kv J 26 28 28 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 EN 10083-3: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min 58 58 57 55 54 53 51 48 max 65 65 64 64 63 63 63 62 EUROPE EN 50CrMo4
ITALY UNI
CHINA ZG500CrMo
GERMANY DIN 50CrMo4
20 45 61
25 41 60
FRANCE AFNOR
30 39 58
35 38 57 UK BS
353 38 1185 1060 13.0 49 38 550
40 37 55
327 35 1070 930 13.5 57 94 600
45 36 54
RUSSIA 50HM
294 31 960 840 15.5 60 146 650
264 27 880 785 20.0 60 166 700
50 36 54 USA AISI/SAE 4150
40NiCrMo3
116
Part two • Flame and induction-hardening steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 40NiCrMo3 According to standards UNI 7847: 1979 Number Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.37-0.43 0.15-0.40 0.50-0.80 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-900 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 240)
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Normalizing
Quenching
860 air Isothermal annealing 800 furnace cooling to 650 after, air (HB 190-245)
850 oil or polymer Full annealing 820 furnace cooling (HB max 235)
Cr%
Mo%
0.60-1.00 ± 0.05
0.15-0.25 0.70-1.00 ± 0.03 ± 0.03
Quenching
Ni%
Tempering 550-650 air Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3 740 790
Hardenability test 850 water
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering For quenched and tempered material, values must be guaranteed on the product UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only. size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 16 1030-1230 830 10 16 40 980-1180 785 11 40 100 880-1080 690 12 100 160 830-980 640 12 160 250 740-890 540 13 Cold-drawn size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min No indications are shown in the reference standards UNI 7847 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 min 52 51 50 49 48 46 44 max 60 60 59 58 58 57 57 EUROPE EN 40NiCrMo3
ITALY UNI 40NiCrMo3
CHINA
15 43 56
20 39 55
GERMANY DIN
25 36 53
C% min
30 34 51
35 33 49
FRANCE AFNOR
40 32 48
45 31 46 UK BS
Stress relieving 180 Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 330 110
Kcu J min 30 30 30 30 30
HB reference only 311-363 295-354 263-327 249-295 224-268
Kcu% Jmin
HB
50 30 45
Min. surface hardness after hardening and stress relieving HRC 54
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE
SPRING STEELS
C60E • 56Si7 • 60SiCr8 • 51CrV4 • 52SiCrNi5
C60E
118
Part two • Spring steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C60E According to standards EN 10083-2: 2006 Number 1.1221 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.57-0.65 0.40 0.60-0.90 ± 0.03 +0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63% Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-850 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 241)
P% max 0.025 + 0.005
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr% max 0.40
Mo% max 0.10
Ni% max 0.40
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
860 air Isothermal annealing 780 furnace cooling to 670 after, air (HB 200-244)
830 water Natural
850 oil or polymer Hardenability test 830 water
550-650 air Pre-heating welding not allowed Ac1 Ac3 730 760
(HB max 280)
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding not allowed Ms Mf 290 70
Mechanical properties Hot-formed – hot-rolled – rod mechanical properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re A% C% Kv from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min 16 16 710 380 10 16 100 16 100 670 340 11 100 250 100 250 650 310 11
HB min 218 203 200
Hot-formed – hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006 Ø thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm mm R Re A% C% Kv from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 16 8 850-1000 580 11 25 16 40 8 20 800-960 520 13 30 40 100 20 60 750-900 450 14 35
HB reference only 253-298 240-290 225-271
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 830 °C in water HB 697 688 634 560 468 HRC 62.5 62 59 55 49 R N/mm2 2420 2070 1700 Tempering at °C 50 100 200 300 400 EN 10083-2: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 min 60 57 50 39 35 33 32 31 30 max 67 66 65 63 62 59 54 47 39 EUROPE EN C60E
ITALY UNI C60
CHINA 60
GERMANY DIN Ck60
10 29 37
11 28 36
FRANCE AFNOR
13 27 35
15 26 34
UK BS 070M60
371 40 1250 500
20 25 33
25 23 31
RUSSIA 60
264 27 880 600
30 21 30 USA AISI/SAE 1060
119
56Si7
Part two • Spring steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 56Si7 According to standards EN 10089: 2002 Number 1.5026 Chemical composition C% Si%
P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% max max 0.52-0.60 1.60-2.00 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.025 ± 0.03 ± 0.05 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. Other non mentioned elements must not be added to the steel, except for those which are necessary to heat making. Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-850 Soft annealing 680 air (HB max 248)
Mn%
Normalizing
Quenching on spring
Tempering
870 air Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 720 after, air (HB max 240)
840-870 oil or polymer Natural
400-480 air Pre-heating welding not allowed Ac1 Ac3 770 810
Hardenability test 850 water
(HB max 293)
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after quenching at 860 °C in oil, tempering at 450 °C in air EN 10089: 2002 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% Z% KU HRC N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 10 1450-1750 1300 6 25 13 44-50
Maximum thickness and diameter recommended for the spring in order to obtain, after quenching, an internal hardness of 52 HRC EUROPE EN 56Si7
ITALY UNI 55Si7
R N/mm2 1300-1500
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min 1100
362 39 1210 1070 13.4 28 550
A% min 6
327 35 1080 930 15.8 32 600
DVM J min 14
290 30.5 960 800 19.2 40 650
264 27 880 690 22.0 42 700
H = normal 13 32 46
15 31 42
20 28 39
Flat products thickness mm
Round products Ø mm
8
12
CHINA 55Si2Mn
Stress relieving after welding not allowed Ms Mf 290 70
Characteristics for springs according to Stahlschlüssel 2007
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 860 °C in oil HB 722 706 688 634 615 525 448 404 HRC 64 63 62 59 58 53 47.5 43.5 R N/mm2 2400 2460 2450 2310 1950 1600 1400 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1580 1670 1860 2000 2100 2140 2090 1700 1460 1250 A % 2.0 3.8 4.2 5.0 8.0 10.5 12.2 Kv J 8 8 9 10 12 16 26 26 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 EN 10089: 2002 2002 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 min 57 55 49 43 37 34 max 65 62 60 57 54 50
Hot moulding of springs 900-820
GERMANY DIN 55Si7
25 27 37
30 26 36
35 26 35
40 25 34
45 25 34
50 24 33
Mod. of elasticity +20 °C N/mm2 E long. G tang. 206000 79000
FRANCE AFNOR 55S7
UK BS 251°58
RUSSIA 55S2
USA AISI/SAE 9555
60SiCr8
120
Part two • Spring steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 60SiCr8 According to standards UNI 3545: 1980 Number Chemical composition C% Si%
P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% max max 0.57-0.64 1.70-2.20 0.70-1.00 0.035 0.035 0.25-0.40 ± 0.03 ± 0.05 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Other non mentioned elements must not be added to the steel, except for those which are necessary to heat making. Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-850 Soft annealing 680 air (HB max 255)
Mn%
Normalizing
Quenching on spring
Tempering
870 air Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 720 after, air (HB max 250)
830-860 oil or polymer Natural
430-480 air Pre-heating welding not allowed Ac1 Ac3 770 800
Hardenability test 850 water
(HB max 321)
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil, tempering at 480 °C in air. UNI 3545: 1980. Reference only. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB HRC N/mm2 N/mm2 min min reference only 10 1450-1700 1250 5 415-467 44.5-49
Maximum thickness and diameter recommended for the spring in order to obtain, after quenching, an internal hardness of 52 HRC EUROPE EN 60SiCr8
ITALY UNI 60SiCr8
13 38 59
15 37 57
20 33 50
Flat products thickness mm
Round products Ø mm
16
24
CHINA 60Si2CrA
GERMANY DIN 60SiCr7
Stress relieving after welding not allowed Ms Mf 270 50
Characteristics for springs according to Stahlschlüssel 2007 R N/mm2 1350-1600
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 468 461 442 HRC 49 48.5 47 R N/mm2 1700 1660 1570 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1390 1340 1240 A % 4.5 5.0 6.0 Kv J 10 10 10 Rinv. °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 UNI 3545: 1980 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 min 58 58 57 51 45 40 max 66 66 65 64 63 61
Hot moulding of springs 920-830
25 30 45
30 29 43
35 28 41
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min 1150
409 44 1420 1180 7.0 12 550
40 27 40
A% min 6
353 38 1160 1000 9.0 12 600
45 26 39
DVM J min 21
650
700
50 25 39
Mod. of elasticity +20 °C N/mm2 E long. G tang. 206000 79000
FRANCE AFNOR 61SC7
UK BS
RUSSIA 60S2HA
USA AISI/SAE 9261-9262
121
51CrV4
Part two • Spring steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 51CrV4 According to standards EN 10083-3: 2006 Number 1.8159 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% V% Ni% max max max 0.47-0.55 0.40 0.70-1.10 0.025 0.025 0.90-1.20 0.10-0.25 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.05 ± 0.02 Permissible deviations on the product. Other non mentioned elements must not be added to the steel, except for those which are necessary to heat making. Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-850 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 248)
Normalizing
Quenching on spring
Tempering
870 air Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 710 after, air (HB max 220)
850-880 oil or polymer Natural
400-450 air Pre-heating welding not allowed Ac1 Ac3 740 790
Hardenability test 850 water
(HB max 310)
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled EN 10083-3: 2006 mechanical properties after QT Ø mm from to 16 16 40 40 100 100 160 160 250
thickness mm from to 8 8 20 20 60 60 100 100 160
Kv J min
R Rp 0.2 N/mm2 N/mm2 min 1400-1700 1200
25 41 62
Flat products thickness mm
Round products Ø mm
25
38
A% min 6
DVM J min 21
30 30 30 30
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 615 595 577 577 550 525 504 455 421 390 HRC 58 57 56 56 54.5 53 51.5 48 45 42 R N/mm2 2170 2050 1960 1840 1650 1490 1340 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1500 1590 1700 1750 1750 1720 1650 1530 1400 1270 A % 6.8 7.6 7.8 8.0 8.5 9.8 11.2 Kv J 8 10 16 16 15 16 26 28 31 Rinv. °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Maximum thickness and diameter recommended for the spring in order to obtain, after quenching, an internal hardness of 52 HRC
Stress relieving after welding not allowed Ms Mf 280 60
Characteristics for springs according to Stahlschlüssel 2007
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% C% N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 1100-1300 900 9 40 1000-1200 800 10 45 900-1100 700 12 50 850-1000 650 13 50 800-950 600 13 50
EN 10083-3: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 min 57 56 56 55 53 52 50 48 44 max 65 65 64 64 63 63 63 62 62
Hot moulding of springs 920-830
30 37 61
35 35 60
40 34 60
371 40 1250 1170 12.5 38 550
45 33 59
Mod. of elasticity +20 °C N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000
344 37 1140 1130 14.6 46 600
50 32 58
297 31.5 990 900 19.0 94 650
253 25 850 700 22.5 135 700
122
Part two • Spring steels
51CrV4 1.8159 Technical card Trafilix Cold-drawn + quenched and tempered +C +QT EN 10277-5: 2008 Hot-rolled annealed + Peeled-Reeled +A +SH size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min max b) 16 1100-1300 900 9 331-380 248 16 40 1000-1200 800 10 298-359 248 40 80 900-1100 700 12 271-331 248 b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement e) values valid also for +C +QT +SL Hot-rolled quenched and tempered Cold-drawn +QT +C size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 16 16 40 40 80 Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-3: 2001 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% L from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 160 800 600 13 160 330 330 660 L = longitudinal T = tangential EUROPE EN 51CrV4
ITALY UNI 50CrV4
CHINA 50CrV4
GERMANY DIN 50CrV4
Hot-rolled annealed + Cold-drawn +A +C R N/mm2 min
A% T min 9
Kv L J min 30
FRANCE AFNOR 50CrV4
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min
Kv T J min 16
UK BS 735A50
A% min
HB max 311 293 287
HB min 240
RUSSIA 50ChGF
USA AISI/SAE 6150
123
52SiCrNi5
Part two • Spring steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 52SiCrNi5 According to standards EN 10089: 2002 Number 1.7117 Chemical composition C% Si%
P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% max max 0.49-0.56 1.20-1.50 0.70-1.00 0.025 0.025 0.70-1.00 0.50-0.70 ± 0.02 ± 0.05 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.05 ± 0.05 Permissible deviations on the product. Other non mentioned elements must not be added to the steel, except for those which are necessary to heat making. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-900 Soft annealing 680 air (HB max 248)
Mn%
Normalizing
Quenching on spring
Tempering
870 air Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 720 after, air (HB max 230)
840-870 oil or polymer Natural
400-450 air Pre-heating welding not allowed Ac1 Ac3 760 810
Hardenability test 850 water
(HB max 310)
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after quenching at 860 °C in oil, tempering at 450 °C in air. EN 10089: 2002 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 10 1450-1750 1300 6 35
Maximum thickness and diameter recommended for the spring in order to obtain, after quenching, an internal hardness of 52 HRC EUROPE EN 52SiCrNi5
ITALY UNI 52SiCrNi5
HB HRC reference only 409-482 44-50
KU J min 10
25 42 59
Flat products thickness mm
Round products Ø mm
40
60
CHINA ZG50CrMo
GERMANY DIN 52SiCrNi5
Stress relieving after welding not allowed Ms Mf 270 50
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 706 688 654 615 615 595 577 525 482 421 HRC 63 62 60 58 58 57 56 53 50 45 R N/mm2 2340 2310 2250 2170 1950 1690 1480 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1900 2000 2050 1990 1750 1550 1350 A % 3.0 8.0 9.8 10.6 Kv J 8 8 8 9 14 26 26 Rinv. °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 EN 10089: 2002 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 min 56 56 55 55 54 53 52 51 47 max 63 63 63 62 62 62 61 61 60
Hot moulding of springs 920-830
30 38 57
35 35 56
40 33 54
381 41 1310 1190 12.2 26 550
45 31 52
353 38 1190 1020 14.0 28 600
319 34 1060 880 17.0 42 650
279 29 940 750 21.0 80 700
50 30 49
Mod. of elasticity +20 °C N/mm2 E long. G tang. 215000 82000
FRANCE AFNOR 52SiCrNi5
UK BS
RUSSIA 52XHC
USA AISI/SAE
BEARING STEELS
102Cr6 • 100CrMo7 • X82WMoCrV6-5-4
125
Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 102Cr6 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2067
Mn%
0.95-1.10 0.15-0.35 0.25-0.45 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming Quenching 1050-900
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Quenching
Pre-heating a 650 pause, after 820 water
Soft annealing 740-770 air
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
850 oil, polymer salt bath 500-550 salt bath 180-200 Recrystallization annealing 750 cooling furnace to 300 after air
Cr%
Mo%
Cu%
1.35-1.65 ± 0.07
Stress relieving 180-220 air
Stress relieving annealing 600-650 furnace cooling
Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating annealing test welding 770-780 furnace not recommended cooling to 630 after 300 after air Ac1 Ac3 HB max 223 a) (HB max 207) (HB max 220) 750 785 a) Hardness in the cold-drawn condition (+A+C) can be 20 HB higher than in the annealed condition (+A) b) subcooling Mechanical properties Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 840 °C in oil HB 739 722 706 688 654 595 543 496 442 409 HRC 65 64 63 62 60 57 54 51 47 44 R N/mm2 2400 2500 2470 2300 2100 1900 1650 1410 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1800 2080 2190 2090 1900 1700 1500 1300 A % 5.0 7.0 C % 22 30 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
HRC from surface to heart for different Ø quenched at 850 °C in oil. Variations in hardness show the mass effect mm 0 5 10 15 20 Ø 10 65 64 Ø 30 64 62 59 58 Ø 40 62 57 52.5 50.5 50
Thermal expansion Thermal conductivity Mod. of elasticity Mod. of elasticity Testing at °C
[m/(m·K)] ·10–6 W(m·K) longitudinal N/mm2 tangential N/mm2
Ms 210
336 36 1110 950 12.0 44 600
Mf –10 b)
301 32 1010 800 16.0 50 650
60
243 23 810 690 18.0 54 700
100
50
80 hardness
40
60
martensite %
30
40 20
20 martensite + bainite + ferrite + pearlite
0 8 16 distance in mm from quenched end
12.5 33.0 212000 81000 20
Stress relieving after welding not recommended
70
martensite + carbides
Hardness/Structures curves
371 40 1250 1100 9.0 34 550
Annealing must be done after machining and before the final heat treatment
100
13.2
200
0 carbides+ pearlite 24
32
13.6 32.2
14.0
14.3
300
400
40
31.4
500
700
martensite %
Chemical composition C% Si%
hardness HRC
102Cr6
Part two • Bearing steels
126
Part two • Bearing steels
102Cr6 Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460
Density kg/dm3 7.85
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K)
Heat treatment +QT
Temperature (+ ...°C) - min. values 20 200 300 350 1339
+QT
0.15
+QT
3328
+QT
2620
+QT
– 0.09
+QT
0.15
+QT
– 0.56
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.30
Technical card Trafilix Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 3.33
Fatigue behaviour 400
450
500
600 Cyclic yield strength, σy’ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Cyclic strength exponent, n’ low cycle fatigue Cyclic strength coefficient, K‘ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Fatigue strength coefficient, σf‘ N/mm2 low cycle fatigue Fatigue strength exponent, b low cycle fatigue Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf‘ low cycle fatigue Fatigue ductility exponent, c low cycle fatigue
+QT quenched an tempered quenched at 830-870 °C in oil, tempered at 150-180 °C EUROPE EN 102Cr6
ITALY UNI 100Cr6
CHINA Cr2
GERMANY DIN 100Cr6
FRANCE AFNOR 100Cr6
UK BS
RUSSIA X15
USA AISI/SAE 52100
Trasformation diagram for isothermal cooling – time-temperature – taked from GERDAU 850 austenite + carbides not dissolved 750
As
650 ferrite + carbides
austenite + ferrite + carbides
500
10 400
austenite + carbides not dissolved
300 temperature [°C]
50% Ms M 50
200
M 90 100 time [s]
1
10
102
103
104
105
106
127
100CrMo7
Part two • Bearing steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 100CrMo7 According to standards ISO 683-17: 2001 Number B5 (1.3537) Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% 0.93-1.05 0.15-0.35 0.25-0.45 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product.
P% max 0.025 + 0.005
Temperature °C Hot forming Pre-heating 1100-850
Soft annealing 730 air (HB max 220) b) subcooling
S% max 0.015 + 0.005
Quenching
400 850 stop in furnace, oil, polymer after 850 salth bath 500-550 Isothermal annealing +AC 800 furnace cooling to 720 after furnace 600 after, air (HB max 217)
Cr%
Mo%
1.65-1.95 ± 0.05
0.15-0.30 ± 0.03
Tempering 150-220 air +AC+C Ann. Cold-drawn
(HB max 251)
Cu% max 0.30 +0.03
Stress relieving annealing 600-650 furnace cooling
Annealing must be done after machining and before the final heat treatment
Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 star Ac1 end 755 785
Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 200 –10 b)
Mechanical properties Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 739 739 722 670 615 595 613 512 482 432 HRC 65 65 64 61 58 57 56 52 50 46 R N/mm2 2000 2400 2430 2300 2150 1950 1770 1610 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1800 2050 2150 2090 1960 1810 1650 1500 A % 3.0 4.6 C % 15 20 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 HRC from surface to heart for different Ø quenched at 850 °C in oil Variations in hardness show the mass effect mm 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Ø 20 66 66 65.5 Ø 30 65.5 65.5 65.5 65 Ø 40 65.5 65.5 65.5 65 65 Ø 50 65.5 64 62 61 60.5 60.5 Ø 60 64.5 63 58.5 54 52 51.5 51 Ø 80 62.5 58 50.5 47.5 46 45 44.5 Ø 100 61 56 49 46.5 45 44.5 43.5 EUROPE EN 100CrMo7
ITALY UNI 100CrMo7
CHINA GC18Mo
GERMANY DIN 100CrMo7
Al% max 0.050 +0.010
415 44.5 1450 1350 6.4 30 550
35
40
45
50
44 43
43.5 42.5
42.5
42.5
FRANCE AFNOR 100CD7
UK BS
344 37 1240 1150 9.0 38 600
286 30 1000 900 12.5 44 650
253 25 840 750 16.5 52 700
Hardening in oil on round Ø 20 mm °C HRC 800 62 820 64 840 65.5 850 66 860 66 880 66 900 65
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE A485(3)
X82WMoCrV6-5-4
128
Part two • Bearing steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality X82WMoCrV6-5-4 ) According to standards ISO 683-17: 2001 Number B62 (1.3553) Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% max max 0.78-0.86 0.40 0.40 0.025 ± 0.03 ±0.03 ±0.04 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
S% max 0.015 + 0.005
Quenching
1100-900
Cr%
Mo%
V%
W%
3.90-4.30 ± 0.10
4.70-5.20 ± 0.10
1.70-2.00 ± 0.10
6.00-6.70 ± 0.10
Tempering
1190-1230 Immediately after oil, polymer quenching 540-570 air salth bath 500-550 at least 2 cycles Spheroidizing +AC+C +AC Ann. Cold-drawn 770-840 furnace cooling 15 °C/h, to 600 after, air (HB max 248) (HB max 298)
Soft annealing +A 780-820
(HB max 280) b) subcooling
Mechanical properties Table of tempering values at room temperature after quenching at 1210 °C in oil HB 688 679 688 HRC 62 61.5 62 N/mm2 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Thermal expansion Mod. of elasticity Mod. of elasticity Testing at °C Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN X80WMoCrV654
[m/(m·K)] ·10–6 longitudinal N/mm2 tangential N/mm2 Density kg/dm3 8.1
ITALY UNI X82WMoV65
CHINA
217000 83000 20
Cu% max 0.30 +0.03
Stress relieving annealing 600-650 furnace cooling
Annealing must be done after machining and before the final heat treatment
Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3 820 870
Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 150 –70 b)
697 62.5
739 65
450
490
758 66
758 66
530
722 64
615 482 58 50 2330 1760 600 650 700
560
11.5
11.7
12.2
12.4
12.7
13.0
12.9
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 19 GERMANY DIN X82WMoCrV6-5-4
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.54 FRANCE AFNOR Z85WCDV6
UK BS
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 1.85 RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE A597 CM2
HOT-WORK TOOL STEELS
X37CrMoV5-1 (1.2343) • X40CrMoV5-1 (1.2344) • 40NiCrMoV16 KU (1.2776) • 55NiCrMoV7 (1.2714) X40Cr14 (1.2083) • 40CrMnMoS8-6 (1.2312) • 32CrMoV12-28 (1.2365) • X38CrMoV5-3 (1.2367) 54NiCrMoV6 (1.2711) • 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 (1.2738) • 45NiCrMo16 (1.2767) • 35NiCrMoV12-5 (1.6959)
X37CrMoV5-1
130
Part two • Hot-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality X37CrMoV5-1 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2343 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% 0,33-0,41 0,80-1,20 0,25-0,50 ± 0.02 ± 0.05 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0,030 + 0.005
S% max 0,020 + 0.005
Quenching
Cr%
Mo%
4,80-5,50 ± 0.10
1,10-1,50 ± 0.05
Tempering
1050-900
Pre-heating to 800 Immediately after pause, after 1000-1040 quenching 550-650 air oil, polymer, minimum 2 cycles salt bath (450-500°) Soft Isothermal Hardenability annealing annealing test 800 furnace 880 furnace cooling cooling to 780 pause, after (HB max 229) furnace cooling 750 air Hardness for the annealed and cold-drawn execution can be HB 249 max Mechanical properties Table of tempering after quenching at 1020 °C in oil HB 543 525 518 512 HRC 54 53 52.5 52 N/mm2 2010 1950 1915 1880 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] · 10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 R* N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 R* N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 HRC quenching 1040 °C oil HRC quenching 1040 °C air Testing at °C *Shows the results of two different heat treatments. Testing at °C 20 500 600
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 550 590
EUROPE EN X37CrMoV5-1
ITALY UNI X37CrMoV51KU
Density kg/dm3 7.80 7.64 7.60 CHINA (4Cr5MoSiV)
512 52 1880 250 11.5
518 52.5 1915 300 12.0
215000 82000 1600 1460 1200 1060
20
534 53.5 1980 350 12.2
1400 1200 1120 900
100
200
300
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 25.0 28.5 29.3 GERMANY DIN X38CrMoV5-1
Ni%
V% 0,30-0,50 ± 0.04
Stress relieving annealing 600-650 furnace cooling to 350 after, air
Annealing must be done after machining and before quenching
Pre-heating welding 350 Ac1 Ac3 830 890
Stress relieving after welding 650 furnace cooling Ms Mf 310 80
550 54.5 2040 400
568 55.5 2115 450
12.5 183000 70200 1300 1100 1000 800 53 52 400
577 56 2160 500
12.9 176000 68000 1100 900 850 650 54 53 500
UK BS B-H11
432 46 1520 600
13.0 165000 63000 800 600 580 420 54 49 53 48 550 600
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.52 0.86 0.96
FRANCE AFNOR Z38CDV5
512 52 1880 550
362 39 1220 650 13.2
600 400 400 250 39 39 650 700
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 1.92 1.16 1.04
RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE (4KH5MFs.-U) H 11
131
X40CrMoV5-1
Part two • Hot-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality X40CrMoV5-1 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2344 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% 0,35-0,42 0,80-1,20 0,25-0,50 ± 0.02 ± 0.05 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0,030 + 0.005
S% max 0,020 + 0.005
Quenching
Cr%
Mo%
4,80-5,50 ± 0.10
1,20-1,50 ± 0.05
Tempering
1050-900
Pre-heating to 800 Immediately after pause, after 1020-1080 quenching oil, polymer, 500-620 air salt bath (450-500°) minimum 2 cycles Soft Isothermal Hardenability annealing annealing test 820 furnace 880 furnace cooling to 780 cooling pause, after furnace cooling (HB max 229) to 750 after, air Hardness for the annealed and cold-drawn execution can be HB 249 max
Mechanical properties Table of tempering after quenching at 1040 °C in oil HB 560 543 525 512 504 HRC 55 54 53 52 51.5 N/mm2 2070 2010 1950 1880 1850 Testing at °C 50 100 150 200 250 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 R* N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 R* N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 HRC quenching 1040 °C oil HRC quenching 1040 °C air Testing at °C *Shows the results of two different heat treatments. Testing at °C 20 500 600
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 550 590
EUROPE EN X40CrMoV5-1
ITALY UNI X40CrMoV511KU
512 52 1880 300 11.5
525 53 1950 350 12.0
215000 82000 1600 1460 1200 1060
20
Density kg/dm3 7.80 7.64 7.60 CHINA (45Cr5MoSiV)
100
200
543 54 2010 400
Stress relieving annealing 600-650 furnace cooling to 350 after, air
Annealing must be done after machining and before quenching
Pre-heating welding 350 Ac1 Ac3 830 915
Stress relieving after welding 650 furnace cooling Ms Mf 300 80
577 56 2160 450
577 56 2160 500
12.5
1400 1200 1120 900
1300 1100 1000 800 54 53 400
300
V% 0,85-1,15 ± 0.05
12.2
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 25.0 28.5 29.3 GERMANY DIN X40CrMoV5-1
Ni%
512 52 1880 550
455 48 1640 600
12.9 176000 68000 1100 900 850 650 55 54 500
390 42 1340 650
13.0 165000 63000 800 600 580 420 54 50 53 48 550 600
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.52 0.86 0.96
FRANCE AFNOR Z340CDV5
UK BS B-H 13
301 32 1010 700
RUSSIA 4KH5F1S
13.2
600 400 400 250 40 39 650 700
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 1.92 1.16 1.04 USA AISI/SAE H 13
132
Part two • Hot-work tool steels
Time-temperature – transformation diagram for isothermal cooling X40CrMoV5-1
Austenitizing Temperature 1025 C
900 850
Ac3
Ac1
800
pearlite 1%
750
pearlite 98%
700 650 austenite 600 550 500 450 400 bainite 1%
350 300
bainite 50%
Ms
250 M 50% 200 M 80%
temperature [ C]
150 100 50
M 95% 0 time
1
2
4
8
15 30
60 [s] 1 2
4
8
15 30
60 [m] 1 2
4
8
16 32
[h]
+ 0,10
dimensional variation %
+ 0,05
1 0,00
2 3
– 0,05
tempering temperature °C
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Dimensional variation % - Round 30 mm quenched at 1000 °C in oil – taken from GERDAU Curve 1 = 1 tempering x 2 h Curve 2 = 2 tempering x 2 h Curve 3 = 3 tempering x 2 h
550
600
133
40NiCrMoV16 KU
Part two • Hot-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 40NiCrMoV16 KU According to standards UNI 2955 pt.4: 1982 Number 1.2766 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% 0,35-0,45 0,10-0,40 0,35-0,75 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-900
Soft annealing 650 air (HB max 277)
P% max 0,030 + 0.005
S% max 0,030 + 0.005
Mo%
1,60-2,00 ± 0.05
0,40-0,60 3,40-4,10 0,05-0,25 ± 0.05 ± 0.07 ± 0.02
Quenching
Tempering
Pre-heating to 600 pause, after 880 oil, polymer, forced air or salth bath 480 Isothermal annealing 810 furnace cooling to 610 pause, furnace cooling to 580 after, air
Immediately after quenching 550-630 air minimum 2 cycles
Depending on machining depth on the die, following hardness values are recommended
(HB max 305)
468 49 1700 350
455 48 1640 400
Stress relieving annealing 630 furnace cooling to 350 after, air
Annealing must be done after machining and before quenching
Pre-heating welding 350 Ac1 Ac3 680 785
Stress relieving after welding 650 furnace cooling Ms Mf 290 70
442 47 1580 450
432 46 1520 500
409 44 1430 550
20
50
100
HRC
43-46
37-40
30-36
Density kg/dm3 7.84
ITALY UNI 40NiCrMoV16KU
496 51 1820 300
V%
Depth mm
Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Testing at °C Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460
Ni%
Annealed + C cold-drawn
Mechanical properties Table of tempering after quenching at 880 °C in oil HB 577 577 560 543 512 HRC 56 56 55 54 52 N/mm2 2160 2160 2070 2010 1880 Testing at °C 50 100 150 200 250
EUROPE EN
Cr%
208000 79000 20
353 38 1180 650
381 41 1300 700
11.7
12.5
13.0
13.4
13.7
13.8
100
200
300
400
500
600
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 33 CHINA
381 41 1300 600
GERMANY DIN 35NiCrMo16
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.30 FRANCE AFNOR Y35NCD16
UK BS
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 3.33 RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE
55NiCrMoV7
134
Part two • Hot-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 55NiCrMoV7 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2714 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% 0.50-0.60 0.10-0.40 0.60-0.90 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S% max 0.020 + 0.005
Quenching
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
0.80-1.20 ± 0.05
0.35-0.55 ± 0.04
1.50-1.80 0.05-0.15 ± 0.07 ± 0.02
Tempering
1050-850
Pre-heating to 700 Immediately after pause, after 870 quenching polymer, 550-630 air forced air or oil (40 °C) minimum 2 cycles Soft Isothermal Hardenability annealing annealing test 680-700 raffr. 800 furnace cooling furnace until to 660 pause, 150 air (HB max 248) furnace cooling to 620 air Hardness for the annealed and cold-drawn execution can be HB 268 max Mechanical properties Table of tempering HB 654 634 HRC 60 59 N/mm2 2420 HB 560 HRC 55 N/mm2 2070 Temp. at °C 50 100
615 58 2330
150
595 57 2240 512 52 1880 200
Depending on machining depth on the die, following hardness values are recommended
577 243 56 54 2160 2010 482 50 1760 250 300
512 52 1880
350
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 550 590
EUROPE EN 55NiCrMoV7
ITALY UNI 55NiCrMoV7KU
468 49 1700 421 45 1480 450
Stress relieving annealing 650 furnace cooling to 350 after, air
Annealing must be done after machining and before quenching
Pre-heating welding 350 Ac1 Ac3 710 770
Stress relieving after welding 650 forno Ms Mf 250 10
442 47 1580 400 43 1390 500
409 44 1430 371 40 1250 550
390 42 1340 336 36 1110 600
Depth mm
20
50
100
HRC
40-43
38-41
34-38
Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 12.5 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 215000 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 82000 R* N/mm2 1600 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 R* N/mm2 1200 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1040 HRC quenching 860 °C oil HRC quenching 860 °C air Testing at °C 20 100 *Shows the results of two different heat treatments. Testing at °C 20 500 600
482 50 1760 442 47 1580 400
V%
Density kg/dm3 7.80 7.64 7.60 CHINA 5CrNiMo
13.1
13.4
1350 1150 1100 820
200
300
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 25.5 25.0 24.6 GERMANY DIN 56NiCrMoV7
13.9 198000 76000 1200 1000 950 700 50 48 400
14.0 176000 68000 1000 750 700 500 48 44 500
quenching at 860 °C oli quenching at 860 °C oli quenching at 860 °C oli 301 quenching at 860 °C air 32 quenching at 860 °C air 1010 quenching at 860 °C air 650
14.3 165000 63000 600 350 300 200 43 40 36 41 38 35 550 600 650
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.30 0.71 0.84
FRANCE AFNOR 55NCDV7
UK BS BH 224
RUSSIA 5KN2MF
14.5
700
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 3.33 1.41 1.19 USA AISI/SAE L6
Part two • Hot-work tool steels
135
Time-temperature – transformation diagram for isothermal cooling – 55NiCrMoV7 – taken from GERDAU 900 austenite 800
Ac3
700
Ac1 ferrite 70 % pearlite 30%
600
500 bainite 400
300
50%
Ms M 50%
100
temperature C
200
M 90%
time [s]
0 1
102
10
103
104
105
106
Thermal cycle 1000 900
austenitizing 850 - 870
800
holding time 1/2 h for inc.
700
annealing 680 - 700
600
holding time 1,5 h for inc.
500 furnace 400
oil, polymer forced air
I tempering II tempering
temperature C
300
holding time 1 h for inc.
200
air
holding time 1 h for inc.
air 100 0 time
The tempering temperature depends on the required hardness. The temperature of II tempering must be 30 °C lower than I tempering.
air
X40Cr14
136
Part two • Hot-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality X40Cr14 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2083 Chemical composition C% Si% max 0.36-0,42 1.00 ± 0.03 ± 0.05 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1110-850
Mn% max 1.00 ± 0.04
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S% max 0.030 ± 0.005
Cr% 12.50-14.50 ± 0.15
Pre-heating
Quenching
Tempering
Tempering
850 pause after ▲
▲ 980-1010 oil or polymer
180 (HRC 53) Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 845
see table
Soft annealing 750-800 slow cooling in furnace (HB max 241) *The symbol ▲ indicates the temperature increase up to ……. °C.
Stress relieving after welding 550 Ms 160
Mechanical properties Tempering table values at room temperature for round Ø 25 mm after quenching at 1010 °C in oil. HRC 54 53 52 52 52.5 54 52 50 N/mm2 2010 1950 1880 1880 1915 2010 1880 1760 Tempering at °C 100 200 300 350 400 450 500 550 Nitriding in gaseous ammonia. The material should be hardened and tempered before nitriding. Temperature °C Time h Depth of hardening mm Surface hardness HV 525 20 0.20 1000 525 30 0.30 1000 525 60 0.40 1000 Modulus of elasticity N/mm2 210000 205000 Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 1350 1) 1100 1) Yield stress Rp N/mm2 1200 1) 980 1) 3 Density kg/dm 7.80 7.75 Thermal expansion 10–6/K–1 10.5 11.0 Testing at °C 20 100 200 1) Values obtained on material quenched in oil at 980 °C and tempered at 550 °C. Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) °C EUROPE EN X40Cr14
16.5 20 ITALY UNI X40Cr14
19.8 250
250
11.5 300
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460
24.1 500 CHINA
198000
GERMANY DIN X40Cr14 1.2083
FRANCE AFNOR X40Cr14
46 1520 600
190000
177000
7.70 12.0 400
12.0 500
Specific electric resistivity ohm·mm2/m 0.65
UK BS RUSSIA X40Cr14
USA AISI/SAE (420)
137
40CrMnMoS8-6
Part two • Hot-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 40CrMnMoS8-6 According to standards DIN 17350: 1980 Number 1.2312 Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.35-0,45 0.30-0.50 1.40-1.60 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 ± 0.08 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-850
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S%
Cr%
Mo%
0.05-0.10 ± 0.01
1.80-2.00 ± 0.07
0.15-0.25 0.04
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
850-900 air
840-860 oil or polymer
860-880 calm air or forced
600-680 calm air minimum 2 cycles Pre-heating welding 250-300 Ac1 Ac3 760 800
Soft annealing 700-740 furnace cooling max 20 °C/h to 600 after air (HB max 230)
Stress relieving 50 °C under the temperature of tempering
Mechanical properties Heat treatment: quenching at 860 °C in oil, tempering at 600 °C. N/mm2 N/mm2 Kv longitudinal J R 1000 890 16 20 30 40 50 Rp 0.2 880 750 Test at °C 20 200 0 20 40 60 80
60
78
100
120
HB at the depth mm 340 336 330 100 150 200
Tempering table values at room temperature for round Ø 25 mm after quenching at 860 °C in oil. HB 543 525 520 512 496 482 468 450 432 400 HRC 54 53 52.5 52 51 50 49 47.5 46 43 R N/mm2 2010 1950 1900 1880 1820 1760 1700 1600 1520 1390 Kv +20 J 9 9 9 8 9 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Thermal expansion Modulus of elasticity Modulus of elasticity Testing at
[m/(m·K)]·10–6 long. N/mm2 tang. N/mm2 °C
Specific heat capacity J(kg·K) 460
Density kg/dm3 7.85
EUROPE EN
ITALY UNI
CHINA
12.8 210000 81000 20 100
13.0
200
13.8 196000 75200 250 300
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 °C 250 °C 500 °C 34.0 33.4 33.0 GERMANY DIN 1.2312
Stress relieving after welding 600 furnace cooling Ms Mf 260 140
14.0
400
371 40 1250 14 550
327 250
318 300
HB mm
336 36 1110 20 600
301 32 1010 30 650
286 30 950
14.2 14.4 177000 68000 500 600
700 14.5
700
Specific electric resistivity Conductivity ohm·mm2/m siemens·m/mm2 0.19 5.26
FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE
32CrMoV12-28
138
Part two • Hot-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 32CrMoV12-28 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2365 Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.28-0.35 0.10-0.40 0.15-0.45 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-900
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S% max 0.020 + 0.005
Quenching
Tempering see table I heating up to 400 pause, after immediately after II heating up to 800 pause quenching after 1030-1050 minimum 2 cycles oil, polymer Soft Stress annealing relieving1) 780-800 furnace cooling 50 °C under max 25 °C/h to 600 after air the temperature (HB max 229) of tempering
Mechanical properties Tempering table after quenching at 1040 °C in oil. HB 518 525 496 489 HRC 52.5 52 51 50.5 R N/mm2 1880 1820 1790 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 Modulus of elasticity long. Modulus of elasticity tang. Thermal expansion Thermal conductivity Specific heat capacity Specific electric resistivity Conductivity Density R hardened and tempered for Rp 0.2 R hardened and tempered for Rp 0.2 Testing at
489 50.5 1790 250
N/mm2 215000 N/mm2 82000 [m/(m·K)]·10–6 12.0 W/(m·K) 30.0 J/(Kg·K) 460 ohm·mm2/m 0.37 siemens·m/mm2 2.70 kg/dm3 7.88 N/mm2 1600 N/mm2 N/mm2 1200 N/mm2 °C 20 100
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA 32CrMoV12-28 32CrMoV12-28
496 51 1820 300
12.5
200
504 51.5 1850 350
Cr%
Mo%
V%
2.70-3.20 ± 0.10
2.50-3.00 ± 0.10
0.40-0.70 ± 0.04
Stress relieving Stress relieving annealing annealing must be done after machining 600-650 and before quenching furnace cooling to 350 after, air Pre-heating welding 350-380 Ac1 Ac3 800 900
504 51.5 1850 400
496 51 1820 450
12.7
13.0
300
1350 1100 1050 850 400
GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR 32CrMoV12-28 32CDV12-28 1.2365
482 50 1760 500 176000 68000 13.2 30.1 550 0.78 1.28 7.69 1150 950 900 730 500
Stress relieving after welding 1)
Ms 320
432 49 1700 550
Mf 100
432 46 1520 600
165000 63000 13.4 29.7 590 0.89 1.12 7.65 900 700 650 480 600
371 40 1250 650
13.7
700 580 520 360 650
700
UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE 32CrMoV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 H10
139
X38CrMoV5-3
Part two • Hot-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality X38CrMoV5-3 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2367 Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
0.35-0.42 0.30-0.50 0.30-0.50 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-900
Quenching
S% max 0.020 + 0.005
Tempering see table Immediately after quenching minimum 2 cycles
Cr%
Mo%
V%
4.80-5.20 ± 0.10
2.70-3.20 ± 0.10
0.40-0.60 ± 0.04
Stress relieving Stress relieving annealing annealing must be done after machining 600-650 and before quenching furnace cooling to 300 after air Pre-heating Stress relieving welding after welding 1) 350 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf 850 950 335 120
Heating up to 850 pause, after 1030-1080 oil, polymer, vacuum 10 °C/min. Soft Stress annealing relieving1) 800 furnace cooling 50 °C under max 25 °C/h to 600 after air the temperature (HB max 229) of tempering
Mechanical properties Tempering table values at room temperature for round Ø 25 mm after quenching at 1040 °C in oil. HB 577 560 543 512 512 512 512 525 543 543 HRC 56 55 54 52 52 52 52 53 54 54 R N/mm2 2160 2070 2010 1880 1880 1880 1880 1950 2010 2010 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Mechanical values related to hardness HRC HRC hardness R N/mm2 52 1880 48 1640 44 1430
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1552 1331 1179
Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)]·10–6 Modulus of elasticity long. N/mm2 210000 Modulus of elasticity tang. N/mm2 80000 R N/mm2 1600 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 Testing at °C 20 Testing at °C 20 500 600
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 550 590
EUROPE EN X38CrMoV5-3
ITALY UNI X38CrMoV5-3
CHINA
Density kg/dm3 7.85 7.69 7.65
11.5
100
12.0
200
A% 12 13 13 12.2
300
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 25.0 34.2 34.9
GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR X38CrMoV5-3 Z38CDV5-3 1.2367
543 54 2010 550
512 52 1880 600
432 46 1520 650
Z% 35 38 40 12.5 175000 67000 1350 1150 400
12.9
1150 950 500
13.0 166000 64000 900 700 700 580 600 650
Specific electric resistivity ohm·mm2/m 0.50 0.84 0.94 UK BS X38CrMoV5-3
RUSSIA
13.2
700
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 2.00 1.19 1.06 USA AISI/SAE
54NiCrMoV6
140
Part two • Hot-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 54NiCrMoV6 According to standards Number 1.2711 Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.50-0.60
0.50-0.80
0.15-0.35
Temperature °C Hot forming 1000-850
Soft annealing 660-700 furnace cooling to 150 after air (HB max 248) Mechanical properties Tempering table HB HRC N/mm2 HB HRC N/mm2 Tempering to °C
P% max 0.025
Quenching
Quenching
heating up to 650 pause, after 830-870 oil, polymer (HRC 52-58) Stress relieving annealing 670 furnace cooling to 300 after air
870-900 air
482 50 1760 455 48 1640 400
ITALY UNI
CHINA
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
V%
0.60-0.80
0.25-0.35
1.50-1.80
0.07-0.12
Tempering see table immediately after quenching minimum 2 cycles
(HRC 44-50) Stress relieving must be done after machining and before quenching
432 46 1520 409 44 1430 500
Modulus of elasticity long. N/mm2 Modulus of elasticity tang. N/mm2 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)]·10–6 Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) Specific electric resistivity ohm·mm2/m Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 Density kg/dm3 R hardened and tempered for N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 R hardened and tempered for N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Testing at °C EUROPE EN 54NiCrMoV6
S% max 0.025
400 43 1390 381 41 1300 550
Pre-heating welding 350 Ac1 Ac3 720 790
371 40 1250 353 38 1180 600
336 36 1110 327 35 1080 650
215000 82000 12.5 35.0 460 0.30 3.33 7.80 1600 1450 1200 1040 20
100
13.1
200
13.4
13.9
300
1200 1000 950 700 400
GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR 54NiCrMoV6 1.2711
Stress relieving after welding 650 furnace cooling Ms Mf 280 50
UK BS
quenching in oil quenching in oil quenching in oil quenching in air quenching in air quenching in air
176000 68000 14.0 35.6 550 0.71 1.41 7.64 1000 750 700 500 500 RUSSIA
165000 63000 14.2 35.0 590 0.84 1.19 7.60 600 350 300 200 600
14.4
700
USA AISI/SAE
141
40CrMnNiMo8-6-4
Part two • Hot-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 According to standards EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2738 Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
P% max 0.035 + 0.005
0.35-0.45 0.20-0.40 1.30-1.60 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 ± 0.08 Permissible deviations on the product. By agreement, the sulphur content can be increased to 0.05-0.10%. Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-850
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
1.80-2.10 ± 0.07
0.15-0.25 ± 0.03
0.90-1.20 ± 0.07
Normalizing
Quenching
Tempering
Tempering
850-900 air
840-860 oil or polymer
860-880 calm air or forced
500-600 calm air minimum 2 cycles Pre-heating welding 250-300 Ac1 Ac3 705 795
Soft annealing 710-740 furnace cooling max 20 °C/h to 600 after air (HB max 235)
Stress relieving 50 °C under the temperature of tempering
Mechanical properties Heat treatment: quenching at 850 °C in oil, tempering at 600 °C. N/mm2 N/mm2 Kv longitudinal J R 1020 900 18 20 25 35 40 Rp 0.2 900 760 Test at °C 20 200 0 20 40 60 80
50
75
100
120
HB at the depth mm 340 340 340 336 100 200 300 400
Tempering table values at room temperature for round Ø 25 mm after quenching at 860 °C in oil. HB 512 512 504 482 475 468 448 432 409 HRC 52 52 51.5 50 49,5 49 47,5 46 44 R N/mm2 1880 1880 1850 1760 1730 1700 1600 1520 1430 Kv +20 J 10 10 10 10 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)]·10–6 Modulus of elasticity long. N/mm2 Modulus of elasticity tang. N/mm2 Testing at °C Specific heat capacity J(kg·K) 460
Density kg/dm3 7.83
EUROPE EN
ITALY UNI
40CrMnNiMo8-6-4
40CrMnNiMo8-6-4
CHINA
12.8 210000 81000 20 100
13.0
200
13.4 13.8 196000 75200 250 300
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 °C 250 °C 500 °C 32 31.1 30 GERMANY DIN 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4
1.2738
Stress relieving after welding 500 furnace cooling Ms Mf 215 20
390 42 1340 10 500 14.0
400
353 38 1180 14 550
330 310 HB 500 600 mm
319 34 1050 20 600
14.2 14.2 177000 67900 500 600
286 30 950 32 650 14.5
700
Specific electric resistivity Conductivity ohm·mm2/m siemens·m/mm2 0.19 5.26
FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE
45NiCrMo16
142
Part two • Hot-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 45NiCrMo16 According to standards EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2767 Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.40-0.50 0.10-0.40 0.20-0.50 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-850
Soft annealing 630-650 air (HB max 285)
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
Quenching
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
1.20-1.50 ± 0.07
0.15-0.35 ± 0.03
3.80-4.30 ± 0.07
Tempering
heating up to 680 pause, after 840-870 oil, polymer (HRC 54-58) forced air (HRC 53-57) Stress relieving 50 °C under the temperature of tempering
Stress relieving Annealing must be done annealing after machining and before immediately after quenching 630 furnace quenching 200-600 air cooling to 350 minimum 2 cycles after air Pre-heating welding 350 Ac1 Ac3 640 740
Mechanical properties Tempering table values at room temperature for round Ø 25 mm after quenching at 880 °C in oil. HB 577 577 560 543 512 482 455 432 HRC 56 56 55 54 52 50 48 46 R N/mm2 2160 2160 2070 2010 1880 1760 1640 1520 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)]·10–6 Modulus of elasticity long. N/mm2 Modulus of elasticity tang. N/mm2 Testing at °C Specific heat capacity J(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 45NiCrMo16
ITALY UNI 45NiCrMo16
Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA
210000 80000 20
Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 250 30
409 44 1430 450
390 42 1340 500
371 40 1250 550
353 38 1180 600
11.7
12.5
13.0
13.4
13.7
13.8
100
200
300
400
500
600
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 28 GERMANY DIN 45NiCrMo16 1.2767
Specific electric resistivity ohm·mm2/m 0.30
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 3.33
FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16
USA AISI/SAE
143
35NiCrMoV12-5
Part two • Hot-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 35NiCrMoV12-5 According to standards Werkstoff Number 1.6959 Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0,30-0,40
0,40-0,70
0,15-0,35
Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-900
P% max 0,015
Quenching heating up to 650 pause, after 850 oil, polymer, forced air
Soft annealing 750 furnace cooling max 20 °C/h to 600, pause, after air (HB max 240) Flame and induction hardening 850-870 water, oil
S% max 0,015
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
V%
1,00-1,40
0,35-0,60
2,50-3,50
0,08-0,20
Tempering see table immediately after quenching minimum 2 cycles
Stress relieving 680 furnace cooling to 300 after air
Stress relieving 50 °C under the temperature of tempering, furnace cooling max 20 °C/h to 300, after air Nitriding
Pre-heating welding 300 Ac1 Ac3 710 800
Specific heat capacity J(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 35NiCrMoV12-5
ITALY UNI
Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 320 100
500-530
Mechanical properties Tempering table values at room temperature after quenching at 850 °C in oil. HB 468 435 HRC 49 46.5 N/mm2 1700 1550 Tempering at °C 450 500 Thermal expansion Modulus of elasticity long. Modulus of elasticity tang. R after tempering at 550 °C Rp 0.2 after tempering at 550 °C Testing at
Stress relieving must be done after machining and before quenching
[m/(m·K)]·10–6 N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 °C Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA
210000 80500 1460 1320 20
420 44.5 1460 550
381 41 1300 600
11.1
12.1
100
1280 1120 200
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 °C 250 °C 500 °C 24.7 24.3 23.9 GERMANY DIN 35NiCrMoV12-5 1.6959
375 38.5 1200 650
13.4 196000 75200
14.8 177000 68000
250
500
Specific electric resistivity Conductivity ohm·mm2/m siemens·m/mm2 0.19 5.26
FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS
RUSSIA 38ChN3MFA
USA AISI/SAE
COLD-WORK TOOL STEELS
35CrMo7 • 40CrMnMo7 • 100CrMo7 • 110W4 KU • 90MnCrV8 • X38CrMo16 • X153CrMoV12 • X210Cr12 • 58SiMo8 KU • 60WCrV8 • C45U
145
35CrMo7
Part two • Cold-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 35CrMo7 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2302
Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0,30-0,40 0,30-0,70 0,60-1,00 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-900
P% max 0,030 + 0.005
S% max 0,030 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
1,50-2,00 ± 0.07
0,35-0,55 ± 0.05
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
850-900 air
840-860 oil or polymer
860-880 air
650-670 air minimum 2 cycles Pre-heating welding 250-300 Ac1 Ac3 760 780
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability annealing annealing test 720-740 calm air (HB max 230) Usually supplied quenched and tempered with hardness of about 300 HB
Mechanical properties Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 860 °C in oil HB 496 482 482 468 461 455 437 421 400 HRC 51 50 50 49 48.5 48 46.5 45 43 N/mm2 1820 1760 1760 1700 1670 1640 1550 1480 1390 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Testing at °C Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 35CrMo7
Density kg/dm3 7.85
ITALY UNI 35CrMo8KU
210000 80000 20
381 41 1300 500
353 38 1180 550
327 35 1080 600
12.8
13.0
13.8
14.0
14.2
100
200
300
400
500
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 33 CHINA 5CrMnMo
Stress relieving after welding 600 furnace cooling Ms Mf 340 100
GERMANY DIN 40CrMnMo7
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.19 FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS
286 30 950 650
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 5.26 RUSSIA 4H2GM
USA AISI/SAE
40CrMnMo7
146
Part two • Cold-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 40CrMnMo7 According to standards Werkstoff Number 1.2311
Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.35-0.45 0.20-0.40 1.30-1.60 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
Stress relieving after machining and before quenching
1050-850
Soft annealing 720-780 furnace cooling 20°h (HB max 230) s.b. = salt bath
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of tempering
P% max 0.035 + 0.005
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
ITALY UNI 35CrMo8KU
1.80-2.10 ± 0.05
0.15-0.25 ± 0.03
Quenching 2)
Stress relieving 2)
840-870 oil or polymer s.b. (180-210°) Normalizing
650-670 calm air minimum 2 cycles Hardenability test
860-880 calm air or faster Pre-heating welding 250-300 Ac1 Ac3 760 800
180-220 calm air
850-900
Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Testing at °C
EUROPE EN 35CrMo8
Ni%
Tempering 1)
Table of tempering after quenching at 860 °C in oil HB 496 496 489 482 HRC 51 51 50.5 50 N/mm2 1820 1820 1790 1760 Kv J Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200
Density kg/dm3 7.83
Mo%
Quenching 1)
Mechanical properties Heat treatment: quenching at 860 °C in oil, tempering at 600 °C Means values to 1/2 tickness on round 400 mm N/mm2 N/mm2 Kv J in longitudinal R 1000 890 8 20 30 40 Rp 0.2 880 750 °C 20 200 0 20 40 60
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460
Cr%
468 49 1700 250
210000 81000 20
50
60
75
80
100
120
455 48 1640 8 300
442 47 1580 8 350
432 46 1520 8 400
409 44 1430 7 450
12.8
13.0
100
200
13.4 196000 75200 250
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 °C 250 °C 500 °C 34 33.4 33 CHINA (5CrMnMo)
GERMANY DIN 40CrMnMo7
FRANCE AFNOR
Stress relieving after welding 650 furnace cooling Ms Mf 260 140
HB at the depth mm 294 286 264 336 327 311 100 200 300
390 42 1340 9 500
353 38 1180 14 550
13.8
14.0
300
400
336 36 1110 20 600
271 28 900 30 650
240 21 800
14.2 177000 67900 500
14.4
14.5
600
700
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.19 UK BS
min max prof. mm
RUSSIA 40H2GM
700
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 5.26 USA AISI/SAE
147
100CrMo7
Part two • Cold-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 100CrMo7 According to standards ISO 683-17: 2001 Number B5 (1.3537) Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% 0.93-1.05 0.15-0.35 0.25-0.45 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-850
Soft annealing 730 air
P% max 0.025 + 0.005
Pre-heating
S% max 0.015 + 0.005
Quenching
400 850 stop in furnace oil, polymer or after 850 s.b. 500-550 Isothermal annealing +AC 800 furnace cooling to 720 after furnace to 600 after, air (HB max 217)
Cr%
Mo%
1.65-1.95 ± 0.05
0.15-0.30 ± 0.03
Tempering 150-220 calm air +AC +C Ann. Cold-drawn
(HB max 251)
Cu% max 0.30 +0.03
Al% max 0.050 +0.010
Stress relieving annealing 600-650 furnace cooling
Annealing must be done after machining and before final heat treatment
Pre-heating welding 250-300 Ac1 start Ac1 end 755 785
Stress relieving after welding 650 furnace cooling Ms Mf 200 -10 b)
s.b. = salt bath b) subcooling Mechanical properties Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 850 °C in oil HB 739 739 722 670 615 595 613 512 482 432 HRC 65 65 64 61 58 57 56 52 50 46 R N/mm2 2000 2400 2430 2300 2150 1950 1770 1610 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1800 2050 2150 2090 1960 1810 1650 1500 A % 3.0 4.6 C % 15 20 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 HRC from surface to heart for different Ø quenched at 850 °C in oil Variations in hardness show the mass effect mm 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Ø 20 66 66 65.5 Ø 30 65.5 65.5 65.5 65 Ø 40 65.5 65.5 65.5 65 65 Ø 50 65.5 64 62 61 60.5 60.5 Ø 60 64.5 63 58.5 54 52 51.5 51 Ø 80 62.5 58 50.5 47.5 46 45 44.5 Ø 100 61 56 49 46.5 45 44.5 43.5 EUROPE EN 100CrMo7
ITALY UNI 100CrMo7
CHINA GC18Mo
GERMANY DIN 100CrMo7
415 44.5 1450 1350 6.4 30 550
35
40
45
50
44 43
43.5 42.5
42.5
42.5
FRANCE AFNOR 100CD7
UK BS
344 37 1240 1150 9.0 38 600
286 30 1000 900 12.5 44 650
253 25 840 750 16.5 52 700
Hardening in oil on round Ø 20 mm °C HRC 800 62 820 64 840 65.5 850 66 860 66 880 66 900 65
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE A485(3)
110W4 KU
148
Part two • Cold-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 110W4 KU According to standards UNI 2955 pt.3: 1982 Number Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max max 0.95-1.25 0.40 0.35 ± 0.03 + 0.03 + 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. a) optional. Temperature °C Hot forming Stress relieving 1050-850 600-650 calm air
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Cr% max 0.25 + 0.05
0.90-1.20 ± 0.07
Pre-heating
Quenching 1)
Quenching 2)
400 after ▲ 1) or 2)
▲ 780-820 water
▲ 810-830 Pre-heating welding 250-300 Ac1 Ac3 750 780
Mechanical properties Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 820 °C in oil HB 758 748 714 679 634 595 560 518 482 HRC 66 65.5 63.5 61.5 59 57 55 52.5 50 N/mm2 2420 2240 2070 1915 1760 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Testing at °C
EUROPE EN
ITALY UNI 110W4KU
Density kg/dm3 7.85 CHINA
215000 82000 20
442 47 1580 500
400 43 1390 550
362 39 1220 600
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.2
13.0
100
200
300
400
500
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 31.5 GERMANY DIN 120WV4
Stress relieving for 1) and 2) 180 calm air min. 2 cycles Stress relieving after welding 650 furnace cooling Ms Mf 200 –10 b)
oil or polymer
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability annealing annealing test 720 furnace cooling to 500 after, air (HB max 230) b) subcooling * The symbol ▲ indicates the temperature increase up to ……. °C.
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460
V% a) max 0.20 + 0.02
W%
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.30
FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS B-F1
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 3.33 RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE F1
149
90MnCrV8
Part two • Cold-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 90MnCrV8 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2842 Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.85-0.95 0.10-0.40 1.80-2.20 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 ± 0.08 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
1050-850
Stress relieving After machining and before quenching 650 furnace cooling to 320 after, air
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Cr%
V%
Ni%
0.20-0.50 ± 0.05
0.05-0.20 ± 0.02
Pre-heating
Quenching
Stress relieving
400 pause after 650 pause after ▲
▲ 790-820
180-220 calm air minimum 2 cycles Stress relieving after welding 650 furnace cooling Ms Mf 190 –20 b)
oil, polymer or salt bath (200-250 °C) Hardenability Pre-heating welding 250-300 Ac1 Ac3 720 750
Soft Isothermal annealing annealing 700 780 furnace cooling to calm air 690 pause, furnace (HB max 229) cooling a 650 air (HB max 220) Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be 249 max b) subcooling *The symbol ▲ indicates the temperature increase up to ……. °C. Mechanical properties Table of tempering after quenching at 790 °C in oil HB 739 722 706 688 HRC 65 64 63 62 N/mm2 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 HRC round quenched at 810°C in oil mm surface Ø 40 65 Ø 50 65 Ø 60 64 Ø 70 64
EUROPE EN 90MnCrV8
Density kg/dm3 7.85
ITALY UNI 90MnCrV8KU
CHINA 9MnV
250
1/2 radius 64 64 63 58
Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Testing at °C Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460
654 60
210000 80000 20
543 54 2010 350
496 51 1820 400
390 42 1340 500
353 38 1180 600
centre 64 63 62 52 11.5
12.0
12.2
12.5
12.8
100
200
300
400
500
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 30 GERMANY DIN 90MnCrV8
595 57 2240 300
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.35
FRANCE AFNOR 90MV8
UK BS B-O 2
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 2.85 RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 02
X38CrMo16
150
Part two • Cold-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality X38CrMo16 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2316 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% max max max max 0.33-0.45 1.00 1.50 0.030 0.030 15.50-17.50 0.80-1.30 ± 0.03 ± 0.05 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.15 ± 0.05 Permissible deviations on the product. By agreement upon the Sulphur value can be increased and the Nickel value can be omitted. Temperature °C Hot forming
Stress relieving After machining and before quenching
1050-850
Soft annealing 790-840 furnace cooling (HB max 240) s.b. = salt bath
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of tempering
Quenching 1)
Tempering 1)
Quenching 2)
Stress relieving 2)
1000-1050 oil or polymer s.b. (500-550°) Spheroidizing
550-650 calm air minimum 2 cycles Hardenability test
1000-1050 calm air or forced air Pre-heating welding 250-300 Ac1 Ac3 810 900
170-210 calm air
Mechanical properties Table of tempering after quenching at 1040 °C in oil HB 468 468 455 442 HRC 49 49 48 47 N/mm2 1700 1700 1640 1580 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200
432 46 1520 250
432 46 1520 300
Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Testing at °C
10.7 218000 84000 100
11.7 212000 81000 200
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 430 EUROPE EN X38CrMo16
Density kg/dm3 7.71
ITALY UNI X38CrMo16 1KU
CHINA
Ni% max 1.00 ± 0.07
223000 85000 20
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 15 GERMANY DIN X38CrMo16
432 46 1520 350 11.7 205000 79000 300
432 46 1520 400
442 47 1580 450
11.7 197000 75000 400
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.80 FRANCE AFNOR
Stress relieving after welding 650 furnace cooling Ms Mf 260 40
UK BS
448 47.5 1610 500
371 40 1250 550
301 32 1010 600
11.8
11.9
12.4
12.9
500
600
700
800
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 1.25 RUSSIA 40H16M
USA AISI/SAE
151
X153CrMoV12
Part two • Cold-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality X153CrMoV12 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number (1.2379) Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
1.45-1.60 0.10-0.60 0.20-0.60 ± 0.04 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming Stress relieving after machining and before quenching 1050-900 650-700 furnace cooling 320 air Quenching 2) Tempering 2) solution A ▲ 1060-1090 520 oil or polymer calm air
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Pre-heating
Cr%
Mo%
V%
11.0-13.0 ± 0.15
0.70-1.00 ± 0.05
0.70-1.00 ± 0.04
Quenching 1)
400 pause after 800 pause after 1) ▲ or 2) Stress relieving 2) solution B 180-250 calm air
▲ 1000-1040 oil, polymer or air Isothermal annealing 870 furnace cooling to 760 pause, furnace cooling to 720 air (HB max 250)
Stress relieving 1)
Soft annealing
180-250 calm air min. 2 cycles Pre-heating welding 250-300
790-840 calm air (HB max 255) Stress relieving after welding 650 furnace cooling
Ac1 800
Ms 200
Ac3 840
Mf –10 b)
b)
subcooling * The symbol ▲ indicates the temperature increase up to ……. °C.
Mechanical properties Table of tempering after quenching at 1020 °C in oil HB 722 714 706 688 HRC 64 63.5 63 62 N/mm2 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Testing at °C Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN X153CrMoV12
Density kg/dm3 7.7
ITALY UNI X155CrVMo121
210000 80000 20
670 61
654 60
250
300
624 58.5 2375 350
624 58.5 2375 400
10.5
11.0
11.0
100
200
300
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 °C 400 °C 22.3 24.1 CHINA Cr12MoV
GERMANY DIN X155CrVMo121
FRANCE AFNOR X160CrMoV121
644 59.5
644 59.5
450
500
11.5 196000 75200 400
12.0
500
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.65 UK BS BD 2
RUSSIA H12MF
605 57.5 2285 550
482 50 1760 600
12.0 170000 65200 600 Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 1.54 USA AISI/SAE D2
152
Part two • Cold-work tool steels Austenitizing temperature 1020 C
Time-temperature – transformation diagram for isothermal cooling X153CrMoV12. Taken from GERDAU.
900 850 Ac3
800
pearlite 1%
Ac1 Ar3
750 700
255 pearlite 50%
Ar1
pearlite 99%
650
300
hardness HV
345
600 550 500 450 400 350 bainite 1% 300 250 Ms 200
temperature C
150 M 50% 100 50 M 85% 0 time
1
2
4
8
15 30
60 [s] 1 2
4
8
15 30 60 [m] 1 2
4
8
16 32 [h]
+ 0,10
dimensional variation %
+ 0,05
0,00
- 0,05
tempering temperature [ c]
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
Dimensional variation in % Round 50 mm quenched in oil at 1000 °C. Two tempering operations for 2 h – taken from GERDAU.
500
550
600
153
X210Cr12
Part two • Cold-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality X210Cr12 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2080 Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
1.90-2.20 0.10-0.60 0.20-0.60 ± 0.05 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming Stress relieving after machining and before quenching 1050-950 650 furnace cooling to 320 after, air
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Cr%
V%
11.0-13.0 ± 0.15
Pre-heating
Quenching 1)
Quenching 2)
400 pause after 800 pause after ▲ 1) or 2)
▲ 940-970 oil or polymer s.b. (500-550)
▲ 960 air or s.b. (220-250) for dimens. < 25 mm
Soft Isothermal Hardenability annealing annealing test 790-820 850 furnace cooling calm air to 770 pause furnace cooling to (HB max 248) 720 air (HB max 240) Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 268 max. b) subcooling s.b. = salt bath * The symbol ▲ indicates the temperature increase up to ……. °C. Mechanical properties Table of tempering after quenching at 970 °C in oil HB 730 722 722 706 HRC 64.5 64 64 63 N/mm2 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Testing at °C Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN X210Cr12
Density kg/dm3 7.7
ITALY UNI X205Cr12KU
Ni%
210000 80000 20
688 62
662 60.5
250
300
634 59 2420 350
615 58 2330 400
577 56 2160 450
Ac3 840
Stress relieving after welding 650 furnace cooling Ms Mf 200 –10 b)
543 54 2010 500
496 51 1820 550
10.5
11.0
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.0
100
200
300
400
500
600
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 CHINA C12
Pre-heating welding 250-300 Ac1 800
Stress relieving for 1) and 2) 180-300 calm air minimum 2 cycles
GERMANY DIN X210Cr12
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.65 FRANCE AFNOR Z200C12
UK BS BD 3
432 46 1520 600
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 1.54 RUSSIA H12
USA AISI/SAE D3
58SiMo8 KU
154
Part two • Cold-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 58SiMo8 KU According to standards UNI 2955 pt.3: 1982 Number Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.50-0.65 1.70-2.10 0.70-0.90 ± 0.03 ± 0.05 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming Stress relieving after machining and before quenching 1100-900 630 furnace cooling to 330 after, air
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
~ 0.30
0.25-0.45 ± 0.03
Pre-heating
Quenching 1)
Quenching 2)
Tempering for 1) and 2)
400 pause after ▲ 1) or 2)
▲ 840-860
▲ 860-900
water
oil or polymer
250-450 calm air min. 2 cycles
Soft Isothermal Hardenability annealing annealing test 740 800 furnace cooling to calm air 730 pause furnace cooling to (HB max 240) 650 pause after, air (HB max 230) * The symbol ▲ indicates the temperature increase up to ……. °C.
Pre-heating welding 250-300 Ac1 770
Mechanical properties Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 870 °C in oil HB 670 654 634 620 615 595 582 543 482 HRC 61 60 59 58.5 58 57 56.5 54 50 N/mm2 2420 2380 2330 2240 2200 2010 1760 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 EUROPE EN
ITALY UNI 58SiMo8KU
CHINA
GERMANY DIN 60SiCr8
FRANCE AFNOR
Stress relieving after welding 630 furnace cooling Ac3 Ms Mf 850 240 20
442 47 1580 500
UK BS BS 5
409 44 1430 550 RUSSIA
366 39.5 1235 600
319 34 1050 650
USA AISI/SAE S5
155
60WCrV8
Part two • Cold-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 60WCrV8 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2550 Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.55-0.65 0.70-1.00 0.15-0.45 ± 0.03 ± 0.05 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
1050-900
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
Stress relieving after machining and before quenching 650 furnace cooling to 350 after, air
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Cr%
V%
W%
0.10-0.20 ± 0.02
1.70-2.20 ± 0.07
~ 0.90-1.20 ± 0.05
Pre-heating
Quenching
Stress relieving
400 pause after ▲
▲ 870-900
180-250 calm air minimum 2 cycles Stress relieving after welding 630 furnace cooling Ms Mf 270 50
oil or polymer
Soft Isothermal Hardenability annealing annealing test 750 820 furnace cooling calm air to 740 pause, furnace cooling (HB max 229) to 700 after, air (HB 220-230) Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 249 max * The symbol ▲ indicates the temperature increase up to ……. °C. Mechanical properties Table of tempering Ø 25 mm after quenching at 890 °C in oil HB 697 688 679 654 HRC 62.5 62 61.5 60 N/mm2 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Testing at °C Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN 60WCrV8
Density kg/dm3 8.0
ITALY UNI 58WCr9KU
210000 80000 20
634 59 2420 250
605 57.5 2285 300
577 56 2160 350
543 54 2010 400
482 50 1760 450
11.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
100
200
300
400
500
Thermal termica W/(m·K) 25 CHINA 6CrW2Si
Pre-heating welding 250-300 Ac1 Ac3 770 820
GERMANY DIN 60WCrV7
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.3 FRANCE AFNOR 55WC20
UK BS
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 3.33 RUSSIA 6HV2FS
USA AISI/SAE S1
C45U
156
Part two • Cold-work tool steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality C45U According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.1730 Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.42-0.50 0.15- 0.40 0.60-0.80 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
1100-850
State of employment normally, be natural
Soft annealing +A 690 air (HB max 207)
Soft annealing +A+C hardness of cold-drawn material can be HB 227 max higher than +A
Cr%
Mo%
Quenching and Tempering 830 oil, tempering 450 °C R 650 N/mm2 Rp 0.2 560 N/mm2 Hardenability test quenching tempering 810 ± 10 180 ± 10 water HRC min 54
Ni%
Pre-heating welding 250 Ac1 Ac3 720 780
Mechanical properties Table of tempering values at room temperature for thickness 10 mm after quenching at 810 °C in water HB 624 615 577 543 512 455 432 HRC 58.5 58 56 54 52 48 46 N/mm2 2375 2330 2160 2010 1880 1640 1520 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 EN 10083-3: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal distance in mm from quenched end 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 min 55 51 37 30 28 27 26 25 24 max 62 61 61 60 57 51 44 37 34 Temperature Testing at °C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 E long. G tang. 210000 80000 205000 78000 195000 74000 185000 71000 175000 67000 155000
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN C45U
ITALY UNI C45U
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Ø < 250 mm
10 23 33
11 22 32
Ø 250-500
CHINA (45)
13 21 31
15 20 30
390 42 1340 400
362 39 1220 450
20
25
30
29
28
27
327 35 1080 500
Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] · 10–6 °C–1 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
59000 Density kg/dm3 7.85
Stress relieving 50 °C under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling Ms Mf 320 20
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 50 GERMANY DIN
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.12
FRANCE AFNOR Y3 42
UK BS C45U
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 8.33 RUSSIA 45G-U
USA AISI/SAE 1045
HIGH-SPEED STEELS
HS 6-5-2-5 • HS 2-9-1-8 • HS 6-5-2C • HS 10-4-3-10
HS 6-5-2-5
158
Part two • High-speed steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality HS 6-5-2-5 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number 1.2302 Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V% max max max max 0.87-0.95 0.45 0.40 0.030 0.030 3.80-4.50 4.70-5.20 1.70-2.10 ± 0.03 + 0.03 +0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.10 ± 0.10 ± 0.07 Permissible deviations on the product. The sulphur value can be agreed upon S% 0.060 - 0.150 in such case the Mn value is max 0.80%. Temperature °C Hot forming
Stress relieving after machining and before quenching 600-650 furnace cooling to 320 air
W%
Co%
5.90-6.70 ± 0.10
4.50-5.00 ± 0.10
Quenching Tempering Heatings must be done in controlled-atmosphere 1100-900 450 pause ▲ 1190-1230 550-580 after 870 pause oil, polymer, calm air after 1050 pause air forced or salt bath minimum 2 cycles after ▲ at 500-550° Soft Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving annealing annealing welding after welding 820 furnace cooling 870 furnace cooling not recommended not recommended All high-speed steels must be to 600 after, air to 700 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf annealed after hot forming (HB max 269) after, air 825 855 190 –50 b) Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 319 max. Hardness of annealed and cold rolled material can be HB 339 b) subcooling * The symbol ▲ indicates the temperature increase up to ……. °C. Surface treatments Nitriding 520-570
Pre-heating
Steam Oxidation 380-520
Crome-plating Burnishing Laser quenching
Mechanical properties Table of tempering values at 1210 °C in oil for round Ø 15 mm HB 688 688 688 688 688 688 HRC 62 62 62 62 62 62 N/mm2 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Testing at °C Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN HS 6-5-2-5
Density kg/dm3 8.1
217000 83000 20
688 62
688 62
697 62.5
722 64
739 65
706 63
350
400
450
500
550
600
432 46 1520 700
11.5
11.7
12.2
12.4
12.7
13.0
12.9
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 19
ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN HS 6-5-2-5 W6Mo5Cr4V2Co5 HS 6-5-2-5
577 56 2160 650
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.60
FRANCE AFNOR UK BS Z90WDKCV06-05-05-04-02 BM35
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 1.67 RUSSIA R6M5K5
USA AISI/SAE M35-M41
HS 2-9-1-8
Part two • High-speed steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality HS 2-9-1-8 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number (1.3247) Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max max 1.05-1.15 0.70 0.40 ± 0.03 + 0.03 +0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
Stress relieving after machining and before quenching 600-650 furnace cooling to 320 after, air
159
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
V%
W%
Co%
3.50-4.50 ± 0.10
9.0-10.0 ± 0.10
0.90-1.30 ± 0.05
1.20-1.90 ± 0.10
7.50-8.50 ± 0.10
Quenching Tempering Heatings must be done in controlled-atmosphere furnace 1100-900 450 pause ▲ 1170-1210 530-560 after 860 pause oil, polymer, calm air after 1050 pause air forced or salt bath minimum 2 cycles after ▲ at 500-550° Soft Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving annealing annealing welding after welding All high-speed steels must be 820 furnace cooling 890 furnace cooling not recommended not recommended annealed after hot forming 600 afterr, air to 650 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf (HB max 277) after air 780 860 160 –10 b) Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 327 max. Hardness of annealed and cold-rolled material can be HB 347 b) subcooling * The symbol ▲ indicates the temperature increase up to ……. °C. Surface treatments Nitriding 520-570
Pre-heating
Steam Oxidation 380-520
Crome-plating Burnishing Laser quenching
Mechanical properties Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 15 mm after quenching at 1190 °C in oil HB 679 679 679 679 679 670 670 679 706 HRC 61.5 61.5 61.5 61.5 61.5 61 61 61.5 63 67.5 69 N/mm2 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangenzial N/mm2 Testing at °C
217000 83000 20
11.9
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.5
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 19
EUROPE EN HS 2-9-1-8
CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS W2Mo9Cr4VCo8 HS 2-10-1-8 Z110DKCWV09-08-04-02-01 BM42 carbide insert 0.5 / 1 0.1 / 0.3 210 / 150
1/4 0.2 / 0.4 160 / 110
482 50 1760 700
11.5
Density kg/dm3 8.3
Achievable cutting speeds Annealed hot-rolled
600
543 54 2010 650
11.0
Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 ITALY UNI HS 2-9-1-8
722 64
4/8 0.3 / 0.6 110 / 80
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.65
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 1.54 RUSSIA
ap depth of cut mm fn feed mm/rev Vc cutting speed m/min
USA AISI/SAE M42
HS 6-5-2C
160
Part two • High-speed steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality HS 6-5-2C According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number (1.3343) Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V% max max max max 0.86-0.94 0.45 0.40 0.030 0.030 3.80-4.50 4.70-5.20 1.70-2.10 ± 0.03 + 0.03 + 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 ± 0.10 ± 0.10 ± 0.07 Permissible deviations on the product. The sulphur value can be agreed upon S% 0.060-0.150 in such case the Mn value is max 0.80%. Temperature °C Hot forming
1100-900
Stress relieving after machining and before quenching
Pre-heating
600-650 furnace cooling to 400 after air
450 pause after 850 pause after 1050 pause after ▲
Quenching Heatings must be done in controlled-atmosphere
▲ 1180-1230 oil, polymer, air forced or salt bath at 500-550°
W%
Co%
5.90-6.70 ± 0.10
1° Tempering
2° Tempering
immediately after quenching 540-560 calm air
500-550 calm air
Soft Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving annealing annealing welding after welding 820 furnace 870 furnace not recommended not recommended All high-speed steels must be cooling to 550 cooling annealed after hot forming after air to 700 air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf (HB max 269) (HB 230-280) 800 845 210 –30 b) Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 319 max. Hardness of annealed and cold rolled material can be HB 339 b) subcooling * The symbol ▲ indicates the temperature increase up to ……. °C. Mechanical properties Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 15 mm after quenching at 1210 °C in oil HB 722 706 670 688 697 722 739 722 688 HRC 64 63 61 62 62.5 64 65 64 62 N/mm2 Tempering at °C 100 200 300 400 500 525 550 575 600 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Testing at °C Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460 EUROPE EN HS 6-5-2C
Density kg/dm3 8.12
ITALY UNI HS 6-5-2
Achievable cutting speeds Annealed hot-rolled
217000 83000 20
11.7
12
12.4
12.7
13.0
13.4
13.4
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
CHINA GERMANY DIN CW6Mo5Cr4V2 HS 6-5-2 1.3343
1/4 0.2 / 0.4 180 / 140
442 47 1580 700
11
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 19
carbide insert 0.5 / 1 0.2 / 0.3 210 / 150
560 55 2070 650
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.54
FRANCE AFNOR Z90WDCV06.05.02
4/8 0.3 / 0.6 130 / 100
UK BS BM2
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 1.85 RUSSIA R6M5
ap depth of cut mm fn feed mm/rev Vc cutting speed m/min
USA AISI/SAE M2
HS 10-4-3-10
Part two • High-speed steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality HS 10-4-3-10 According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Number (1.3207) Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max max 1.20-1.35 0.45 0.40 ± 0.03 + 0.03 + 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Hot forming
P% max 0.030 + 0.005
Stress relieving after machining and before quenching 600-650 furnace cooling
161
S% max 0.030 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
V%
W%
Co%
3.80-4.50 ± 0.10
3.20-3.90 ± 0.10
3.00-3.50 ± 0.10
9.00-10.00 ± 0.10
9.50-10.50 ± 0.15
Pre-heating
Quenching Tempering Heatings must be done in controlled-atmosphere 1100-900 450 pause ▲ 1210-1240 550-570 after 860 pause oil, polymer, calm air after 1050 pause air forced or salt bath minimum 2 cycles after ▲ at 500-550° Soft Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving annealing annealing welding after welding All high-speed steels must be 770-840 not recommended not recommended annealed after hot forming air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf (HB max 302) 830 870 160 –55 b) Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 352 max. Hardness of annealed and cold rolled material can be HB 372 b) subcooling * The symbol ▲ indicates the temperature increase up to ……. °C. Mechanical properties Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 15 mm after quenching at 1230 °C in oil HB 722 722 714 706 688 679 688 706 739 758 758 HRC 64 64 63.5 63 62 61.5 62 63 65 66 66 N/mm2 Tempering at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Testing at °C Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) 460
Density kg/dm3 8.3
688 62
600
650
560 55 2070 700
9.6
10.0
10.1
10.3
10.5
10.7
10.7
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 19
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA HS 10-4-3-10 HS 10-4-3-10 Achievable cutting speeds Annealed hot-rolled
217000 83000 20
739 65
Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m 0.80
Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 1.25
GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE HS 10-4-3-10 1.3207 Z130WKCDV 10.10.04.04.03 BT42 r12F3K10M3-SCh
carbide insert 0.5 / 1 0.2 / 0.3 210 / 150
1/4 0.2 / 0.4 180 / 140
4/8 0.3 / 0.6 130 / 100
ap depth of cut mm fn feed mm/rev Vc cutting speed m/min
STAINLESS STEELS
X8CrNiS18-9 (AISI 303) • X5CrNi18-10 (AISI 304) • X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (AISI 316) X12CrS13 (AISI 416) • X20Cr13 (AISI 420) • X6Cr17 (AISI 430) • X17CrNi16-2 (AISI 431)
X8CrNiS18-9
Part two • Stainless steels Quality X8CrNiS18-9 According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Number 1.4305
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% max max max max 0,10 1,00 2,00 0,045 ± 0.01 + 0.05 ± 0.04 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Melting Hot forming range 1440-1460 1200-900
AISI 303
Cr%
0,15-0,35 ± 0.02
17,0-19,0 ± 0.20
Solubilization
Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Austenitic
S%
Stabilization
1150-1040 900 water air controlled atmosphere
N% max 0,11 ± 0.01
Ni% 8,0-10,0 ± 0.10
Hardening can be increased only by cold drawing
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 160 500-700 190 35 a) for information only
163
Cu% max 1,00 ± 0.07
Welding Pre-heating Stress relieving not recommended
HB a) max 230
Kv +20 °C J min
solubilization
Cold-drawn +C EN 10088-3: 2005 (solubilization of material is recommended before cold drawing) n size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 °C from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min 35 700-850 350 20 tensile strength levels 700 25 800-1000 500 12 tensile strength levels 800 Cold processed bars EN 10083-3: 2005 in conditions 2H, 2B, 2G, 2P size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 °C from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min 10 a) 600-950 400 15 10 16 600-950 400 15 16 40 500-850 190 20 100 40 63 500-850 190 20 100 63 160 500-750 190 35 100 a) In the range 1mm ≤ d < 5 mm valid only for rounds – the mechanical properties of non round bars with thicknesses < 5 mm have to be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and order. Work-hardness by cold drawing R N/mm2 620 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 250 Reduction % 0
800 550 10
1000 700 20
1180 880 30
Forged BS 970 pt.1: 1996 UK 303S31 solution annealing size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min L 160 510 190 40
1350 1020 40
1500 1180 50
Kv +20 °C J min L
1650 1320 60
1780 1430 70
164
Part two • Stainless steels
X8CrNiS18-9 AISI 303 Thermal expansion Mod. of elasticity Mod. of elasticity Thermal conductivity Specific electric resist. Specific heat capacity Conductivity Testing at °C
[m/(m·K)] ·10–6 longitudinal N/mm2 tangential N/mm2 W/(m·K) ohm·mm2/m J/(kg·K) siemens·m/mm2
200000 77000 15.3 0.73 500 1.37 20
16.0 194000 74000 16.3
17.0 186000 71000 17.5 0.86 510
17.0 179000 69000
18.0 172000 66000 19.9 0.97 550
18.0 165000 63000 21.5
100
200
300
400
500
Density
Mean coefficient of linear expansion 10–6/K
kg/dm3 7.84
20 °C a 200 °C 16.8
ITALY UNI CHINA X10CrNiS18-09 Y1Cr18Ni9
Nickel eq. %Ni + (30 x %C) + (30 x %N) + (0,5 x %Mn)
EUROPE EN X8CrNiS18-9
20 °C a 400 °C 17.8
20 °C a 600 °C 18.8
GERMANY DIN X10CrNiS18-9
127000 50000 25.1 1.15 630 800
Magnetic Resistence to permeability μr intergranular corrosion 1.008 in the delivery condition sensitized condition no no
FRANCE AFNOR Z8CNF18-09
UK BS 303S31
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 303
% Ferrite 0 2 4 6 8 10
24 Austenite 20
12 14 16
Austenite + Ferrite 12 18
20 22 24 25 Chromium eq. %Cr + %Mo + (1,5 x %Si) + (0,5 x %Nb)
% Calculation of ferrite by De Long diagram A deep study of the chemical analysis is the best way to prevent δ (delta) ferrite presence in the finished product. As you can notice from the graphic some elements brought to the maximum or to the minimum of the analysis forks fixed for the chosen steel can act modifying equivalent Ni and equivalent Cr values.An accurate choice of targets during cast planning phase can prevent material brittleness caused by delta ferrite shaping.
X5CrNi18-10
Part two • Stainless steels Quality X5CrNi18-10 According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Number 1.4301
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% max max max max 0,07 1,00 2,00 0,045 ± 0.01 + 0.05 ± 0.04 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Melting Hot forming range 1400-1420 1180-950
AISI 304
S% max 0,030 ± 0.005
Solubilization
17,5-19,5 ± 0.20
Stabilization
1030-1070 900 water air controlled atmosphere
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005 size Testing at room temperature mm R Rp 0.2 from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min 160 500-700 190 160 250 500-700 190 a) for information only
A% min L 45
Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Austenitic
Cr%
N% max 0,11 ± 0.01
Ni%
Cu%
8,0-10,5 ± 0.10
Hardening can be increased only by cold drawing
A% min T
165
Kv +20 °C J min L 100
35
Welding Pre-heating not demanded
HB a) max 215 215
Kv +20 °C J min T 60
Stress relieving slow cooling
solubilization solubilization
Cold-drawn +C EN 10088-3: 2005 (solubilization of material is recommended before cold drawing) size Testing at room temperature mm R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 °C Kv +20 °C from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T 35 700-850 350 20 tensile strength levels 700 25 800-1000 500 12 tensile strength levels 800 Cold processed bars EN 10083-3: 2005 in conditions 2H, 2B, 2G, 2P size Testing at room temperature mm R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 °C Kv +20 °C from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T 10 a) 600-950 400 25 10 16 600-950 400 25 16 40 600-850 190 30 100 40 63 580-850 190 30 100 63 160 500-700 190 45 100 160 250 500-700 190 35 60 a) In the range 1 mm ≤ d < 5 mm valid only for rounds – the mechanical properties of non round bars with thicknesses < 5 mm have to be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and order. Work-hardness by cold drawing R N/mm2 600 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 300 A % 35.0 C % 72 Reduction % 0
700 560 25.0 70 10
850 720 10.0 68 20
Forged EN 10250-4: 2001 solution annealing Testing at room temperature Ø/thickness R Rp 0.2 A% to N/mm2 N/mm2 min J min L 675/450 500-700 190 30
960 850 9.0 60 30
Kv +20 °C J min L 100
1100 960 8.0 55 40
Kv +20 °C J min T 60
1200 1080 7.0 47 50
1340 1200 6.0 44 60
1480 1310 5.5 40 70
1650 1440 5.0 38 80
Kv –150 °C
Kv –196 °C
60
60
166
Part two • Stainless steels
X5CrNi18-10 AISI 304 Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperature, properties after solubilization EN 10088-3: 2005 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 155 140 127 118 110 104 98 95 92 90 hot-rolled Rp 0.2 N/mm2 157 142 127 118 110 104 98 95 92 90 forged Testing at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) Mean coefficient of linear exp. 10–6/°K Testing at °C Density
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K)
kg/dm3 7.93
20 °C 100 °C 15 16.3
Heat treatment 2)
200 °C 400 °C 17.5 19.9
17.2 193000 86200 0.72 0.78 1.39 1.28 500 16.8 20 100
Temperature (+ ...°C) - minimum values 20 100 200 300 350 400 190 155 127 110 104 98
500 92
2)
2)
17.8 179000 80000
200
300
500 °C 600 °C 800 °C 21.5 22.5 25.1
2)
1)
17.6 186000 83000 0.86 1.16 510
550 90 190 140
18.0 172000 76800 1.00 1.00 550 17.8 400
Magnetic permeability μr 1.008
18.2 18.6 165000 154000 73700 60000 1.11 0.90 585 18.8 500 600
127000 50000 1.21 1.26 0.83 0.79 630 20.2 800 900
Resistence to intergranular corrosion in the delivery condition sensitized condition yes no
Fatigue behaviour 600 650 700 750 80 70 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 130 85 55 35 Creep rupture, 10.000 h N/mm2 1) 90 50 30 15 Creep rupture, 100.000 h N/mm2 1)
creep rupture strength +AT solubilization, 1000-1080°C
EUROPE EN X5CrNi18-10
ITALY UNI X5CrNi18-10
CHINA 0Cr18Ni9
Indicative diagram of work-hardness by cold drawing
GERMANY DIN X5CrNi18-10
FRANCE AFNOR Z5CN18-09
UK BS 304S15
RUSSIA 07H18-09
USA AISI/SAE 304
R N/mm2 2000 AISI 303 AISI 304
AISI 316
1500
AISI 420 1000
500 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
reduction (%)
X5CrNiMo17-12-2
Part two • Stainless steels Quality X5CrNiMo17-12-2 According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Number 1.4401
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% max max max max 0,07 1,00 2,00 0,045 ± 0.01 + 0.05 ± 0.04 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Melting Hot forming range 1400-1420 1200-900
AISI 316
S% max 0,030 ± 0.005
Solubilization
16,5-18,5 ± 0.20
Stabilization
1100-1050 900 water air controlled atmosphere
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005 size Testing at room temperature mm R Rp 0.2 from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min 160 500-700 200 160 250 500-700 200 a) for information only
A% min L 40
Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Austenitic
Cr%
N% max 0,11 ± 0.01
Ni%
Mo%
10,0-13,0 ± 0.15
2,0-2,5 ± 0.10
Hardening can be increased only by cold drawing
A% min T
167
Kv +20 °C J min L 100
30
Welding Pre-heating not demanded
Kv +20 °C J min T 60
HB a) max 215 215
Stress relieving slow cooling
solubilization solubilization
Cold-drawn +C EN 10088-3: 2005 (solubilization of material is recommended before cold drawing) size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 °C Kv +20 °C from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T 35 700-850 350 20 tensile strength levels 700 25 800-1000 500 12 tensile strength levels 800 Cold processed bars EN 10083-3: 2005 in conditions 2H, 2B, 2G, 2P size Testing at room temperature mm R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 °C Kv +20 °C from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T 10 a) 600-950 400 25 10 16 580-950 380 25 16 40 500-850 200 30 100 40 63 500-850 200 30 100 63 160 500-700 200 40 100 160 250 500-700 200 30 60 a) In the range 1 mm ≤ d < 5 mm valid only for rounds – the mechanical properties of non round bars with thicknesses < 5 mm have to be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and order. Work-hardness by cold drawing R N/mm2 570 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 340 A % 26.0 C % 74 Reduction % 0 Forged EN 10250-4: 2001 Ø/thickness to N/mm2 min 375/250 500-700
700 520 13.0 65 10
850 650 10.0 60 20
solution annealing R Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min min L 200 30
1000 780 8.0 55 30
A% J min L 100
1150 850 6.0 52 40
1250 920 5.0 50 50
Kv +20 °C J min T 60
1320 1040 3.5 46 60
Kv +20 °C
1480 1120 3.0 44 70
168
Part two • Stainless steels
X5CrNiMo17-12-2 AISI 316 Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperature, properties after solubilization EN 10088-3: 2005 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 175 158 145 135 127 120 115 112 110 108 hot-rolled Rp 0.2 N/mm2 177 162 147 137 127 120 115 112 110 108 forged Testing at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) Mean coefficient of linear exp. 10–6/K Testing at °C Density
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K)
kg/dm3 7.96
20 °C 15
EUROPE EN X5CrNiMo17-12-2
200 °C 17.5
400 °C 19.9
16.5 200000 194000 89000 87000 0.75 1.33 500 20
600 °C 22.5
100
17.5 186000 83000 0.86
17.5 179000 80000
510 16.8 200
800 °C 25.1
550 17.8 400
300
Magnetic permeability μr 1.008
18.5 172000 76800 0.97
18.5 165000 73700
500
127000 50000 1.15
585 18.8 600
630 20.2 800
Resistence to intergranular corrosion in the delivery condition sensitized condition yes no
ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS X5CrNiMo17 12 0Cr17Ni12Mo2 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 Z7CND17-12-02 316S31
Schaeffler diagram
0% 27
24
154000 60000 1.07
5%
RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE 07H16N12M2 316
% Ferrite 10%
austenite
20%
Nichel eq. = %Ni + (30 x %C) + (30 x %N) + (0,5 x %Mn)
21 40% 18 80%
15 A+M 12
A+F
martensite
100%
9 A + M +F
6 3 0
M+F
F+ M 2
4
6
8
10
12 14 16
ferrite
18 20 22
24 26 28
30
32 34
36 38 40
Chromium eq. = %Cr + %Mo + (1,5 x %Si) + (0,5 x %Nb)
This diagram is divided in three main areas which correspond to the three different structures of the weld bead: austenitic, ferritic and martensitic. Thanks to this calculation method, it is possible to determine before-hand the structures which are likely to be present in the weld bead and therefore to correctly choose the weld material according to the final structure one wants to obtain. – The presence of an austenitic structure means that the material has a low thermal conductivity and a high thermal expansion coefficient; for this reason, a weld material with the same chemical composition should be used. – The presence of high quantities of ferrite in the weld material can be negative from the standpoint of resistance to corrosion and its ductility. – The presence of a certain quantity of martensite in the weld material causes a worsening of the mechanical properties and the formation of hard and fragile areas. According to the metal’s initial composition, it is possible to have these different structures simultaneously.
X12CrS13
Part two • Stainless steels Quality X12CrS13 AISI 416 According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Number 1.4005
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% max max max 0,06-0,15 1,00 1,50 0,040 ± 0.01 + 0.05 ± 0.04 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Melting Hot forming range 1470-1490 1150-900 Stress relieving 210-250 air
Soft annealing 750-780 air (HB max 220)
Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Martensitic
S%
Cr%
0,15-0,35 ± 0.02
12,0-14,0 ± 0.15
N%
Ni%
Normalizing
Quenching
Tempering
920-980 air Full annealing 850-870 slow cooling (HB 135-160)
980-1010 oil or polymer Spheroidizing
I° 680 II° 660 min. 2 temp. for dim. >200 mm
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005 size Testing at room temperature mm R Rp 0.2 from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min 730 max 160 650-850 450 a) for information only
A% min L
169
885 furnace 595 after, air
HB max 220 a)
12
Mo% max 0,60 ± 0.03
Welding Pre-heating
Stress relieving
300
600
Ac1 820
Ms 330
Mf 175
+A annealed +QT 650 quenching and tempering
Cold processed bars EN 10083-3: 2005 in conditions 2H, 2B, 2G, 2P size Testing at room temperature mm R HB a) R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 °C Kv +20 °C 2 from to N/mm max N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T 10 b) 880 280 700-1000 550 8 10 16 880 280 700-1000 500 8 16 40 800 250 650-930 450 10 40 63 760 230 650-880 450 10 63 160 730 220 650-850 450 12 +A annealed +QT 650 quenched and tempered a) for information only b) In the range 1 mm ≤ d < 5 mm valid only for rounds – the mechanical properties of non round bars with thicknesses < 5 mm have to be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and order. Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 980 °C in oil R N/mm2 1490 1450 1420 1410 1430 1450 1420 1150 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1210 1170 1150 1150 1160 1180 1140 870 A % 10.8 10.8 10.9 12.0 12.5 13.0 16.0 16.5 Kv % 25 30 26 19 18 17 18 20 Testing at °C 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 Forged BS 970 pt. 4 : 1970 UK 416S21 quenched and tempered Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Ø/mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 °C from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min L 152 532-684 334 20 58 J Ø < 63 mm 63 684-836 486 15
860 650 18.0 31 600
740 550 20.0 49 650
690 500 21.5 90 700
Kv +20 °C min L 49 J Ø 63-152 mm tempering 650-750 °C 34 J tempering 600-700 °C
170
Part two • Stainless steels
X12CrS13 AISI 416 Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperatures Rp 0.2 N/mm2 240 235 230 225 225 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 430 420 410 400 382 Testing at °C 50 100 150 200 250 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) Mean coefficient of linear exp. 10–6/K Testing at °C Density kg/dm3 7.70 EUROPE EN X12CrS13
216000 96000 0.60 1.67 460 20
CHINA Y1Cr13
10.5 213000 95000
210 335 350
11.0 207000 92000 0.69
195 305 400
11.5 200000 89000
500 10.8 200
100
Thermal conductivity W/(m·k) 20 °C 200 °C 400 °C 600 °C 25.1 26.5 27.7 27.4 ITALY UNI X12CrS13
220 365 300
annealed quenched and tempered
12.0 192000 86000 0.86 590 11.6 400
300
500
Magnetic permeability μr
800 °C 25.0
GERMANY DIN X12CrS13
FRANCE AFNOR Z11CF13
UK BS 416S21
125
ng
i nch
que
g
erin
mp
te and
KCU (J)
80
g
lin
a ne an
60
40
0 –150
–100
–50 Temperature
0
50
1.03
1.17
720 12.2 600
860 12.7 800
Resistence to hot oxidation up to 600 °C
Indicative transition curves for X12CrS13 in various conditions of heat treatment
100
12.0
100
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 416
X20Cr13
Part two • Stainless steels Quality X20Cr13 AISI 420 According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Number 1.4021
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% max max max 0,16-0,25 1,00 1,50 0,040 ± 0.02 + 0.05 ± 0.04 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Melting Hot forming range 1460-1490 1150-880 Stress relieving 150-250 air
Soft annealing 740-820 air (HB max 230)
Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Martensitic
S% max 0,030 ± 0.005
Cr%
N%
Ni%
Mo%
12,0-14,0 ± 0.15
Normalizing
Quenching
Tempering
900-980 air
950-1050 oil or polymer Spheroidizing
I° 700 II° 650
Full annealing 870-900 slow cool. (HB 170-200)
171
860 furnace cool. to 650 after, air
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L 760 max 160 700-850 500 13 160 800-950 600 12 a) for information only
Kv +20 °C Jmin L
Welding Pre-heating
Stress relieving
300
700
Ac1 790
HB a) max 230
25 20
Ac3 850
Ms 240
Mf 205
+A annealed +QT quenched and tempered R 700 +QT quenched and tempered R 800
Cold processed bright bars EN 10083-3: 2005 in conditions 2H, 2B, 2G, 2P size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R HB a) R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 °C Kv +20 °C from to N/mm2 max max N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L J min L J min T 10 b) 910 290 750-1000 600 8 10 16 910 290 750-1000 550 8 16 40 850 260 700-950 500 10 25 40 63 800 250 700-900 500 12 25 63 160 760 230 700-850 500 13 25 +A annealed +QT 700 quenching and tempering a) for information only b) In the range 1 mm ≤ d < 5 mm valid only for rounds – the mechanical properties of non round bars with thicknesses < 5 mm have to be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and order. Work-hardness by cold drawing R N/mm2 600 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 350 A % 36 C % 58 Reduction % 0
670 500 22 52 10
750 620 15 42 20
800 650 14 36 30
850 740 12 34 40
880 800 11 33 50
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 970 °C in oil R N/mm2 1620 1600 1560 1540 1550 1570 1500 1230 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1330 1290 1270 1260 1260 1250 1200 910 A % 10.5 12.0 13.0 12.0 11.5 10.5 12.0 15.0 Kv % 24 26 27 26 19 18 16 19 Testing at °C 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
900 820 10 32 60
930 840 9 30 70
910 680 17.0 25 600
780 590 20.0 33 650
700 560 22.0 50 700
172
Part two • Stainless steels
X20Cr13 AISI 420 Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperatures EN 10088-3: 2005 EN 10250-4: 2001 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 460 445 430 415 395 365 330 level +QT R 700 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 515 495 475 460 440 405 355 level +QT R 800 Testing at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Forged EN 10250-4: 2001 Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Ø/thickness R Rp 0.2 to N/mm2 N/mm2 min 760 max 250/160 700-850 500 250/160 800-950 600 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 Creep rupture strength 10.000 h R N/mm2 Creep rupture strength 10.000 h Rp 0.1 N/mm2 Yeld 100.000 h R N/mm2 Yeld 100.000 h Rp 0.1 N/mm2 Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) Mean coefficient of linear exp. 10–6/K Testing at °C Density kg/dm3 7.70
A% min L
Kv +20 °C J min L
13 12
25 20
10.5 216000 213000 96000 95000 0.60 1.67
460 10.5 100
20
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 °C 200 °C 400 °C 600 °C 25.1 26.5 27.7 27.4
EUROPE EN X20Cr13
ITALY UNI X20Cr13
CHINA 2Cr13
11.0 11.5 207000 200000 92000 89000 0.69
500 10.8 200
F+C Ac3 = 850 Ac1 = 790
temperature C
800
C
P
600 200 400 Ms 200
Mf
472 420 470 503 475 230
509 0
102
10
min 1 time
103
104 102
10 h
1
105 103 10 24
11.5 300
12.0 12.0 192000 86000 0.86
590 11.6 400
Magnetic permeability μr
FRANCE AFNOR Z20C13
Anisotermic transformation diagram of austenite, AISI 420 (CCT curve)
1000
Kv +20 °C J min T +A annealed +QT quenched and tempered R 700 +QT quenched and tempered R 800
800 °C 25.0
GERMANY DIN X20Cr13
Hot-rolled and forged
UK BS 420S37
147 93 103 64
74 44 44 25
500
12.0 550
1.03
1.17
33 17 18 10 720 12.2 600
860 12.7 800
Resistence to hot oxidation yes to 650 °C RUSSIA 20H13
USA AISI/SAE 420
X6Cr17
Part two • Stainless steels Quality X6Cr17 AISI 430 According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Number 1.4016
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% max max max max 0,08 1,00 1,00 0,040 ± 0.01 + 0.05 + 0.03 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Melting Hot forming range 1460-1490 1100-950
Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Ferritic
S% max 0,030 ± 0.005
Normalizing
173
Cr%
N%
Ni%
Mo%
16,0-18,0 ± 0.20
Quenching
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005 +A annealing size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB a) 2 2 from to N/mm N/mm min min L max 100 400-630 240 20 200 a) for information only
Recrystallization annealing 750-850 air (HB max 200)
Welding Pre-heating not demanded
Stress relieving slow cooling
Mechanical properties on annealed material obtained at, different temperatures (for information only) Test R Rp 0.2 A Z temperature °C N/mm2 N/mm2 % % + 20 455 266 37 73 0 483 280 37 72 – 40 532 287 36 72 – 60 567 308 36 70 – 190 630 609 0 4
Cold-drawn +C ASTM A 276-04 +A condition size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min L all 415 207 20
C% min L 45
Cold processed bars EN 10083-3: 2005 in conditions 2H, 2B, 2G, 2P size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 °C from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L J min L 10 b) 500-750 320 8 10 16 480-750 300 8 16 40 400-700 240 15 40 63 400-700 240 15 63 100 400-630 240 20 b) In the range 1 mm ≤ d < 5 mm valid only for rounds – the mechanical properties of non round bars with thicknesses < 5 mm have to be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and order. Work-hardness by cold drawing R N/mm2 500 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 260 A % 32 C % 58 Reduction % 0
590 420 25 48 10
650 520 22 39 20
700 620 20 34 30
780 670 18 32 40
840 720 16 30 50
920 760 15 28 60
Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperature EN 10088-3: 2005 EN 10250-4: 2001 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 220 215 210 205 200 195 190 hot-rolled and forged Testing at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
940 800 14 26 70
174
Part two • Stainless steels
X6Cr17 AISI 430 Forged EN 10250-4: 2001 +A annealing Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Ø/thickness R Rp 0.2 to N/mm2 N/mm2 min 150/100 400-630 240 Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] · 10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) Mean coefficient of linear exp. 10–6/K Testing at °C Densità
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K)
kg/dm3 7.75
20 °C 25.0
EUROPE EN X6Cr17
200 °C 23.4
ITALY UNI X8Cr17
400 °C 24.1
A% min
220000 98000 0.60 1.67 460 20
600 °C 25.1
CHINA 1Cr17
A% min
10.0 218000 97000
100
800 °C 26.9
Kv +20 °C J min
10.0 212000 95000 0.75 495 10.6 200
10.5 205000 92000
300
Magnetic permeability μr 600-1000
GERMANY DIN X6Cr17
Kv +20 °C J min
10.5 197000 88000 0.93 570 11.4 400
11.0
500
FRANCE AFNOR Z8C17
UK BS 430S17
130
austenitic steels AISI 303 - 304 - 316
impact Kv J
60 martensitic steels AISI 416 - 420 - 431
30
ferritic steels AISI 430
15
0 – 150
temperature C
– 100
– 50
660 12.0 600
760 12.6 800
RUSSIA 08H17
160
– 200
1.25
Resistence to intergranular corrosion in the delivery condition welded condition yes no
Indicative transition curves of stainless steels
90
1.11
0
+ 50
+ 100
USA AISI/SAE 430
X17CrNi16-2
Part two • Stainless steels Quality X17CrNi16-2 According to standards EN 10088-3: 2005 Number 1.4057
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% max max max 0,12-0,22 1,00 1,50 0,040 ± 0.01 + 0.05 ± 0.04 + 0.005 Permissible deviations on the product. Temperature °C Melting Hot forming range 1440-1460 1100-900 Stress relieving 210-250 air
AISI 431
S% max 0,030 ± 0.005
Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Martensitic
Cr%
N%
15,0-17,0 ± 0.20
Ni%
Mo%
1,50-2,50 ± 0.07
Normalizing
Quenching
950-1000 air
980-1030 600-670 (R 900) oil or polymer 740-790 (R 800) Soft annealing 620-670 (HB 240-285) long stay time
Soft annealing 750-780 air (HB 240-295) short stay time
175
Tempering
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005 size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 °C HB from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L J min max 950 max 295 a) 60 800-950 600 14 25 60 160 800-950 600 12 20 60 900-1050 700 12 20 60 160 900-1050 700 10 15 a) for information only
Welding Pre-heating 300
Ac1 725
Stress relieving 600
Ms 145
Mf 105
+A annealing +QT quenching and tempering R 800 +QT quenching and tempering R 900
Cold processed bars EN 10083-3: 2005 in conditions 2H, 2B, 2G, 2P size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R HB a) R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 °C Kv +20 °C 2 from to N/mm max max N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T 10 b) 1050 330 850-1100 750 7 10 16 1050 330 850-1100 700 7 16 40 1000 310 800-1050 650 9 25 40 63 950 295 800-1000 650 12 25 63 160 950 295 800-950 650 12 20 +A annealing +QT 800 quenching and tempering a) for information only b) In the range 1 mm ≤ d < 5 mm valid only for rounds – the mechanical properties of non round bars with thicknesses < 5 mm have to be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and order. Table of tempering value at room temperature for round Ø 10 mm after quenching at 1000 °C in oil R N/mm2 1400 1360 1320 1320 1325 1300 1250 1100 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1160 1160 1155 1140 1110 1080 1000 880 A % 9.0 10.0 12.0 13.0 13.0 12.0 12.0 13.5 Kv % 10 12 13 13 12 11 12 16 Tempering at °C 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperature EN 10088-3: 2005 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 515 495 475 460 440 405 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 565 525 505 490 470 430 Testing at °C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
355 375 400
930 760 15.0 23 600
800 680 16.0 25 650
resistance at 800 resistance at 900
690 590 16.5 30 700
176
Part two • Stainless steels
X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 Forged EN 10250-4: 2001 Testing at room temperature Ø/thickness R to N/mm2 375/250 1000 max 375/250 800-950 375/250 900-1050
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min
A% min L
A% min T
Kv +20 °C J min L
Kv +20 °C J min T
600 700
10 10
8 8
20 15
15 10
Thermal expansion [m/(m·K)] ·10–6 Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 Specific electric resist. ohm·mm2/m Conductivity siemens·m/mm2 Specific heat capacity J/(kg·K) Mean coefficient of linear exp. 10–6/°K Testing at °C Density kg/dm3 7.75 EUROPE EN X17CrNi16-2
216000 96000 0.70 1.43 460 20
CHINA 1Cr17CrNi16-2
10.5 207000 92000
500 10.8 200
100
Thermal conductivity W/(m·K) 20 °C 200 °C 400 °C 600 °C 25.1 26.5 27.7 27.4 ITALY UNI X17CrNi16-2
10.0 213000 95000
800 °C 25.0
11.0 200000 89000
300
+A annealed +QT quenched and tempered R 800 +QT quenched and tempered R 900 11.0 192000 86000 0.86 590 11.6 400
Magnetic permeability μr
GERMANY DIN X17CrNi16-2
FRANCE AFNOR Z15CN16-2
11.0
500
1.03
1.17
720 12.2 600
860 12.7 800
Resistence to intergranular corrosion no UK BS 431S29
RUSSIA 17HI6N2
USA AISI/SAE 431
Indicative diagram Resistance/Corrosion
R
R N/mm2 Tensile strenght
increase of resistance after quenching and tempering
1600
delivery state characteristics
1400
possible increase of R by cold-drawing
1200 1000 AISI 431
800 600
AISI 420 AISI 416 AISI 303
400
AISI 304
AISI 316
AISI 430
Resistance of corrosion
Part two • Stainless steels STAINLESS STEELS Achievable cutting speeds X8CrNiS18-9 AISI 303
177
Technical card Trafilix Carbide insert TiC / TiN coated
Hot-rolled annealed R 570-650 N/mm2
Hot-rolled annealed R 570-650 N/mm2 Cold-drawn solubilization R 700-850 N/mm2 X5CrNi18-10 AISI 304
Hot-rolled annealed R 560-650 N/mm2 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 AISI 316
Hot-rolled annealed R 550-620 N/mmv X12CrS13 AISI 416
Hot-rolled annealed R 600-700 N/mm2 Hot-rolled annealed R 750-950 N/mm2
Hot-rolled annealed R 600-700 N/mm2 Hot-rolled R 700-800 N/mm2 Hot-rolled R 750-950 N/mm2 X20Cr13 AISI 420
Hot-rolled annealed R 560-660 N/mm2 Hot-rolled R 800-950 N/mm2 X6Cr17 AISI 430
Hot-rolled annealed R 450-600 N/mm2 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Hot-rolled annealed R 800-950 N/mm2
1 0.20 370 0.5 0.12 225 190
3 0.40 270 1 0.15 190 160
6 0.50 220 3 0.20 170 150
ap depth of cut mm fn feed mm/rev Vc cutting speed m/min turning centers CNC ap depth of cut mm fn feed mm/rev Vc cutting speed m/min automatic turning Vc cutting speed m/min automatic turning
1 0.20 200
3 0.40 150
6 0.50 120
ap depth of cut mm fn feed mm/rev Vc cutting speed m/min turning centers CNC
1 0.2 195
3 0.4 150
6 0.5 120
ap depth of cut mm fn feed mm/rev Vc cutting speed m/min turning centers CNC
1 0.20 300 350 0.5 0.07 195 175 240
3 0.40 200 250 1 0.10 165 145 200
6 0.50 160 200 3 0.12 155 140 175
ap depth of cut mm fn feed mm/rev Vc cutting speed m/min general turning Vc cutting speed m/min general turning ap depth of cut mm fn feed mm/rev Vc cutting speed m/min automatic turning Vc cutting speed m/min automatic turning Vc cutting speed m/min automatic turning
1 0.2 230 260
3 0.4 210 220
6 0.5 170 170
ap depth of cut mm fn feed mm/rev Vc cutting speed m/min general turning Vc cutting speed m/min general turning
1 0.2 260
3 0.4 190
6 0.5 160
ap depth of cut mm fn feed mm/rev Vc cutting speed m/min general turning
1 0.2 165
3 0.4 130
6 0.5 100
ap depth of cut mm fn feed mm/rev Vc cutting speed m/min general turning
The friction coefficient is higher in stainless steels than in low-allow steels. The heat generated by the contact between the chip and the tool takes time to disappear because thermal conductivity of stainless steels is lower. The temperature increase speeds tool wear up. Due to their ductility, these steels originate a quite strong chip, difficult to break.
Appearance bright, but not uniform. Free of surface defects.
Hot-formed, not heat treated 3) pickled, coated (optional) Hot-formed, not heat treated 3) rough machined 4)
Hot-formed, heat treated 3) descaled, rough machined 4) or shaved in the case of rod. Finishing by removal of material. Finishes 1C, 1D or 1X, cold precessed, coated (optional)
Finishes 2H, treated 3) pickled and skin-passed (optional), coated (optional)
1D
1G
2D
Finishes 2H, 2D o 2B, centreless ground,
mechanically smoothed (optional) Finishes 2H, 2D, 2B or 2G, specular polishing
2G
2P
Smooth, uniform and bright.
Smooth, uniform and bright. Free of surface defects.
Smooth and matt or bright. Not free of surface defects.
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x
x x
x
D x
Product form A B C x x
Suitable for severe applications (extrusion and/or cold or hot heading). Surface roughness can be specified. In products formed by cold drawing without subsequent heat treatment, the tensile strength is substantially increased, particularly in austenitic materials, depending on the degree of cold processing. The surface hardness be higher than the centre hardness. This finish allows the restoration of the mechanical properties after cold processing. Products with good ductility (extrusion) and specific magnetic properties. Products used in their present condition or intended for better finishing. In products formed by cold drawing without subsequent heat treatment, the tensile strength is substantially increased, particularly in austenitic materials, depending on the degree of cold processing. The surface hardness may be higher than the centre hardness. Finish for close tolerances. Unless otherwise agreed the surface roughness shall be Ra ≤ 1,2.
Products used in their present condition or to be further processed (hot or cold).
Suitable for products to be further hot-formed. Suitable for products to be further processed (hot or cold).
Recommended use and observations
Free of surface defects. Smoother and brighter than x Products showing a well groomed surface appearance. finish 2B or 2G. Surface roughness shall be specified at the of enquiry Free of surface defects. and order. 1) Not all surface finishes and process routes are available for all steels. 2) First digit 1 = Hot-formed; 2 = Cold processed 3) On ferritic, austenitic and austenitic-ferritic grades, the heat treatment may be omitted if the conditions for hot forming and subsequent cooling are such that the requirements for the mechanical properties of the product and the resistence to intergranular corrosion are obtained. 4) Type of rough machining (grinding, peeling) is left to the manufacturer's discretion unless otherwise agreed. A = Semi-finished products B = Rods C = Wires D = Bars, sections
Finishes 1C, 1D or 1X, cold precessed, mechanically smoothed
2B
2H
1X
Smooth and matt or bright. Not necessary polished. Not free of surface defects.
Covered with scale (spot ground if necessary). Not free of surface defects. Largely free of scale (but some black spots may remain). Not free of surface. Free of scale (spot ground if necessary). Not free of surface defects. Free of scale (but some marks left from machining may remain). Not free of surface defects.
Hot-formed, not heat treated, not descaled Hot-formed, not heat treated 3), not descaled Hot-formed, not heat treated 3), mechanically descaled.
1U 1C
1E
1)
Surface finish
2)
Stainless Steel type - surface finish EN 10088-3: 2005 Symbol Type of process route
Hot-formed
Cold processed
178 Part two • Stainless steels
STEELS FOR CHROME-PLATING
S355J2* • C45E* • Cf53 • 20MnVS6 • 42CrMo4* • 39NiCrMo3* • 50CrMo4* * For mechanical properties see carbon steel groups, case-hardening steels and alloy steels
Cf53
180
Part two • Steels for chrome-plating Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality Cf53 According to standards DIN 17212: 1972 Number 1.1213 Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.50-0.57 0.15-0.35 0.40-0.70 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature °C Hot forming 1050-850 Soft annealing 700 air (HB max 223)
P% max 0.025 + 0.005
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
Cr%
Mo%
Ni%
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
Tempering
860 air Isothermal annealing 820 furnace cooling to 660 after, air (HB 180-230)
830 water Natural
860 oil or polymer Hardenability test
550-660 air Pre-heating welding not recommended Ac1 Ac3 730 765
(HB max 260)
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled mechanical properties for normalized condition DIN 17212: 1972 size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% K from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 16 100 610-760 340 16
Stress relieving 180 Stress relieving after welding not recommended Ms Mf 320 100
HB reference only 183-226
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition DIN 17212: 1972 size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% K from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min 16 740-880 510 12 25 16 40 690-830 430 14 35 40 100 640-780 400 15 40
HB reference only 224-263 210-249 198-232
Quenching and tempering + Cold-drawn +C 070M55 BS 970 pt.3: 1991. size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min 13 29 700-850 475 10 29 100 700-850 435 10
HB for information 201-255 201-255
Jominy test HRC distance in mm from quenched end 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 min No indications are shown in the reference standards max (please refer to the same values of quality C 50) EUROPE EN C53
ITALY UNI C53
CHINA
20
GERMANY DIN Cf53
25
30
35
FRANCE AFNOR XC48 TS
K J min
40
45
UK BS 070M55
50
Min. surface hardness after quenching and stress relieving HRC 57
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE 1050
20MnVS6
Part two • Steels for chrome-plating Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality 20MnVS6 According to standards Werkstoff Number (appr. 1.5217) Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.16-0.22
1.30-1.70
0.10- 0.45
Temperature °C Hot forming
181
P% max 0.025
S%
Cr% max 0.50
0.020-0.040
Normalizing
Quenching
Quenching
1100-850
900 air
Carbonitriding 870-880 gas 150-200 (HRC 60) Soft annealing 690 air (HB max 210)
Carburizing 760-780
880-930 870-920 oil or water polymer Core hardening 870-880 water tempering immediately 150-200 air
Hot-rolled normalized +N size Testing (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min 25 580 450 25 80 550 430 80 530 390 Hot-rolled quenched and tempered +QT size Testing (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min 25 700 620 25 80 650 570 80 600 520 Cold-drawn untreated +C size Testing (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min 32 700 620
Ni% max 0.30
Tempering 550-660 air Induction hardening 870-925 oil or water to 150-200 after air (HRC 45-52) Pre-heating welding not demanded Ac1 Ac3 720 815
Isothermal annealing 800 furnace cooling to 670 after, air
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled untreated +U size Testing (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min 25 580 450 25 80 550 420 80 530 380
Mo% max 0.15
Al%
V%
0.020-0.050
0.10-0.20
Stress relieving 50 under the temperature of temp. Nitriding 490-530 (HRC 55) Stress relieving after welding slow cooling Ms Mf 400 180
A% min 16 16 16
C% min
Kv +20 °C J min
Kv 0 °C J min
Kv –20 °C J min
HB min 172 159 156
C% min
Kv +20 °C J min 40 40 40
Kv 0 °C J min 35 35 35
Kv –20 °C J min 27 27 27
HB min 172 159 156
C% min
Kv +20 °C J min 40 40 40
Kv 0 °C J min 35 35 35
Kv –20 °C J min 27 27 27
HB min 213 200 178
C% min
Kv +20 °C J min
Kv 0 °C J min
Kv –20 °C J min
HB
A% min 18 18 18 A% min 16 16 16 A% min 10
Grain size ASTM E 112 5-8
Inclusions content DIN 50602 K4 < 30
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI 20MnVS6
CHINA 20MV
213-260 Corrosion resistance – chromium plating Chrome thickness 0.05 mm hardness HV > 800
GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR appr. 1.5217 (1.8915 StE 460) 20MnV6
UK BS GR55C
RUSSIA
USA AISI/SAE A381
STRUCTURAL AND CONSTRUCTIONAL STEELS
SAE 1141 • SAE 1116 • SAE 1117 • SAE 1018 • SAE 1045 CB 4 FF • CB 20 FF • C20
SAE 1141
Part two • Structural and constructional steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality SAE 1141* According to standards ASTM A 576-90b: 2000 Hot-rolled ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Cold-drawn Number Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
a) 0.37-0.45 1.35-1.65 ± 0.03 ± 0.06 Permissible deviations on the product.*
P% max 0.040 + 0.008
S%
Cu%
183
Ni%
Cr%
Cu%
Ni%
Cr%
Cu%
Ni%
Cr%
0.08-0.13 + 0.008
SAE 1116
Mechanical properties ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Cold-drawn stress relieving cl. A size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% HB > ≤ N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min 20 655 620 11 35 201 20 30 620 585 11 30 190 30 50 585 550 10 30 173 50 70 550 520 10 30 159 Quality SAE 1116* According to standards ASTM A 576-90b: 2000 Hot-rolled Number Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
SAE 1117
a) 0,14-0,20 1,10-1,40 ± 0.02 ± 0.06 Permissible deviations on the product.*
P% max 0,040 + 0.008
S% 0,16-0,23 + 0.008
Quality SAE 1117* According to standards ASTM A 576-90b: 2000 Hot-rolled Number Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
P% S% max max a) 0,14-0,20 1,00-1,30 0,040 0,08-0,13 ± 0.02 ± 0.06 + 0.008 + 0.008 Permissible deviations on the product. Aspect of the distribution of sulphur. Mechanical properties ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Cold-drawn stress relieving cl. A size mm
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A% C% HB > ≤ N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min 20 520 450 15 40 155 20 30 485 415 15 40 147 30 50 450 380 13 35 135 50 75 415 345 12 30 123 * Remark: when aluminum is used as a grain refining element the Al% (total) content is not less than 0.020 When lead is required a range of 0.15 to 0.35% is specified. Such a steel is identified by inserting the letter “L” 11L41, 11L16, 11L17 a) the following ranges and limits are commonly specified: 0.10 max, 0.10-0.20, 0.15-0.35, 0.20-0.40, 0.30-0.60 USA AISI/SAE SAE 1141 SAE 1116 SAE 1117
ITALY UNI
CHINA GB
GERMANY DIN
FRANCE AFNOR
UK BS
RUSSIA GOST EUROPE EN
SAE 1018
184
Part two • Structural and constructional steels
Quality SAE 1018 According to standards ASTM A 576-90b: 2000 Hot-rolled ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Cold-drawn Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
P% max 0.040 + 0.008
S% max 0.050 + 0.008
a) 0.15-0.20 0.60-0.90 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 Permissible deviations on the product. Remark: when aluminum is used as a grain refining element the Al% (total) content is not less than 0.020 When lead is required a range of 0.15 to 0.35% is specified. Such a steel is identified by inserting the letter “L” ex. 10L18 a) the following ranges and limits are commonly specified: 0.10 max, 0.10-0.20, 0.15-0.35, 0.20-0.40, 0.30-0.60
Temperature °C Hot forming 1180-900
Soft annealing +A 650-700 furnace cooling
Normalizing
Quenching
Tempering
920 air
880-900 oil polymer or water Pre-heating welding not demanded
550-620 air PWHT
Mechanical properties Cold-drawn stress relieved (>288 °C) cl. A ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Ø Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C % reduction > ≤ N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min 20 485 415 18 40 20 30 450 380 16 40 30 50 415 345 15 35 50 75 380 310 15 35 Cold-drawn Lucefin experience flat Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A N/mm2 min N/mm2 min % 76 × 32 581 556 13,4 76 × 32 553 438 17,6 76 × 32 530 348 27,2 Hot-rolled Ø mm 22
≤ 30
HB 176 162 159
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) R Rp 0.2 A C reduction N/mm2 min N/mm2 min % min % min 634 386 27 48
≥ 197
400
≤ 229 ≤180 ≥116
Condition Hot-rolled Quenched and tempered Condition Hot-rolled Quenched and tempered USA AISI/SAE SAE 1018
C reduction % 60,7 60,8 59,0
ITALY UNI C18
220
25
Cyclic yield strength, σy’ N/mm2 236 190 Fatigue strength coefficient, σy’ N/mm2 782 423 CHINA GB
GERMANY DIN 1.0453
slow cooling
HB min 147 135 123 110
Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 min 253600 251800 186000
HB
Heat treatment +U untreated +T cold-drawn tempered to 550 °C +T cold-drawn tempered to 620 °C
Heat treatment Carburized at 925°C, cooled to 250 °C, pause after water quenched and final tempering at 180 °C +U cold-drawn natural forming condition +A annealed +A normalized (J1397)
Cyclic strength exponent, n’ 0.27 0.24 Fatigue strength exponent, b – 0.11 – 0.07 FRANCE AFNOR
Cyclic strength coefficient, K‘ N/mm2 1259 862 Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf‘ 0.19 – 0.09 UK BS 214A15
RUSSIA GOST
EUROPE EN P265NL
SAE 1045
Part two • Structural and constructional steels Technical card Trafilix Lucefin Group
Quality SAE 1045 According to standards ASTM A 576-90b: 2000 Hot-rolled ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Cold-drawn Number (1.1191) Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
P% max 0.030 + 0.008
185
S% max 0.050 + 0.008
a) 0.43-0.50 0.60-0.90 ± 0.03 ± 0.03 Permissible deviations on the product. Remark: when aluminum is used as a grain refining element the Al% (total) content is not less than 0.020 When lead is required a range of 0.15 to 0.35% is specified. Such a steel is identified by inserting the letter “L” ex. 10L4S a) the following ranges and limits are commonly specified: 0.10 max, 0.10-0.20, 0.15-0.35, 0.20-0.40, 0.30-0.60
Temperature °C Hot forming 1100-800
Soft annealing +A 680-710 furnace cooling (HB max 140)
Normalizing
Quenching
Tempering
850-870 air
820-840 oil polymer or water
600-650 air Pre-heating welding 250
Mechanical properties Hot-rolled ASTM A 183-03 Reference only size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% > ≤ N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min all 565 310 16 all 760 550 12
HB min 165 226
C% min 40 25
Normal draft Cold-drawn stress relieved ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 cl. A size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% > ≤ N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min 20 655 585 12 35 20 30 620 550 11 30 30 50 585 520 10 30 50 75 550 485 10 30
HB min 205 195 176 162
Heavy draft Cold-drawn stress relieved ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 cl. B size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% > ≤ N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min 20 795 690 10 25 20 30 795 690 10 25 30 50 795 690 10 25 50 75 795 690 9 25 75 102 725 620 7 20
HB min 239 239 239 239 224
Normal draft Cold-drawn annealed. Reference only size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) mm R Rp 0.2 A% > ≤ N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min 19 32 585 505 12
HB min 170
USA AISI/SAE 1045
ITALY UNI C45
CHINA GB 45
C% min 45
GERMANY DIN Ck45
FRANCE AFNOR XC48H1
Stress relieving 50° under the temperature of temp. Stress relieving after welding 550 furnace cooling
+U untreated +QT quenched and tempered
UK BS 080M46
RUSSIA GOST EUROPE EN 45 C45E
Part two • Structural and constructional steels Technical card
Quality CB 4 FF (C4C 1.0303 EN 10263-2) According to standards UNI 7356: 1974. Reference only. Number (1.0303)
Trafilix Lucefin Group
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% P% S% max max max 0.08 tracce 0.20-0.40 0.040 0.040 ± 0.02 ± 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 a) the steel shall be made by electric-furnace, nitrogen (N) max 0.012%. Hot-rolled natural condition HB max 116.
Ni%
Cr%
S% max 0.040 + 0.005
N%
Ni%
Cr%
S% max 0.035 + 0.005
N%
Ni%
Cr%
CB 20 FF
N% max 0.007 a)
Quality CB 20 FF ((C20E2C 1.1152 EN 10263-3) According to standards UNI 7356: 1974 Number (1.1152)
C20
CB 4 FF
186
Quality C20 According to standards UNI 7874: 1979. Reference only. Number (1.1151)
Chemical composition C% Si% Mn% max 0.18-0.23 0.10 0.30-0.60 ± 0.02 ± 0.02 ± 0.04 Fully killed (Al – Nb – V) Hot-rolled natural condition HB max 160.
Chemical composition C% Si%
Mn%
0.18-0.24 0.15-0.40 0.40-0.80 ± 0.02 ± 0.03 ± 0.04 Permissible deviations on the product.
P% max 0.040 + 0.005
P% max 0.035 + 0.005
Mechanical properties information only Hot-rolled normalized +N R ReH A% N/mm2 N/mm2 min min 440-550 245 25 Hot-rolled natural condition HB max 160.
Cold draw +C R ReH N/mm2 min N/mm2 min 540 390
A% min 8
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round Ø 30 mm after quenching at 950 °C in water HB 353 353 344 327 286 HRC 38 38 37 35 30 R N/mm2 1180 1180 1140 1080 950 Tempering at°C 50 100 150 200 300 Effective depth of case- hardened layer Depth mm 0.12 HRC Time of case-hardening h. 1 USA AISI/SAE
1020
ITALY UNI CB 4 FF CB 20 FF C20
CHINA GB
0.24 2 GERMANY DIN C4 C C22 C C22
0.30 50 4
226 20 760 450
560 600
0.45
0.50
0.60
6
8
10
FRANCE
UK B.S.
RUSSIA GOST
C20
070M20
1450
162
EUROPE EN CB4 FF KD C21 KD C22
Part two
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES – CONNECTION PARTS
Resistance classes for nuts with nominal diameter less than 39 mm Designation system for nuts with nominal height > 0,8 D ( ISO 898-2: 1992 ) property Securing screwes class of nut property class diameters mm 4 3.6 - 4.6 - 4.8 > M 16 5 3.6 - 4.6 - 4.8 ≤ M 16 5 5.6 - 5.8 ≤ M 39 6 6.8 ≤ M 39 8 8.8 ≤ M 39 9 9.8 ≤ M 16 10 10.9 ≤ M 39 12 12.9 ≤ M 39 Designation system for load tests of nuts with height > 0.5D e < 0.8D property Nominal stress under proof load class of nut N/mm2 04 400 05 500 Limits of chemical analysis property class of nut C% max 4-5-6 0.50 04 - 8 - 9 0.58 05 - 10 0.58 12 0.58
Mn% min 0.25 0.30 0.45
Nuts style 1
style 2 diameters mm
> M 16 ≤ M 39 ≤ M 39 ≤ M 39 ≤ M 39 ≤ M 39 ≤ M 16
> M 16 - ≤ M 39 ≤ M 16 ≤ M 39
Actual stress under proof load N/mm2 380 500 P% max 0.06 0.06 0.048 0.048
Alloying elements may be added, if necessary, to develop the mechanical properties required from the nuts. Nuts of property classes 05 – 8 style 1 above M 16 and 10 – 12 shall be hardened and tempered.
S% max 0.15 0.15 0.058 0.058
187
188
Part two
Mechanical properties at room temperature property class 04 low nut diameters mm stress under hardeness HV proof load Sp min max N/mm2 M4 M4 M7 M7 M10 380 188 302 M10 M16 M16 M39 property class 5 style 1 M4 520 130 302 M4 M7 580 130 302 M7 M10 590 130 302 M10 M16 610 130 302 M16 M39 630 146 302 property class 8 style 2 M4 M4 M7 M7 M10 M10 M16 M16 M39 890 180 302
state
NQT
NQT
NQT
Mechanical properties at room temperature property class 12 style 1 diameters mm stress under hardeness HV state proof load Sp min max N/mm2 M4 1140 M4 M7 1140 M7 M10 1140 295 353 QT M10 M16 1170 M16 M39
property class 05 low nut stress under hardeness HV state proof load Sp min max N/mm2
500
272
353
property class 6 style 1 600 150 302 670 150 302 680 150 302 700 150 302 720 170 302 property class 9 style 2 900 170 302 915 188 302 940 188 302 950 188 302 920 188 302
property class 4 style 1 stress under hardeness HV state proof load Sp min max N/mm2
QT
NQT
NQT
property class 12 style 2 stress under hardeness HV state proof load Sp min max N/mm2 1150 1150 1160 272 353 QT 1190 1200
510 117 302 property class 8 style 1 800 180 302 855 200 302 870 200 302 880 200 302 920 233 353 property class 10 style 1 1040 1040 1040 272 353 1050 1060
NQT NQT NQT NQT NQT QT
QT
load Sp
load Sp
NQT = not quenched and tempered QT = quenched and tempered EN ISO 898-2 norm hasn’t to enforce to nuts with requiriments like: strenght at temperatures greater than + 300°C or less than – 50°C. Norm has to enforce to nuts: with nominal diameters until 39 mm with triangular threades like ISO 68-1 with combinations of diameters and steps like ISO 261 ( with bigstep thread ) with thread tollerances 6H like ISO 965-1 and ISO 965-2 with specified mechanical properties with key width like ISO 272 or equivalents with nominal height equal or greater than 0.5D built in carbon or low alloyed steel
189
Part two Resistance classes for connection parts, screwes and studs
Minimum percentage elongation after failure A%
Tensile strenght Rm N/mm2 (UNI EN ISO 898-1: 2001) 300 400 500 600
a)
7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 30
700
800
900
1000
1200
6.8
1400
12.9 10.9 9.8 a)
5.8 8.8 4.8
5.6 4.6 3.6
only applicable for nominal thread diameters d < 16 mm Resistance classes are evidenced by the cells.
NOTES Maximum depth of total decarburization for classes from 8.8 to 12.9 G = 0.015 mm. a) only applicable for nominal thread diameters d ≤ 16 mm the application field is determined by point 1 of UNI EN ISO 898-1: 2001 Tensile strenght Rm N/mm2 min Yield strenght Re N/mm2 min 0,2% yield strenght Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min Ultimate elongation A % min Reduction of area Z % min Impact strenght KU J min Hardness Brinell HB min Hardness Brinell HB max
3.6
4.6
330 400 190 240 25
22
90 114 209 209
Resistance class (physical properties at room temperature) 4.8 5.6 5.8 6.8 8.8 9.8 a) 10.9 12.9 d < 16 d > 16 mm mm 420 500 340 300
520 420
600 480
20 25 124 147 209 209
152 209
181 238
800
830
900
1040 1220
640 12 52 30 238 304
660 12 52 30 242 318
720 10 48 25 276 342
940 9 48 20 304 361
1100 8 44 15 366 414
When connection parts are used at temperatures different by the room’s one, user must be assure that mechanical and physical properties are adequate for the specific condicions of service. test load For 8.8 class Lucefin Group advises the following steels C45E quench. and temp. Ø < 24 mm 41Cr4 quench. and temp Ø > 24 e < 50 mm 42CrMo4 quench. and temp Ø > 50 e < 100 mm 39NiCrMo3 quench. and temp Ø > 100 mm High temperature yield strenght Rp 0.2 N/mm2 class Temperature °C load + 20 + 100 + 200 + 250 + 300 5.6 300 270 230 215 195 8.8 640 590 540 510 480 load 10.9 940 875 790 745 705 Decarburization on the thread screw 12.9 1100 1020 925 875 825 G total decarburization Values must be used only like a reference. For example 100h at 1 partial decarburization 300°C can provocate a 25% permanent reduction of initial tor- 2 base metal 3 qual load of screw, with related yield strength decrease. E not decarburized area E H1 thread depth 3 middle diameter
normal shank screw
G 2
H1
190
Part two Resistance class for connection parts, screwes and studs (rev. 1 / 15-09-2008)
Resistance class symbol ( ex. 8.8 ) is composed by two numbers, the first represents tensile strength divided by 100 ex. 800 N/mmq : 100 = 8. The second represents ratio between yield and tensile strength multiplied for 10 ex. 640 N/mmq : 800 N/mmq = 0.8 x 10 = 8 Resistance class
Material and heat treatment
min 3.6 b) 4.6 b) 4.8 b) 5.6 5.8 b) 6.8 b) 8.8 c) 9.8 10.9 e) 10.9 e)
12.9 e)
Carbon steel
0.13
Carbon steel with (B, Mn, Cr) quenched and tempered Carbon steel quenched and tempered Carbon steel with (B, Mn, Cr) quenched and tempered Carbon steel quenched and tempered Carbon steel with (B, Mn, Cr) quenched and tempered Carbon steel quenched and tempered Carbon steel with (B, Mn, Cr) quenched and tempered Alloyed steel quenched and tempered Alloyed steel quenched and tempered
0.15 d) 0.25 0.15 d) 0.25 0.15 d) 0.25 0.20 d) 0.20 0.28
Chemical composition (UNI EN ISO 898-1: 2001) C% P% S% max max max 0.20 0.05 0.06 0.55 0.05 0.06 0.55 0.05 0.06 0.55 0.05 0.06 0.55 0.05 0.06 0.55 0.05 0.06 0.40 0.035 0.035 0.55 0.035 0.035 0.35 0.035 0.035 0.55 0.035 0.035 0.35 0.035 0.035 0.55 0.035 0.035 0.55 0.035 0.035 0.55 0.035 0.035 0.50 0.035 0.035
Tempering temperature B% a) max 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003
°C min.
425 425 425 425 340 425 425 425 380
a) Boron
content can achieve 0,005% provided that not effective boron is controlled by the addiction of titanium or aluminium. steel is accepted for these resistance classes with following max values S% 0.34, P% 0.11, Pb% 0.35 c) for Ø > 20 mm, can be necessary to use 10.9 class steels to obtain an adequate hardenability. d) Boron steel with C% < 0.25 has to get a Mn content greater than 0,6% for 8.8 resistance class and than 0.7% for 9.8, 10.9, 10.9 resistance classes e) Materials of these classes have to get an adequate hardenability to obtain in the screw thread a core structure with about 90% of martensite in the conditions of only hardened before tempering. b) Free-cutting
Resistance class 3.6 4.6 4.8 5.6 5.8
6.8 8.8 see prec. page 10.9 12.9
Bolts and screws obtained from: machining machining machining cold forming machining machining machining cold forming cold forming machining cold forming machining machining machining machining machining machining
Ø thread mm ≤ 39 ≤ 39 ≤ 39 ≤ 39 ≤ 15 ≤ 39 ≤ 39 ≤ 39 ≤ 15 ≤ 39 ≤ 13 ≤ 39 ≤ 32 ≤ 39 ≤ 28 ≤ 30 ≤ 28
Examples of materials proposed by Lucefin Group Steel S235JR S355JR – A 105 11SMn30 – 11SMnPb30 – 11SMn37 – 11SMnPb37 – 11SMnPb37BiTe CB4 FF – C10E – CB 20 FF CB 4 FF C15E 35SPb20 CB 20 FF – C20 – C22E C10E – C15E 36SMnPb14 – 46S20 – 46SPb20 C10E – C20 C35E – C35Pb – C40E – C45E – C45Pb – 36SMnPb14 41Cr4 – 34CrMo4 – 42CrMo4 34CrMo4 – 42CrMo4 – 39NiCrMo3 41Cr4 – 34CrMo4 – 42CrMo4 42CrMo4 – 39NiCrMo3 42CrMo4 – 39NiCrMo3
For 8.8 and 12.9 resistance classes is necessary quenching and tempering heat treatment. Steel grade showed are those usually used by previous agreements between producer and consumer.
Part three
Technical tables
192
Part three • Technical tables
Hot-rolled-rounds UNI EN 10060: 2004 round
a
b
a
a
l
B
a
L a = machining allowance b, l = dimensions after machining B, L = raw material
Allowances hereunder indicated are valid for lengths under 1000 mm, for longer lengths you also need to consider the straightness deviation according to norms.
Lucefin Group Machining allowance min. advised for rounds (b) mm after < 10 > 10 ≤ 30 > 30 ≤ 40 > 40 ≤ 60 machining allowance (2 a) 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 (b) mm after > 150 <220 > 220 ≤ 250 >250 ≤280 >280 ≤300 machining allowance (2 a) 10.0 13.0 18.0 20.0
> 60 ≤ 80
> 80 ≤ 100 > 100 ≤ 140 > 140 ≤ 150
4.0 >300 ≤ 320
5.0 >320 ≤ 360
22.0
24.0
6.0
7.0
Example: for a 75 mm finished round, you have to order 79 mm. If this size is not in the normal range of production, you will have to order a raw material of 80 mm. Dimensional tolerances UNI EN 10060: 2004 Diameters Limit deviation Limit deviation mm normal mm precision mm 10-12 ± 0.4 ± 0.15 13-15 ± 0.4 ± 0.20 16-22 ± 0.5 ± 0.20 24-25 ± 0.5 ± 0.25 26-30 ± 0.6 ± 0.25 32-35 ± 0.6 ± 0.30 36-40 ± 0.8 ± 0.30 42-50 ± 0.8 ± 0.40 52 ±1 ± 0.40 55-75 ±1 ± 0.50 80 ±1 85-100 ± 1.3 105-120 ± 1.5 125-160 ±2 not applicable 165-200 ± 2.5 220 ±3 250 ±4 > 250 ±6 The deviation for roundness shall not exceed 75% of the tolerance range.
Straightness UNI EN 10060: 2004
q L
Nominal diameter mm < 25 > 25 ≤ 80 > 80 ≤ 250
Tolerance not fixed q ≤ 0.40% of L q ≤ 0.25% of L
For bars assigned to peeling, Lucefin Group requires a maximum deviation from straightness of 2‰ uniformly along the total length.
a = machining allowance
square
b, h, l l = dimensions after machining
flat
B, H, L = raw material
>10 ≤ 25 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 8.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 10.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 7.0 8.5 9.0 9.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 8.5 9.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
Lucefin Group >25 ≤35 >35 ≤ 60
4.5 5.0 6.0 6.5 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.5 6.0 7.0 8.0 8.0 9.0 9.5 10.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.5 11.5 11.5
7.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5
8.0 8.0 9.0 9.0 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5
10.0 10.0 10.5 10.5 11.0 11.0 11.5
10.5 11.0 11.5 12.0
min. allowance mm ( 2 a ) as a function of thickness h >60 ≤80 >80 ≤100 >100 ≤ 130 >130 ≤ 150 >150 ≤180 >180 ≤200
11.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
>200 ≤220
Example: for a 110 × 70 mm finished flat, you have to order 116 × 76 mm. If this size is not in the normal range of production, you will have to order a raw material of 120 × 80 mm.
(2 a) (b) mm after raw material machining ≤10 2.0 20 2.0 2.5 > 20 25 2.5 3.0 > 25 35 3.0 3.5 > 35 60 3.0 4.5 > 60 80 3.5 5.0 > 80 100 4.0 6.0 > 100 130 4.5 8.0 > 130 150 5.0 9.0 > 150 180 10.0 > 180 200 12.0 > 200 220 14.0 > 220 250 15.0 > 250 300 16.0 > 300 350 18.0 > 350 400 20.0 > 400 450 22.0 > 450 500 24.0 > 500 550 26.0 > 550 600 28.0 > 600 700 30.0 > 700 805
Allowances hereunder indicated are valid for lengths under 1000 mm, for longer lengths you also need to consider the straightness deviation according to norms.
Sizes that are not considered here have to be agreed upon in the purchase order
Hot-rolled-squares and flats UNI EN 10059: 2004 (squares) and UNI EN 10058: 2004 (flats)
12.0 12.0 12.0
>220 ≤250
Part three • Technical tables 193
≤ 25 no fixed > 25 ≤ 80 > 80
Dimensional tolerances are in compliance with UNI EN 10059 / 10058 Hot-rolled
Hot-rolled flat bar Dimensional tolerances UNI EN 10058: 2004 Nominal width (b) mm Limit deviation mm a) > 10 ≤ 40 ± 0.75 > 40 ≤ 80 ± 1.0 > 80 ≤ 100 ± 1.5 > 100 ≤ 120 ± 2.0 > 120 ≤ 150 ± 2.5 Nominal thickness (a) mm Limit deviation mm a) ≤ 20 ± 0.5 > 20 ≤ 40 ± 1.0 > 40 ≤ 80 ± 1.5
4°/m with a max of 24° 3°/m with a max of 18° 3°/m with a max of 15°
q ≤ 0.40% of L q ≤ 0.25% of L
straightness square bar
1.50 2.25 3.00 4.50
u
square
u
q LL
r = corner radius size square bar radius > 8 ≤ 12 ≤ 1.0 > 12 ≤ 20 ≤ 1.5 > 20 ≤ 30 ≤ 2.0 > 30 ≤ 50 ≤ 2.5 > 50 ≤ 100 ≤ 3.0 > 100 ≤ 150 ≤ 4.0 u
flat
u
Nominal cross-section < 1000 mm2 ≥ 1000 mm2
Tolerance 0.5 1.0 1.5
Tolerance in the plane (b) q ≤ 0.40% of L q ≤ 0.25% of L
straightness flat bar
Nominal thickness > 10 ≤ 25 > 25 ≤ 40 > 40 ≤ 80
out-of-section “u” flat bar
When ordering, the total ranges for the permissible deviation may, by agreement, be entirely on the plus side
out-of-squareness “u” square bar
≤ 50 > 50 ≤ 75 > 75 ≤ 100 > 100 ≤ 150
> 8 < 14 > 14 ≤ 50 > 50
twist square bar
a)
Hot-rolled square bar Dimensional tolerances UNI EN 10059: 2004 Nominal size Limit deviation a) mm mm 8-14 ± 0.4 15-25 ± 0.5 26-35 ± 0.6 40-50 ± 0.8 55-90 ± 1.0 100 ± 1.3 110-120 ± 1.5 130-150 ± 1.8
194 Part three • Technical tables
Part three • Technical tables
195
Hot-rolled-hexagon UNI EN 10061: 2004 a b
B
(width) a
a = machining allowance b, l = dimensions after machining B, L = raw material
Allowances hereunder indicated are valid for lengths under 1000 mm, for longer lengths you also need to consider the straightness deviation according to norms.
Lucefin Group Machining allowance min. advised for hexagon (b) mm after > 13 ≤ 15 > 15 ≤ 20 > 20 ≤ 35 machining allowance (2 a) 3.0 3.5 4.0
> 35 ≤ 50
> 50 ≤ 80
> 80 ≤ 103
> 103 ≤ 140
4.5
5.5
6.0
8.0
Example: for a 70 mm finished hexagon, you have to order 75.5 mm. If this size is not in the normal range of production, you will have to order a raw material of 78 mm.
Dimensional tolerances UNI EN 10061: 2004 width deviation width deviation mm mm mm mm 13-15 ± 0.4 62 ± 1.0 16-19 ± 0.5 67 ± 1.0 20.5 ± 0.5 72 ± 1.0 22.5 ± 0.5 78 ± 1.0 23.5 ± 0.5 83 ± 1.3 25.5 ± 0.6 88 ± 1.3 28.5 ± 0.6 93 ± 1.3 31.5 ± 0.6 98 ± 1.3 33.5 ± 0.6 103 ± 1.5 35.5 ± 0.8 corner radius max 35.5 ± 0.8 width r 37.5 ± 0.8 mm mm 39.5 ± 0.8 ≤ 20.0 1.5 42.5 ± 0.8 > 20.0 ≤ 28.5 2.0 47.5 ± 0.8 > 28.5 ≤ 48.0 2.5 52 ± 1.0 > 48.0 ≤ 83.0 3.0 57 ± 1.0 > 83.0 ≤ 103.0 3.5
Straightness UNI EN 10061: 2004
q L
width mm ≤ 39.5 > 39.5 ≤ 83.0 > 83.0 ≤ 103.0
deviation q not fixed q ≤ 0.0040 × L q ≤ 0.0025 × L
196
Part three • Technical tables
Permissible variations in thickness and width for hot-wrought square edge and round edge flat bars. ASTM A 29 Table A 2.3
ASTM A 29 - 05
Thickness mm Permissible variations in > 6 ≤ 12 > 12 ≤ 25 > 25 ≤ 50 > 50 ≤ 75 > 75 Width ± mm Permissible variations in Thickness ± mm > ≤ ≤ 25 0.18 0.20 0.25 0.50 0.50 > 25 ≤ 50 0.18 0.30 0.40 0.80 1.00 1.00 > 50 ≤ 100 0.20 0.40 0.50 0.80 1.20 1.20 1.50 1.00 > 100 ≤ 150 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.80 1.20 1.20 2.50 1.50 > 150 ≤ 200 b) 0.40 0.65 0.80 1.20 1.60 3.00 2.50 b) Flats over 150 to 200 mm in width, are not available as hot-wrought steel bars in thicknesses under 6 mm. When a square is held against a face and an edge of square edge flat bar, the edge shall not deviate by more than 3° or 5% of the thickness. Width mm
>5 ≤6
Surface quality classes for hot-rolled bars and rod Table 1 EN 10221: 1997 Class
Nominal diameter dN (mm)
The permissible maximum depth of the superficial discontinuities (mm)
A
5≤ 25 <
dN dN
≤ 25 ≤ 150
0.50 0.02 × dN
B
5≤ 12 < 18 < 30 <
dN dN dN dN
≤ 12 ≤ 18 ≤ 30 ≤ 150
0.20 0.25 0.30 0.01 × dN
C
5≤ 12 < 30 <
dN dN dN
≤ 12 ≤ 30 ≤ 120
0.17 0.23 0.0075 × dN
D
5≤ 12 < 40 < 60 <
dN dN dN dN
≤ 12 ≤ 40 ≤ 60 ≤ 80
0.15 0.20 0.005 × dN 0.30
E
5≤
dN
≤ 60
ª
ª This class of surface quality must be better than class D. Other prescriptions and the method of control must be agreed to you between the parties.
Part three • Technical tables
197
Dimensions and tolerances of bright steel bars EN 10278: 2002 FLATS width mm ≤ 18 ≤ 30 ≤ 50 ≤ 80 ≤ 100 ≤ 150 ≤ 200 ≤ 300 ≤ 400
> 18 > 30 > 50 > 80 > 100 > 150 > 200 > 300 thickness mm >3 >6 > 10 > 18 > 30 > 50 > 60 > 80
≤6 ≤ 10 ≤ 18 ≤ 30 ≤ 50 ≤ 60 ≤ 80 ≤ 100
Carbon max 0.20% free-cutting steels low C% limit deviation mm +0 – 0.11 +0 – 0.13 +0 – 0.16 +0 – 0.19 +0 – 0.22 + 0.50 – 0.50 + 1.00 – 1.00 + 2.00 – 2.00 + 2.50 – 2.50 limit deviation mm – 0.075 – 0.090 – 0.11 – 0.13 – 0.16 – 0.19 – 0.30 – 0.35
FLATS Straightness tolerances width mm < 120 ≥ 120 w / t < 10 ≥ 120 w / t ≥ 10
Steels C% < 0.25 C% ≥ 0.25 quenched and tempered mm/m mm/m 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0
SQUARES and HEXAGONS Straightness tolerances C% < 0.25 C% ≥ 0.25 dimensions mm/m mm/m 75 1.0 2.0 > 75 1.5 2.5 ROUNDS Straightness tolerances C% < 0.25 mm/m all 1.0 dimensions
C% ≥ 0.25 mm/m 1.5
stainless max deviation bearings, tools for width w mm/m and thickness t 1.5 w 2.0 t 2.0 w 2.5 t 2.5 w 3.0 t
stainless mm/m 1.0 1.5
stainless mm/m 1.0
Carbon > 0.20% and all other steels limit deviation mm +0 – 0.22 +0 – 0.26 +0 – 0.32 +0 – 0.38 +0 – 0.44 + 1.00 – 1.00 + 2.00 – 2.00 + 4.00 – 4.00 + 5.00 – 5.00 limit deviation mm – 0.15 – 0.18 – 0.22 – 0.26 – 0.32 – 0.38 – 0.60 – 0.70 dimensional inspection shall be carried out as follows a) round bars: not less than 150 mm from the end b) round bars cut to length: > 10 mm from the end c) shapes other than round: > 25 mm from the end w = width t = thickness w/t = ratio
198
Part three • Technical tables
Tolerances UNI 6388 – ISO 286 Tolerances are expressed in μm (= 0.001 mm) ∅ mm → class
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
>1
≤3
>3
≤6
>6
≤10
>10
≤18
>18
≤30
>30
≤50
–2 0 +2 +4 +6 +2 +8 –2 0 +4 +6 +8 +10 +3 +12 –2 –6 0 +6 +10 +12 +5 +14 –20 –14 –6 0 +7 +14 –20 –14 0 +12 +25 0 +20 +40 0 +30 +60 +50 0 +100 +70 0 +140
–6 –4 –2 0 +2 –2 +4 –8 –6 –2 0 +2 +4 –3 +6 –12 –16 –10 –4 0 +2 –5 +4 –34 –28 –20 –14 –7 0 –45 –39 –25 –12 0 –40 –20 0 –60 –30 0 –50 –100 0 –70 –140 0
–4 0 +3 +6 +9 +2.5 +13 –4 0 +6 +9 +12 +16 +4 +20 –4 –10 0 +8 +13 +16 +6 +20 –30 –20 –10 0 +9 +18 –30 –20 0 +15 +30 0 +24 +48 0 +37 +75 +60 0 +120 +90 0 +180
–9 –5 –2 +1 +4 –2.5 +8 –12 –8 –2 +1 +4 +8 –4 +12 –16 –22 –12 –4 +1 +4 –6 +8 –48 –38 –28 –18 –9 0 –60 –50 –30 –15 0 –48 –24 0 –75 –37 0 –60 –120 0 –90 –180 0
–5 0 +4 +7 +12 +3 +16 –5 0 +7 +10 +15 +19 +4.5 +24 –5 –13 0 +10 +16 +21 +7 +25 –40 –25 –13 0 +11 +22 –40 –25 0 +18 +36 0 +29 +58 0 +45 +90 +75 0 +150 +110 0 +220
–11 –6 –2 +1 +6 –3 +10 –14 –9 –2 +1 +6 +10 –4.5 +15 –20 –28 –15 –5 +1 +6 –7 +10 –62 –47 –35 –22 –11 0 –76 –61 –36 –18 0 –58 –29 0 –90 –45 0 –75 –150 0 –110 –220 0
–6 0 +5 +9 +15 +4 +20 –6 0 +8 +12 +18 +23 +5.5 +29 –6 –16 0 +12 +19 +25 +9 +30 –50 –32 –16 0 +13 +27 –50 –32 0 +21 +43 0 +35 +70 0 +55 +110 +90 0 +180 +135 0 +270
–14 –8 –3 +1 +7 –4 +12 –17 –11 –3 +1 +7 +12 –5.5 +18 –24 –34 –18 –6 +1 +7 –9 +12 –77 –59 –43 –27 –13 0 –93 –75 –43 –21 0 –70 –35 0 –110 –55 0 –90 –180 0 –135 –270 0
–7 0 +5 +11 +17 +4.5 +24 –7 0 +9 +15 +21 +28 +6.5 +35 –7 –20 0 +13 +23 +29 +10 +36 –65 –40 –20 0 +16 +33 –65 –40 0 +26 +52 0 +42 +84 0 +65 +130 +105 0 +210 +165 0 +330
–1 –9 –4 +2 +8 –4.5 +15 –20 –13 –4 +2 +8 +15 –6.5 +22 –28 –41 –21 –8 +2 +8 –10 +15 –98 –73 –53 –33 –16 0 –117 –92 –52 –26 0 –84 –42 0 –130 –65 0 –105 –210 0 –165 –330 0
–9 0 +6 +13 +20 +5.5 +28 –9 0 +11 +18 +25 +33 +8 +42 –9 –25 0 +15 +27 +34 +12 +42 –80 –50 –25 0 +19 +39 –80 –50 0 +31 +62 0 +50 +100 0 +80 +160 +125 0 +250 +195 0 +390
–20 –11 –5 +2 +9 –5.5 +17 –25 –16 –5 +2 +9 +17 –8 +26 –34 –50 –25 –10 +2 +9 –12 +17 –119 –89 –64 –39 –19 0 –142 –112 –62 –31 0 –100 –50 0 –160 –80 0 –125 –250 0 –195 –390 0
grade g h j k m js n g h j k m n js p g f h j k m js n d e f h js k d e h js k h js k h js k js h k js h k
Part three • Technical tables
199
Out-of-round bar tolerances equal to one half of the tolerance shown >50
≤80
>80
≤120
>120
≤180
>180
≤250
>250
≤315
>315
≤400
–10 0 +6 +15 +24 +6.5 +33 –10 0 +12 +21 +30 +39 +9.5 +51 –10 –30 0 +18 +32 +41 +15 +50 –100 –60 –30 0 +23 +46 –100 –60 0 +37 +74 0 +60 +120 0 +95 +190 +150 0 +300 +230 0 +460
–23 –13 –7 +2 +11 –6.5 +20 –29 –19 –7 +2 +11 +20 –9.5 +32 –40 –60 –30 –12 +2 +11 –15 +20 –146 –106 –76 –46 –23 0 –174 –134 –74 –37 0 –120 –60 0 –190 –95 0 –150 –300 0 –230 –460 0
–12 0 +6 +18 +28 +7.5 +38 –12 0 +13 +25 +35 +45 +11 +59 –12 –36 0 +20 +38 +48 +17 +58 –120 –72 –36 0 +27 +54 –120 –72 0 +43 +87 0 +70 +140 0 +110 +220 +175 0 +350 +270 0 +540
–27 –15 –9 +3 +13 –7.5 +23 –34 –22 –9 +3 +13 +23 –11 +37 –47 –71 –35 –15 +3 +13 –17 +23 –174 –126 –90 –54 –27 0 –207 –159 –87 –43 0 –140 –70 0 –220 –110 0 –175 –350 0 –270 –540 0
–14 0 +7 +21 +33 +9 +45 –14 0 +14 +28 +40 +52 +12.5 +68 –14 –43 0 +22 +43 +55 +20 +67 –145 –85 –43 0 +31 +63 –145 –85 0 +50 +100 0 +80 +160 0 +125 +250 +200 0 +400 +315 0 +630
–32 –18 –11 +3 +15 –9 +27 –39 –25 –11 +3 +15 +27 –12.5 +43 –54 –83 –40 –18 +3 +15 –20 +27 –208 –148 –106 –63 –31 0 –245 –185 –100 –50 0 –160 –80 0 –250 –125 0 –200 –400 0 –315 –630 0
–15 0 +7 +24 +37 +10 +51 –15 0 +16 +33 +46 +60 +14.5 +79 –15 –50 0 +25 +50 +63 +23 +77 –170 –100 –50 0 +36 +72 –170 –100 0 +57 +115 0 +92 +185 0 +145 +290 +230 0 +460 +360 0 +720
–35 –20 –13 +4 +17 –10 +31 –44 –29 –13 +4 +17 +31 –14.5 +50 –61 –96 –46 –21 +4 +17 –23 +31 –242 –172 –122 –72 –36 0 –285 –215 –115 –57 0 –185 –92 0 –290 –145 0 –230 –460 0 –360 –720 0
–17 0 +7 +27 +43 +11.5 +57 –17 0 +16 +36 +52 +66 +16 +88 –17 –56 0 +26 +56 +72 +26 +86 –190 –110 –56 0 +40 +81 –190 –110 0 +65 +130 0 +105 +210 0 +160 +320 +260 0 +520 +405 0 +810
–40 –23 –16 +4 +20 –11.5 +34 –49 –32 –16 +4 +20 +34 –16 +56 –69 –108 –52 –26 +4 +20 –26 +34 –271 –191 –137 –81 –40 0 –320 –240 –130 –65 0 –210 –105 0 –320 –160 0 –260 –520 0 –405 –810 0
–18 0 +7 +29 +46 +12.5 +62 –18 0 +18 +40 +57 +73 +18 +98 –18 –62 0 +29 +61 +78 +28 +94 –210 –125 –62 0 +44 +89 –210 –125 0 +70 +140 0 +115 +230 0 +180 +360 +285 0 +570 +445 0 +890
–43 –25 –18 +4 +21 –12.5 +37 –54 –36 –18 +4 +21 +37 –18 +62 –75 –119 –57 –28 +4 +21 –28 +37 –299 –214 –151 –89 –44 0 –350 –265 –140 –70 0 –230 –115 0 –360 –180 0 –285 –570 0 –445 –890 0
200
Part three • Technical tables
Tolerances for cold-finished bars ASTM A 108-07 (Table A 1.1) Steel bar
inches / millimetres size
FLAT
SQUARES
inches > 3/4 > 1-1/2 >3 >4 >6 inches
ROUNDS
mm ≤ 3/4 ≤ 1-1/2 ≤ 2-1/2 ≤ 3-1/8 ≤4
≤ 19.05 ≤ 38.10 ≤ 63.50 ≤ 79.375 ≤ 101.60
> 19.05 > 38.10 > 63.50 > 79.375
inches > 1-1/2 > 2-1/2 >4 >6 >8 ≤9
≤ 19.05 ≤ 38.10 ≤ 63.50 ≤ 101.6 ≤ 127.0 ≤ 152.4
> 19.05 > 38.10 > 63.50 > 101.6 > 127.0
inches > 3/4 > 1-1/2 > 2-1/2 > 3-1/8
≤ 19.05 ≤ 38.10 ≤ 76.20 ≤ 101.6 ≤ 152.4
> 19.05 > 38.10 > 76.20 > 101.6 > 152.4 mm
≤ 3/4 ≤ 1-1/2 ≤ 2-1/2 ≤4 ≤5 ≤6
> 3/4 > 1-1/2 > 2-1/2 >4 >5 HEXAGONS
mm ≤ 3/4 ≤ 1-1/2 ≤3 ≤4 ≤6
mm ≤ 1-1/2 ≤ 2-1/2 ≤4 ≤6 ≤8 ≤9
> 38.10 > 63.50 > 101.6 > 152.4 > 203.2
≤ 38.10 ≤ 63.50 ≤ 101.6 ≤ 152.4 ≤ 203.2 ≤ 228.6
carbon range max 0.28% or less tolerances inches mm – 0.003 – 0.076 – 0.004 – 0.102 – 0.005 – 0.127 – 0.006 – 0.152 – 0.008 – 0.203 – 0.013 – 0.330 inches mm – 0.002 – 0.051 – 0.003 – 0.076 – 0.004 – 0.102 – 0.006 – 0.152 – 0.010 – 0.254 – 0.014 – 0.356 inches mm – 0.002 – 0.051 – 0.003 – 0.076 – 0.004 – 0.102 – 0.005 – 0.127 – 0.005 – 0.127 inches mm – 0.002 – 0.051 – 0.003 – 0.076 – 0.004 – 0.102 – 0.005 – 0.127 – 0.006 – 0.152 – 0.007 – 0.178
carbon range over 0.28% to 0.55% incl. tolerances inches mm – 0.004 – 0.102 – 0.005 – 0.127 – 0.006 – 0.152 – 0.008 – 0.203 – 0.010 – 0.254 – 0.015 – 0.381 inches mm – 0.004 – 0.102 – 0.005 – 0.127 – 0.006 – 0.152 – 0.008 – 0.203
inches – 0.003 – 0.004 – 0.005 – 0.006 – 0.006 inches – 0.003 – 0.004 – 0.005 – 0.006 – 0.007 – 0.008
mm – 0.076 – 0.102 – 0.127 – 0.152 – 0.152 mm – 0.076 – 0.102 – 0.127 – 0.152 – 0.178 – 0.203
While size tolerances are usually specified as minus, tolerances may be ordered all plus, or distributed plus and minus, with the sum being equivalent to the tolerances listed (e.g.: +0.10 or ± 0.05 mm).
2 max 0.3 mm for d 15 mm max 0.02 x d for 15 d < 75 mm max 1.5 mm for d > 75 mm
max 0.3 mm for d 15 mm max 0.02 x d for 15 < d 100 mm
Class 1
Maximum percentage of delivered weight in excess 4% 1% of specified level Product form Rounds + + Squares + + (for d < 20 mm) Hexagons + + (for d < 50 mm) Flats + 1) – NOTE d = nominal diameter of bar and distance across flats of squares and hexagons. + indicates available in these classes, – indicates not available in these classes. 1) Maximum depth of defect refers to respective section (width or thickness).
Permissible defect depth
Condition
Surface quality classes for bright steel products Table 1 EN 10277-1: 2008
0.20%
+ – – –
+ – – –
technically crack free by manufacture
4
1%
max 0.2 mm for d 20 mm max 0.01 x d for 20 d 75 mm max 0.75 mm for d > 75 mm
3
Part three • Technical tables 201
1 2 3 4 (b)
Carbon and alloy Non-resulphurized 6.35 to 15.88 15.88 to 152.40 maximum depth maximum depth mm % 0.20 1.6% 0.15 1.0% 0.15 0.75% nil nil
Carbon and alloy Resulphurized (sulphur 0.08 - 0.19%) 6.35 to 15.88 15.88 to 152.40 maximum depth maximum depth mm % 0.25 2.0% 0.20 1.3% 0.15 1.0% nil nil
Maximum allowable surface discontinuity depth Carbon and alloy Resulphurized (sulphur 0.20 - 0.35%) 6.35 to 15.88 15.88 to 152.40 maximum depth maximum depth mm % 0.30 2.4% 0.25 1.6% 0.20 1.3% nil nil
mm less than 4572 4572 and over less than 4572 4572 and over
mm less than15.88 less than 15.88 15.88 and over 15.88 and over
Straightness tolerances (mm maximum deviation) from straightness in any 3048 mm portion of the bar Maximum of carbon range 0.28% Maximum of carbon range over 0.28% or less and all grades thermally treated rounds squares, hexagons rounds squares, hexagons 3.17 4.76 4.76 6.35 3.17 7.94 7.94 9.53 1.59 3.17 3.17 4.76 3.17 4.76 4.76 6.35
All grades quenched and tempered or normalized and tempered to HB 302 max before cold finishing; and all grades stress relieved or annealed after cold finishing. Straightness tolerances are not applicable to bars having HB hardness exceeding 302. (a) The foregoing tolerances are based on the following method of measuring straightness: Departure from straightness is measured by placing the bar on a level table so that the arc or departure from straightness is horizontal, and the depth of the arc is measured with a feeler gauge and a straightedge. (b) It should be recognised that straightness is a perishable quality and be altered by mishandling. The preservation of straightness in cold-finished bars requires the utmost care in subsequent handing. Specific straightness tolerances are sometimes required for carbon and alloy steels in which case the purchaser should inform the manufacturer of straightness tolerances and the methods to be used in checking the straightness.
Length
Size
Straightness tolerances for cold-finished steel bars (a, b) Table A 1.4 ASTM A 108 - 07
information in the chart is the expected maximum surface discontinuity depth within the limits of good manufacturing practice. Occasional bars in a shipment may have surface discontinuity that exceeds these limits. For critical applications, the purchaser may require the cold-finish steel bar supplier to eddy current test the bars prior to shipment. (b) Level 4 requires metal removal by turning, peeling or multiple grinding passes for small bars.
(a) The
Level Level Level Level
size mm
Product tolerance level
Surface discontinuity tolerances for cold-finished steel bars (a) Table A 1.8 ASTM A 108 - 07
202 Part three • Technical tables
a
a
B
b
square quadro
a
a B
b
flat piatto
a
h
a
H
a
Table A
L
l
bar
a
a = machining allowance b, h, l = dimensions after machining B, H, L = raw material
For products with lengths > 6000 mm, the tolerances and allowances are to be agreed in the purchase order carbon steels and high alloyed steels L 3500 max carbon steels and high alloyed steels L 3500 – 6000 high alloyed steels L 3500 max (% of every alloy element < 5) (% of every alloy element < 5) (% of every alloy element ≥ 5) increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L > 100 ≤ 125 14 ± 3.8 17 + 17 / – 10 17 ± 4.8 22 + 21 / – 13 10 ± 2.0 16 + 14 / – 11 > 125 ≤ 160 16 ± 4.2 19 + 18 / – 11 19 ± 5.4 24 + 22 / – 14 12 ± 2.3 18 + 14 / – 11 > 160 ≤ 200 18 ± 4.9 22 + 20 / – 13 21 ± 6.3 26 + 22 / – 15 14 ± 2.8 20 + 14 / – 14 > 200 ≤ 250 21 ± 5.6 24 + 22 / – 14 24 ± 7.2 29 + 26 / – 17 17 ± 3.4 23 + 16 / – 16 > 250 ≤ 315 25 ± 6.5 28 + 26 / – 15 28 ± 8.4 32 + 29 / – 19 21 ± 4.2 26 + 18 / – 18 > 315 ≤ 400 30 ± 7.7 32 + 28 / – 18 33 ± 10.0 36 + 33 / – 22 26 ± 5.1 30 + 21 / – 21 > 400 ≤ 500 36 ± 9.2 38 + 33 / – 22 40 ± 11.9 42 + 38 / – 25 32 ± 6.3 36 + 25 / – 25 > 500 ≤ 630 44 ± 11.0 45 + 39 / – 25 48 ± 14.3 49 + 46 / – 29 39 ± 7.8 42 + 29 / – 29 > 630 ≤ 800 54 ± 13.5 55 + 45 / – 30 58 ± 17.4 58 + 51 / – 34 49 ± 9.8 52 + 35 / – 35 > 800 ≤ 1000 66 ± 16.3 67 + 55 / – 36 71 ± 21.3 69 + 61 / – 41 61 ± 12.1 63 + 42 / – 42 Measures are expressed in mm. Example: unalloyed steel rounds b = 330 mm and l ≤ 3500 mm. Diameter of turned raw material B = 330 + 30 = 360 ± 7.7 mm. In the case of rounds only, ovalization must not be higher than the tolerance corresponding to diameter B. Tolerances and allowances for flats are valid when the following ratios apply: b : h ≤ 8 quality special, alloyed and unalloyed steels; b : h ≤ 5 base unalloyed steels. Lucefin Group has fixed the tolerance of rough products on b or h to +1 mm / +3 mm.
B
b
dimensions b or h after machining mm
a
round tondo
Tolerances and machining allowances hot-forged products UNI 7486: 1975
Part three • Technical tables 203
For products with lengths > 6000 mm, the tolerances and allowances are to be agreed in the purchase order high alloyed steels L 3500 – 6000 tool steels L 3500 max tool steels L 3500 - 6000 (% of every alloy element ≥ 5) increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L > 100 ≤ 125 13 ± 4.0 21 + 18 / – 12 7 ± 1.5 14 + 14 / – 11 10 ± 2.1 17 + 14 / – 10 > 125 ≤ 160 15 ± 4.6 22 + 20 / – 13 9 ± 1.8 15 + 14 / – 11 12 ± 2.5 19 + 15 / – 12 > 160 ≤ 200 18 ± 5.2 25 + 22 / – 14 11 ± 2.2 17 + 14 / – 14 14 ± 2.9 21 + 16 / – 14 > 200 ≤ 250 21 ± 6.0 27 + 24 / – 16 13 ± 2.6 20 + 16 / – 16 17 ± 3.5 23 + 17 / – 17 > 250 ≤ 315 24 ± 7.0 30 + 27 / – 18 16 ± 3.2 23 + 18 / – 18 21 ± 4.2 26 + 19 / – 19 > 315 ≤ 400 29 ± 8.4 35 + 31 / – 20 19 ± 4.0 27 + 21 / – 21 26 ± 5.0 30 + 22 / – 22 > 400 ≤ 500 35 ± 10.0 40 + 35 / – 24 24 ± 4.9 32 + 25 / – 25 32 ± 6.2 35 + 26 / – 26 > 500 ≤ 630 42 ± 12.0 47 + 42 / – 28 30 ± 6.0 38 + 29 / – 29 39 ± 7.5 41 + 31 / – 31 > 630 ≤ 800 52 ± 14.9 55 + 49 / – 33 37 ± 7.4 47 + 35 / – 35 49 ± 9.4 49 + 36 / – 36 > 800 ≤ 1000 64 ± 18.1 66 + 59 / – 40 46 ± 9.3 57 + 42 / – 42 61 ± 11.6 59 + 44 / – 44 Measures are expressed in mm. Example: unalloyed steel rounds b = 260 mm and l ≤ 4000 mm. Diameter of turned raw material B = 260 + 21 = 281 ± 4.2 mm. In the case of rounds only, ovalization must not be higher than the tolerance corresponding to diameter B. Tolerances and allowances for flats are valid when the following ratios apply: b : h ≤ 8 quality special, alloyed and unalloyed steels; b : h ≤ 5 base unalloyed steels. Lucefin Group has fixed the tolerance of rough products on b or h to +1 mm / +3 mm.
dimensions b o h after machining mm
Table B
204 Part three • Technical tables
Part three • Technical tables
205
List of chemical elements SEMIMETALS
METALS Aluminium Zinc Gallium Yttrium Zirconium Niobium Molybdenum Technetium Ruthenium Rhodium Palladium Silver Cadmium Indium Tin Barium Lanthanide Hafnium Tantalum Tungsten Rhenium Osmium Iridium Platinum Gold Mercury Thallium Lead Bismuth Radium Actinide Rutherfordium Dubnium Seaborgium Bohrium Hassium Meitnerium Ununnilium Unununium Ununbium Ununquadiun
13 30 31 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 56 57-71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 88 89-103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114
Al Zn Ga Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Ba La-Lu Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pl Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Ra Ac-Lr Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Uun Uuu Uub Uuq
Alkali metals Lithium Sodium Potassium Rubidium Caesium Francium
3 11 19 37 55 87
Li Na K Rb Cs Fr
Metalloids
Alkaline earth metals Beryllium Magnesium Calcium Strontium
4 12 20 38
Be Mg Ca Sr
Transition metals Scandium Titanium Vanadium Chromium Manganese Iron Cobalt Nickel Copper
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu
Lanthanides Lanthanum Cerium Praseodymium Neodymium Promethium Samarium Europium Gadolinium Terbium Dysprosium Holmium Erbium Thulium Ytterbium Lutetium
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
Actinides Actinium Thorium Protactinium Uranium Neptunium Plutonium Americium Curium Berkelium Californium Einsteinium Fermium Mendelevium Nobelium Lawrencium
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
Boron Silicon Germanium Arsenic Antimony Tellurium
5 14 32 33 51 52
B Si Ge As Sb Te
NON METALS Chalcogens Carbon Nitrogen Oxygen Phosphorus Sulphur Selenium Polonium
6 7 8 15 16 34 84
C N O P S Se Po
Halogens Fluorine Chlorine Bromine Iodine Astatine
9 17 35 53 85
F Cl Br I At
Noble gases Hydrogen Helium Neon Argon Krypton Xenon Radon
1 2 10 18 36 54 86
Element name (Aluminium) Atomic number (13) Symbol (Al)
H He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn
206
Part three • Technical tables
Material density D kg/dm3 7.70 – 8.70 2.10 – 2.80 9.30 – 10.6 6.70 8.40 – 8.90 5.70 1.10 – 1.50 1.84 8.10 – 8.25 9.82 3.70 – 4.60 2.50 – 3.00 7.40 8.90 8.80 11.24 1.84 - 1.87 1.58 6.8 - 7.8 8.40 – 8.70 8.63 – 8.80 1.80 – 2.70 6.60 0.90 2.00 – 2.20 1.20 – 1.50 0.80 – 0.95 8.71 19.50 0.30 – 0.48 19.36 8.60 3.55 0.30 – 0.50 2.70 – 2.75 5.25 1.80 – 2.30 6.60 – 7.80 7.00 – 7.25 7.85 4.95 2.20 8.80 – 9.50 2.56 – 2.80 1.76 – 1.87 1.20 – 1.50 1.60 – 1.75 5.10 7.14 – 7.51 2.56 – 2.64 19.25 21.15 13.59 8.05 8.36 – 8.84 19.33
MATERIAL D kg/dm3 Nickel 8.60 Nickel silver 8.40 – 8.90 Niobium 8.40 Ordinary steel 7.85 Plaster casting dry 0.97 Plaster of Paris 1.81 Polonium 9.40 Potassium 0.87 Pure iron 7.88 Quartz 2.50 Red hematite 4.90 Red phosphor 2.19 Rolled brass 8.45 – 8.75 Rolled lead 11.40 Selenium 4.79 Silica 1.80 – 2.00 Silver 10.50 Sodium 0.98 Sodium chloride 2.16 Steel casting 7.80 Sulphur 1.96 – 2.07 Talcum 2.60 – 2.80 Tin 7.28 Titanium 4.5 Tungsten (Wolfram) 19.10 Vanadium 5.70 White cast iron 7.00 – 7.80 White metal 7.10 Wirebar copper 8.82 – 8.95 Yellow phosphor 1.83 Zinc 7.10 Steels and Superalloys Carbon steel and alloy 7.85 Hastelloy B-2 / B-3 9.22 Hastelloy C-22 8.69 Hastelloy G-30 8.22 Incoloy 800 8.10 Inconel 600 8.51 Stainless steel 304 7.93 Stainless steel 316 7.98 Stainless steel 321 8.02 Stainless steel 400 7.73 Steel with appr. 12% Cr 7.60 Steel with appr. 3% W 8.00 Steel with appr. 6% W 8.20 Steel with appr. 12% W 8.40 Steel with appr. 18% W 8.70 Various Asbestos cement 1.80 – 2.20 Baked lime 0.50 Bathed gravel 1.70 Calcareous tufa 1.20 – 1.90 Charcoal 0.15 Celluloid 1.40 Cement 1.40 Compact limestone 2.40 – 2.70
MATERIAL Concrete Dry gravel Fibreglass Gas oil Gasoline Glass Granite Hard coal Ice Ivory Paper Peat Rubber Sandstone Tar Water Wax Noble gases Argon Chlorine Fluorine Helium Hydrogen Krypton Neon Nitrogen Oxygen Radon Xenon Synthetic Americium Berkelium Bohrium Californium Curium Dubnium Einsteinium Fermium Hassium Lawrencium Meitnerium Mendelevium Neptunium Nobelium Plutonium Promethium Ununbium Ununnilium Unununium Ununquadiun Rutherfordium Seaborgium Technetium
D kg/dm3 2.00 – 2.50 1.50 0.20 – 1.20 0.80 – 0.85 0.70 – 0.75 2.40 – 2.70 2.70 0.22 0.90 1.83 – 1.92 0.70 – 1.15 0.64 1.70 – 2.20 2.30 1.20 1.00 0.95 1.784 3.212 1.696 0.179 0.08988 3.749 0.9 1.25 1.429 9.72 5.897
relative atomic mass
MATERIAL Aluminium bronze Amianthus Antifriction metal Antimony Argentane Arsenic Asphalt Beryllium Beryllium copper Bismuth Black oxide of manganese Blast furnace slag Bronze (7.9%) Bronze (14%) Bronze phosphorous Cadmium Caesium Calcium Cast iron Casting brass Casting copper Chalk Chromium Cinder Clay Coal - mass Coal - small pieces Cobalt Coin gold Coke - small pieces Cold - drawn gold Delta metal Diamond Expanded clay Extruded aluminium Ferric oxide Graphite Gray iron Gray pig iron Homogeneous iron Iodine Kaolin Lead bronze Light alloy based on Al Light alloy based on Mg Lignite (brown coal) Magnesium Magnetite (loadstone) Manganese Melted aluminium Melted gold Melted platinum Mercury Molybdenum Monel Native gold
243 247 264 251 247 262 252 257 277 103 268 258 237 259 244 145 285 281 272 289 261 266 98
kg = D V D = density V = volume of the piece
Part three • Technical tables
Notes on heat treatments Ac1
Temperature at which austenite starts to form, during heating.
Ac3
Temperature at which the transformation of ferrite into austenite stops, during heating.
Ms
Temperature at which the transformation of austenite into martensite starts, during cooling.
Mf
Temperature at which the transformation of austenite in martensite is complete, martensite finish.
Austenitisation Operation during which the material is heated to a temperature at which the structure becomes austenitic. Annealing The main requirement of this heat treatment is to achieve a lowering of the hardness of hot-deformed, rolled and cold-drawn materials. Annealing is introduced in some cases to eliminate stresses or non-homogeneous structures. Bright annealing An annealing process that is carried out in a controlled atmosphere furnace (e.g. nitrogen) or in order that oxidation is minimised and the surface remains relatively bright. Brittleness This occurs in some hardened and tempered steels after a period of time held at a temperature of 450-525 °C, or during slow cooling within this range of temperatures. Causes loss of toughness. Carbonitriding Heat and chemical treatment to obtain a higher carbon and nitrogen content on the surface. Both these elements increase hardness. Case-hardening Heat and chemical treatment to obtain a higher carbon content on the surface. Carbon increases hardness and counteracts wear. Case-hardening depth This is the distance between the surface and the layer at which the Vickers hardness, measured under a load of 9.81 N, is HV1 = 550. Chromium plating Electroplating treatment to form a film of extremely hard chromium on ground bars. This treatment provides abrasion and corrosion resistance, and a lower friction coefficient between moving parts; especially with rubber gaskets. Chromizing Heat and chemical treatment to obtain a higher content of chromium on the surface. Continuous patenting When the heating and cooling operations are carried out continuously. Cooling Process for cooling a product by removing heat: nature and temperature of medium-environment, relative movements, etc. Cooling capacity Ability of a medium (air, oil, polymer, water, salt bath) to carry out a particular cooling programme. Core quenching Hardening process carried out so that the depth of hardening is not less than the distance between the core and the surface of the product. Decarburizing A reduction of carbon in the surface layer of an iron product. The layer thickness may be defined with reference to a structural state or a level of hardness, or the carbon content in the unaltered base metal. Deformation Alteration of the initial shape and dimensions of a product, during heat treatment. Diffusion Operation to spread the elements previously introduced on the surface toward the core of the base metal. Endothermic atmosphere Furnace atmosphere with an adjustable carbon potential. Exothermic atmosphere Furnace atmosphere produced exothermically and controlled so that it does not oxidize the material.
207
208
Part three • Technical tables Full annealing Heating at a temperature of 20-50 °C above the critical range Ac3 for hypoeutectoid steels, Ac1 for hypereutectoid steels, pause at this temperature for a suitable time, 2-3 minutes each mm of thickness of the part to be treated. Very slow cooling in the temperature field inside the critical range Ac3-Ac1. Final cooling at ambient temperature with higher or lower velocity (5-30° C/h) depending on the CCT curves.
C Ac3 Ac1
A
A
A
Gaseous case-hardening Case-hardening treatment in a gaseous medium-environment.
Ms
Grain enlargement Phenomenon normally caused by high temperatures, much higher than Ac3.
Mf
F+A
F
F+C
B
M
Hardenability Aptitude of the steel towards martensitic and/or bainitic transformation. In simple terms, it is the ability to acquire hardness.
tempo/time
Hardening depth This is the distance between the surface and the layer at which the Vickers hardness, measured under a load of 9.81 N, is equal to 80% of the maximum hardness requested on the surface. Heat and chemical treatment Process performed in a suitably selected medium-environment to change the chemical composition of the base material. Heat cycle Change of temperature over time. Heating Increasing the temperature of a product with a pre-set thermal gradient. Heat treatment Series of heat operations in order to change the properties and/or the structure of a ferrous material. Homogenization annealing This is carried out at high temperatures of 1100-1200 °C with the aim of reducing, by means of diffusion, the segregation of the chemical compositions and thus making them more uniform. Risks: burning and grain coarsening. Hydrogen annealing The hydrogen dissolved in the molten steel may give rise to internal cracks, so-called flakes, into steel after it has cooled following hot working. By subjecting the products obtained from ingots to an annealing treatment at 600-680 °C for several days, followed by slow cooling, the hydrogen content can be reduced and the danger of flake formation removed. The heat treatment is performed for carbon or alloy steels with hydrogen (H2) greater than 2 ppm. Tool steels are less sensitive to flakes to the extent that even 4-5 ppm of hydrogen does not create problems. Immersion patenting When the material remains wound in bundles or rolls during the heat treatment. The most common cooling mediums are air, lead bath, salt bath and fluid bed. Ionic nitriding Bombardment of ions. The luminescent discharge occurs in a gaseous mixture, under less than atmospheric pressure, in which the ferrous product constitutes the cathode.
thermal jump in controlled atmosphere (ex. nitrogen)
C
A= B= C= M= P= C=
Ac3 Ac1
Isothermal annealing This is carried out at 20-30 °C above Ac3 for hypoeutectoid steel or Ac1 for hypereutectoid steel. This heat treatment enables regeneration of the structure and complete elimination of any work hardening. Heating 50 °C/hour, holding at maximum temperature for one hour per inch of thickness. The furnaces must be provided with forced air circulation and the cooling to under Ac1 must be fast until the temperatures indicated on the technical data sheets are reached. Holding until the complete transformation of austenite (see TTT curves), for 2 hours min. then unloading into air.
A
A
F+A
F
A
F+C
B
Ms
Mf M
F+P
time
Instable Austenite Bainite Ferrite Martesite Pearlite Cementite
Part three • Technical tables Isotropy Material in which the physical properties (e.g. mechanical characteristics) are identical in all directions. Liquid case-hardening Case-hardening treatment in salt bath. Nitriding Heat and chemical treatment to obtain higher nitrogen content on the surface. Nitrogen increases hardness and contrasts mechanical wear. Nitrocarburizing Heat and chemical treatment to obtain higher nitrogen and carbon content at the surface. Both these elements form a combination layer. Normalization This is carried out at a temperature just higher than Ac3 (+50 °C ÷ +70 °C) followed by cooling in calm air. The main aim is to homogenize the structure and to reduce the size of the grain enlarged by previous hot transformation operations. This treatment is not recommended for tool steels and self-hardening steels. Oxidation Precipitation, to a greater or lesser depth, towards the core of the product, of the oxides formed from the oxygen on the surface. Patenting Austenitization heat treatment followed by cooling to enable subsequent drawing or rolling. Polymer Synthetic fluid consisting of water and organic products with a high molecular weight (polymers). The quenching rate, with a 35% solution, is just greater than that of oil and it enables a greater range of steels to be treated without risk of failure. These baths are in the process of replacing tempering oil, which is more pollutant and costly. Pre-heating This consists of heating the material to and maintaining for a certain period of time one or more intermediate temperatures between the initial temperature and the maximum planned temperature. PWHT Post-weld heat treatment. Quenching This is the cooling of a ferrous product faster than in calm air. It is good practice not to use a quenching medium which is more drastic than necessary as the faster the cooling the greater the stresses induced in the part. Quenching baths must be stirred to prevent vapour bubble adhering to the material. The most commonly used baths are: gas mixtures (for sub-zero treatment), water, salt baths, polymers (water with additives), oil, forced or calm air. The weight of the baths must be at least 10-15 greater than that of the material to be quenched. The temperature of the bath at the end of quenching must not exceed 49 °C. Quenching and tempering Hardening treatment composed of quenching and tempering to obtain the desired combination of mechanical properties and good ductility and toughness. Recrystallization annealing This is recommended for cold-rolled materials and should be carried out at a temperature of Ac1. During the rolling, the structure tends to orient itself towards the direction of the main deformation. The hardness increases and the capacity of the steel to undergo further machining, such as drawing, are reduced.
C
cold rolled and drawn
re-estabilish zone and start recrystallization
Ac1
grain regeneration
end recrystallization
Ac3
recrystallization
time
209
210
Part three • Technical tables Soft annealing This is carried out at 30-50 °C below Ac1. This treatment does not modify the structure but adequately softens and eliminates the stresses due to previous processes. Cooling (about 10 °C/hour, usually 5-10 °C/minutes for carbon steels and 20-40 °C/hour for alloy steels) may be carried out either in a furnace or in air. Stress-free annealing This is carried out at a temperature of between 580 °C and 650 °C, with cooling in a furnace down to 250-300 °C before being discharged into air. Sub-critical spheroidizing (annealing) This heat treatment is not recommended for hypoeutectoid steels C ≤ 0.83% to be machined with chip removal, but it is the only treatment which may make hypereutectoid steels C 0.832.06% machinable. It is carried out at a temperature near to Ac1 (–10 °C) but they must be held at this temperature for long periods, 1 hour for every 10 mm of thickness of the bundle of bars or rolled or forged products of the entire load. It is an excellent heat treatment for material to be used for cold forming and extrusion.
C
Ac3 Ac1 1 h every 10 mm of thickness
time
Self hardening (process) Cooling by heat conduction towards unheated parts. Self hardening (adjective) Steel with hardenability such that cooling in air gives a martensitic structure to largesized parts. Secondary hardening Hardening achieved after one or more tempering treatments which precipitate a compound or give rise to the formation of martensite or bainite starting from the residual austenite. Silicisation Heat and chemical treatment in order to increase the silicon content on the surface. Solubilization (hardening of austenitic steels) This treatment is usually carried out at 1000-1100 °C with subsequent rapid cooling in water or forced air. Spheroidizing Geometrical change of carbide particles, such as plates of cementite, towards a stable spherical shape. Stress relieving Treatment to reduce stresses without reducing hardness. It is generally carried out at 50 °C below the last tempering carried out on the parts which are set in operation with high strength. The cooling must be particularly slow, generally in a furnace. Sulphocarbonitriding Heat and chemical treatment in order to increase the sulphur, carbon and nitrogen content on the surface. Tempering This is the heat treatment which a ferrous product undergoes after hardening by quenching, to achieve the desired mechanical properties. After quenching, the material is highly stressed and these stresses must be eliminated as their force, if it exceeds the failure load, could break the material. This is one of the purposes of tempering. The second is to lower the strength until a compromise is reached between a good failure load and good toughness (impact strength).
Part three • Technical tables Useful experience: Considering 0 to be the strength after 2 hours of tempering, the variations in N/mm2 obtained by increasing and reducing the times maintained at the temperature are shown below. Duration of tempering h Variation in strength N/mm2
30’ +60
1 +30
2 0
3 –30
4 – 45
5 –50
7 – 60
10 – 80
Tempering diagram Graphic representation of the tempering treatment, including heating velocity and permanence time at the established temperature. Diagram showing the relationship between the mechanical characteristics and the tempering temperature for a specific period of time at that temperature. Thermal conductivity K K is the thermal conductivity coefficient, typical of a material, indicating the heat transmission ability (in the presence of a thermal gradient between the material faces and without convection or radiation). [W] K = –––––––––––––– [m] × [kelvin] Time at temperature Time from when the part has reached the pre-set temperature at the core to the next change in temperature. A period of ½ hour per inch of thickness is normally used during quenching and 1 hour during tempering. These parameters apply to forged parts in general and thicknesses greater than 50 mm. Other method for wire rods, bundles and compact coils: Temperature 575 °C 600 °C 625 °C
K 21 25 28
Temperature 650 °C 675 °C 700 °C
K 31 34 37
Temperature 750 °C 775 °C 800 °C
K 43 46 49
Temperature 825 °C 850 °C 875 °C
K 51 54 57
Temperature 900 °C 925 °C 950 °C
K 60 63 66
Maximum thickness mm/K = hours of active time at temperature Example: to normalize a Ø 400 mm at 900 °C (K = 60) 400/60 = 6.6 h – for wire rods the times reported above are suitable, and the dimension to be considered is the diameter of circumscribed bundle – for compact coils, maximum time increased by 50% – for bundles of compact bars, times increased by 30% Transformation diagrams Series of time/temperature diagrams which define the initial and final moments of the transformation of austenite under isothermal conditions for each temperature level. Wear-resistant coating Deposition of thin layers of very hard compounds which resist wear and corrosion, such as: CVD DLC HIP PCD PVD
Chemical Vapour Deposition Diamond Like Carbon. Hot Isostatic Pressing (application of heat and pressure to a metal) Poli Crystalline Diamond (graphite, under pressure and at high temperature, mixed with Co or Ni). Physical Vapour Deposition
211
212
Part three • Technical tables
Influence of alloys The characteristics listed below are valid for steels included in this volume.
Al • Aluminium Melting point 660 °C
C • Carbon Melting point 3727 °C
1) Considerable hardening in the solid state 2) Deoxidizes effectively, casting percentage 0.020-0.040% or > 0.015 for soluble Al 3) Obstructs grain enlargement and this helps to prevent cracks during grinding 4) It is the alloy in nitriding steel. It forms extremely hard aluminium nitrides with nitrogen 5) Enables regulation of the depth of the nitriding layer 6) Prevents aging of the steel 7) Does not tend to form carbides but tends to increase abrasive strength 8) Harms the machinability of free-cutting steels 9) An Al / N ratio > 2 is recommended to achieve good deoxidation
1) It is the most important element during hardening and tempering to obtain the desired hardness 2) Mild carbon steel (C < 0.15) or extra mild carbon steel (C< 0.08), without special additives, is too ductile and is too pasty during cutting which results in poor finishes 3) With a C% greater than 0.15 there is an increase in resistance to shearing stress and wear of the tools due to the increased abrasiveness of structures richer in carbons 4) Graphite form of carbon is a black, odourless, slippery solid. Graphite sublimes at 3825 °C. Diamond is the purest carbon form an extremely hard solid
As • Arsenic Melting point 817°C 1) Has a strong tendency to segregate 2) Worsens the tempering embrittlement 3) Considerably reduces the toughness Boron • B Melting point 2075 °C 1) With contents of 0.003-0.005% it considerably increases hardening in carbon and low-alloy steels. Higher contents cause brittleness when hot. If boron is allowed to combine with oxygen and nitrogen then its effect on hardenability is lost. Therefore, the steel must be deoxidized prior to the addition of boron and a strong nitride-forming element such as titanium also has to be added 2) Avoid temperatures of between 200 °C and 400 °C for boron steels as the material becomes fragile in this range. If tempering is to be carried out, use temperatures of 180 °C or 420 °C 3) Harmful for welding, also employed as a deoxidant 4) Increases the transition temperature Bi • Bismuth Melting point 271 °C 1) Used in an alloy with lead (~ 0.1%) it increases the machinability of free-cutting steels by 20-30% 2) May not be identified metallographically since it is linked with lead even if it is added separately during the production process 3) Hot-rolling is more difficult, because it can cause surface defects
Ca • Calcium Melting point 842 °C 1) Even minimum quantities form non-metallic inclusions which improve machinability and resist abrasion 2) Does not worsen mechanical characteristics and does not cause problems during heat treatment 3) Alkaline earth metal, which is white/silver in colour and very soft 4) In some cases it is used as a deoxidant 5) Increases toughness (impact strength) 6) Refines the grain and in this way limits hardening depth. Quenching should preferably be done in water Co • Cobalt Melting point 1495 °C 1) Maintains hardness at high temperatures 2) Prevents overheating of machine tools Cr • Chromium Melting point 1907 °C 1) With a high carbon content, provides good resistance against wear and abrasion 2) Increases hardening 3) Prevents corrosion, oxidization and decarburizing 4) Helps to maintain mechanical strength at high temperatures 5) Slight tendency towards formation of carbons 6) Increases surface hardness which can be achieved by nitruration Cu • Copper Melting point 1084 °C 1) Increases resistance to atmospheric corrosion 2) Undesirable in steel as it causes hot-shortness when content exceeds 0.40% 3) Harmful for welding
Part three • Technical tables
213
H • Hydrogen Melting point –259 °C
Ni • Nickel Melting point 1455 °C
1) A very harmful impurity, especially if it exceeds 2 ppm 2) Produces micro-cracks, known as flakes, which can occur even after long periods of time or after quenching and tempering
1) Increases hardening 2) Useful for increasing impact strength at low temperatures with a percentage of approximately 2% and excellent affect on lowering the transition curve 3) Increases strength of annealed and untreated steels
Mn • Manganese Melting point 1246 °C 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
Helps to increase hardening Provides impact wear resistance Prevents brittleness in the presence of sulphur It is considered an alloy element if it exceeds 1% Mn/C ratio should be > 3 in order to achieve satisfactory toughness at low temperatures (e.g. Kv –50°C)
Mo • Molybdenum Melting point 2623 °C 1) During heating it increases the temperature at which the austenitic grain starts to increase in size 2) Prevents brittleness due to tempering 3) Increases creep limit 4) Increase depth of hardening, as it reduces the critical cooling speed Nitrogen • N Melting point –210 °C 1) Increases hardening, ultimate tensile strength and yield point 2) Used in nitruration processes to obtain extremely hard surface layers 3) A content of approximately 0.012% favours chip breakability, thereby improving machinability 4) Recommended max. 90 ppm 5) Generally considered to have harmful effects on toughness (Kv) at low temperatures Nb • Niobium Melting point 2477 °C 1) Forms very hard abrasive carbons and causes an increase in the wear of machine tools 2) Used in self-hardening steels 3) Used to make special steels and strong welded joints in order to prevent corrosion 4) Niobium becomes a superconductor when lowered to cryogenic temperatures 5) Refines the grain and offers excellent drawability 6) Used in stainless steels as it possesses good creep strength at high temperatures up to 700 °C
O • Oxygen Melting point –218.7 °C 1) Generally considered an impurity, as it has a negative effect on mechanical characteristics 2) It is considered that the greater the degree of deoxidisation, the higher the quality of the steel 3) Recommended max. 30 ppm 4) Oxygen is one of the main constituents of the atmosphere of which it forms approximately one fifth. It is odourless and invisible. Although oxygen does not burn alone it is extremely efficient in supporting combustion; nearly all other chemical elements that combine with it develop heat. It has many uses in industry and is essential to the BOS (Basic Oxygen Steelmaking Process) P • Phosphorous Melting point 44 °C 1) Reduces ductility but improves chip-forming machining in free-cutting steels 2) With a content > 0.20 the impact strength is nil. 3) A maximum content of 0.015% is recommended for galvanizing treatment, or otherwise the formula Si + 2.5P < 0.09% Pb • Lead Melting point 327.4 °C 1) Together with sulphur, it considerably increases the machinability of steels (Pb 0.15-0.35%) 2) Slight tendency to thin the austenitic grain 3) Negatively effects the mechanical characteristics 4) Harmful for welding. If welding has to be carried out, use UTP 63 electrodes or equivalent R 700 N/mm2 and A% 40 S • Sulphur Melting point 115 °C 1) Added to steel in various quantities depending on the classes and the technological needs to improve machinability 2) Undesirable from the point of view of mechanical characteristics because it cause brittleness 3) Considered the simplest, most economic and effective additive to be added to steel to improve the machinability 4) Lowers the melting point of the steel
214
Part three • Technical tables
Se • Selenium Melting point 221 °C
V • Vanadium Melting point 1910 °C
1) 0.20% of this element is more suitable than an equal quantity of sulphur for improving chip removal in carbon steel, low alloy and austenitic steels 2) It is a better substitute for sulphur and tellurium in stainless steels 3) Gives spheroidal form to manganese sulphides and is used to improve the mechanical properties of resulphurized steels in the transversal direction 4) Improves machinability in difficult workings (e.g. deep drilling operations)
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
Silicon • Si Melting point 1414 °C 1) Used as an alloy in sheets for electromagnetic applications as it increases the electrical resistance 2) Slight influence on deoxidation 3) Increase wear resistance of low alloy steels 4) Reduces cold deformability 5) Seriously damages machinability of the tool 6) A maximum content of 0.25% is recommended for galvanizing treatment Sn • Tin Melting point 231.9 °C 1) Content greater than 0.05% may make the steel brittle in hot machining, just like copper 2) It is a silvery-white, soft, malleable and ductile metal. Exposed surfaces form oxide film. Resists oxygen and water 3) When present in steel it is an undesirable impurity which gives rise to temper brittleness Te • Tellurium Melting point 449.5 °C 1) Makes the sulphur less plastic enabling increased cutting speed and facilitating drilling operations 2) Improves machining by up to 50% when combined with lead 3) Reduces hot deformability 4) Reduces hot forming like lead, when present in steel with a ratio S% / Te% ratio of ~10 5) Tends to give spheroidal form to sulphurs Ti • Titanium Melting point 1668 °C 1) Prevents formation of austenite in steels with a high chromium content 2) Reduces hardness and hardening in steels with an mean chromium content 3) Prevents inter-granular corrosion in stainless steels 4) Deoxidizing, denitriding and refining of austenitic grain 5) Reduces machinability of tool as it forms abrasive carbons 6) Refractory metal 7) 40% lighter than steel
Produces fine grains Increases hardening Increase impact strength just like nickel Increase elastic limit Provides considerable wear resistance Increases the diffusion of nitrogen
W • Tungsten Melting point 3422 °C 1) Provides abrasion resistance for tool steels, reduces sensitivity to overheating 2) Produces mechanical strength in parts for hot forming 3) Improves toughness and prevents enlargement of grain size 4) Used particularly in high-speed steels for cold cutting and shearing components Zr • Zirconium Melting point 1855 °C 1) Fixing nitrogen eliminates the tendency to aging 2) Tends to form oxides and nitrides which are harmful for mechanical processing 3) Has the power to absorb gases and is therefore also used as a “getter” or metallic absorbent 4) Since it cannot be altered by atmospheric agents it is used to produce corrosion-resistant metal alloys Fe • Iron Melting point 1536 °C 1) This is the most common metal 90% of all the metal refined worldwide is ferrous 2) It is used in steels and in other alloys and the pure metal is obtained by the liquefaction of ferrous minerals 3) The first findings were meteorites made of iron-carbon alloy, nickel, cobalt and chromium alloys. On the earth in magnetite seams you can find hematite, limonite and siderite 4) It is a light grey and magnetic solid. When exposed to humid air, it becomes rust (iron oxide) 5) Pure iron Ac3 = 911 °C
Part three • Technical tables
215
Additional symbols UNI 10440/00 and EN 10027-1/05 General conditions of treatment and special requirements +A +AC +AR +AT +BC +BG +BK +NBK +C +CC +Cnnn +CH +CR +DC +FP +GBK +GKZ +H +HH +HR +HL +HC +HR +HW +I +LC +M +MA +N +NT +P +PE +PI +PL +Q +QA +QO +QT +QW +RA +S +SH +SL +SR +T
Soft annealed Spheroidized annealed Raw for rolling, natural state Solubilization annealed Hot-formed and sandblasted Spheroid annealing (not laminar) Bright down, no heat treatment after drawing Normalized in a controlled atmosphere Cold-drawn Semi-finished from continuous casting not subject to subsequent forming Cold-drawn to obtain nnn N/mm2 Core hardenability Cold rolled Condition of supply selected by supplier Treated for ferrite-pearlite structure and hardness Annealed in protected atmosphere (e.g. bright annealing) Spheroid annealing (not laminar) Normal hardenability at maximum range Hardenability restricted towards top Treated for a certain range of hardness Hardenability restricted towards low Hot-rolled followed by cold hardening Treated for a certain range of hardness Normal state of hot forming Isothermal annealing Skin pass (flattened or cold-drawn) Thermo-mechanically rolled Machined Normalized Normalized and tempered Hardened by precipitation Peeled Hot-formed and pickled Polished (smoothed) Quenched Quenched in air Quenched in oil Quenched and tempered Quenched in water Recrystallization annealing Annealed for cool shearing Peeled-reeled Ground Stress relieved Tempered
+TH +U +WW +V m
Treated to obtain a range of hardness Untreated e.g. St 52.3 U Hot forming (Vergüten) Hardening and tempering e.g. Cm55 with a range of sulphur content 0.0200.040% …K e.g. St 37-3 K (kaltgezogen, cold-drawn), drawn e.g. CK 15 killed +Z15 Through thickness property, minimum reduction of area = 15% +Z25 Through thickness property, minimum reduction of area = 25% +Z35 Through thickness property, minimum reduction of area = 35% Additional symbols which follow the steel code e.g. 42CrMo4 +QT = hardened and tempered
Structural steels (e.g. S 235 J 0 ) S 235 275 355 J2 J0 JR K2 L G1 - FU G2 - FN G3 - FF G4 ….E ….R R…. RR… U…. X….
BS QS H KG - N KT - NL W - NH R GC
Structural steels Minimum yield N/mm2 (th. < 16 mm) Minimum yield N/mm2 (th. < 16 mm) Minimum yield N/mm2 (th. < 16 mm) Guaranteed impact strength at –20°C ≥ 27J Guaranteed impact strength at 0°C ≥ 27J On request, guar. imp. strength at +20°C ≥ 27J Guaranteed impact strength at –20°C ≥ 40J Guaranteed impact strength at –50°C ≥ 27J Rimming steel allowed Rimming steel not allowed Fully killed steel State of supply at producer’s discretion e.g. C45E with max sulphur content specified e.g. C45R with a range of sulphur content specified e.g. RSt 52.3 killed steel e.g. RRSt44-3 special killed steel e.g. USt 52.3 rimming steel e.g. X 6Cr17 indicates steels with at least one alloy of more than 5% Base steels High quality steels Cable profile Use at high temperatures Use at low temperatures Use at high temperatures Room temperature Suitable for cold drawing
216
Part three • Technical tables
Symbols indicating type of coating + A** Hot dip aluminium coating + AS Aluminium-silicon alloy coating + AZ Aluminium-zinc alloy coating (> 50% Al) + CE Electrolytic chromium/chromium oxide coating ECCS + CU Copper coating + IC Inorganic coating + OC Organic coating + S** Hot dip tin coating + SE Electrolytic tin coating + T** Hot dip lead-tin alloy (terne) coating + TE Electrolytic lead-tin alloy (terne) coating +Z Hot dip zinc (galvanized) coating + ZA Hot dip zinc-aluminium coating (> 50% Zn) + ZF Hot dip zinc-iron (galvannealed) coating + ZN Electrolytic zinc-nickel coating ** must not be confused with the treatment conditions and may be expressed with the letter S e.g. +SA, +SS, +ST
Symbols, steel hardened and tempered for ………..N/mm2 (BS 970 pt. 3 1991) P Q R S T U V 550-700 625-775 700-850 775-925 850-1000 925-1075 1000-1150
W 1075-1225
X Y 1150-1300 1225-1375
Z > 1550
Part three • Technical tables
Structural mechanism of quenching (Steel with C% 0.30)
Austenite
cooling Ferrite and Austenite
critical zone
723 C
600 C
heating ambient temperature
quenching water
Ferrite and Pearlite
Martensite
quenching oil or polymer
Martensite and Troostite
normalizing air cooling
Troostite-pearlite and Ferrite
217
218
Part three • Technical tables
Structural mechanism of tempering after quenching (Steel with C% 0.30)
Critical temperature approaching or exceeding this temperature (annealing) the effect of the quenching is cancelled
Slow cooling into calm air
heating Room temperature
martensite
sorbite
sorbite
ferrite-pearlite and cementite spheroidal
ferrite and pearlite
Part three • Technical tables
219
Tempering diagram (The interpretation of the technical data sheets has been made faster and easier by the tempering tables)
R - Rp 0,2 N / mm2 2200 2100 2000 1900 1800
A%
C%
1700
28
70
1600
26
65
1500
24
60
Kv + 20 °C Joule
22
55
20
50
1200
210
18
45
1100
180
16
40
1000
150
14
35
900
130
12
30
800
110
10
25
700
80
8
20
600
40
500
25
400
15
1400 1300
100 tempering temperature
200
300
400
°C
values at room temperature for 10 mm round after quenching tempering
at 850 °C in polymer air
500
600
700
220
Part three • Technical tables
Metallographic structures of steel Structure Tempered martensite
Description An extremely hard and brittle transformation product, which forms during fast cooling of the steel from its austenitization temperature to a temperature lower than Mf (usually ambient temperature). Its hardness may range from 30 to 68 HRC depending on the carbon content. Except for special cases, the material with this structure is finished by grinding and not by mechanical machining with chip removal, e.g. in the case of parts which are tempered and only stress relieved at 150-200 °C or for parts subject to surface hardening. Tempered martensite is the best structure and the one most commonly found in hardened and tempered alloy steels. The temperature at which, during cooling, the transformation of the austenite into martensite starts may be calculated using empirical formulae, such as: 539 – (423 C% ) – (30.4 Mn%) – (12.1 Cr%) – (17.7 Ni%) – (7.5 Mo%) = ... °C + 20 Martensite is an acicular phase when seen in the microstructure of steel.
Bainite
1) Structural constituent formed by acicular cementite in a ferritic matrix, with a hardness of between 30 and 55 HRC. 2) (continuation of troostite) The diffusion of carbon is still possible at cooling speeds between that of water and air, and cementite still forms. “Sudden” movements due to atomic changes result in a structure known as bainite.
Ferrite
Pure iron, which appears as a polyhedric shape under a micrographic analysis of steels. This denominates a structure and not a composition. It may appear under two forms: acicular ferrite or free ferrite obtained directly from the decomposition of austenite during cooling, without the simultaneous formation of cementite. Ferrite is a very ductile constituent and causes the formation of the built-up edge (the chip sticks to the tool and it is difficult to break). Mild steels containing a high percentage of ferrite are machined with difficulty. The solid solution of carbon in body-centred cubic iron, a constituent of carbon steels.
Pearlite
Aggregate of ferrite and cementite obtained by the transformation of austenite above the bainitic interval. It may be found in the form of laminar pearlite and, if uniformly distributed in the ferritic matrix, it provides good workability, especially for case-hardened steels and carbon steels. The structure which guarantees the longest life of the tool usually consists of ~10% of pearlite and 90% of ferrite. Spheroidal pearlite provides good workability for steels with high carbon content. It is a lamellar constituent of steel consisting of alternate layers of ferrite (alpha-iron) and cementite (iron carbide Fe3C) and is formed on cooling austenite at 723 °C. This produces a tough structure and is responsible for the mechanical properties of unhardened steel.
Ferrite & Pearlite
On the whole in our range of carbon steels it is not possible to observe a full ferritic or pearlitic structure, but the structure will always consist of ferrite and pearlite. The different share of ferrite and pearlite is due to the chemical composition and the cooling after heat treatment.
Typical structure to carbon steel (C45E) in its natural state. Sorbite
Aggregate of extremely fine spheroids of cementite or carbide (which may not be seen under an optical microscope) in the ferritic matrix. The dimensions of the cementite or carbide spheroids depend on the steel type, tempering temperature and time at maximum temperature. It has the classic structure of hardened and tempered steels, but it does not have satisfactory workability. In order to overcome this problem, it is worth carrying out hardening and tempering on parts which have already been rough-machined, so that the finishing may be carried out to a shallow depth.
Troostite
The migration of the iron atoms occurs at very slow cooling speeds. They take on a new reticular arrangement (γ → α) and, at the same time, the carbon atoms migrate to form the cementite. This transformation product is called pearlite (ferrite + cementite). At faster cooling speeds, the pearlite becomes very fine and is called troostite. The structure formed by troostite and martensite creates discontinuities and difficulties during machining.
Part three • Technical tables
Cementite
221
Iron carbide with formula Fe3C. It is a chemical combination of iron and carbon, with a content of C = 6.70%. It has ferromagnetic properties below 210 °C. It is a very hard but extremely brittle crystalline substance. It may be broken down into ferrite and graphitic carbon by extremely slow cooling. Its hardness may reach as much as 63 HRc. It may be: • primary when it is formed by the direct separation of the liquid • secondary when it separates from austenite • tertiary when it separates from ferrite The morphologic appearance may be: spheroidized, lamellar and acicular.
222
Part three • Technical tables
Iron-cementite equilibrium diagram (partial) (Heat treatments and structures)
homogenizing
pure austenite
gamma iron density 7.6327
gamma iron solid solution of carbon in the iron
max temperature normalizing
Acm
full annealing normalizing Ac3
+ iron carbide Fe 3C
primary cementite quenchin
austenite
Ac1
ferrite
austenite
Ac1
ferrite
ledeburite
A1 soft annealing
recrystallization annealing
alpha iron density 7.8685 ferrite
pearlite
secondary cementite
0.1
ferrite
0.2
0.3
ledeburite pearlite
0.4
ferrite
0.5
0.6
iron carbide Fe3C lamellar pearlite coalescence pearlite
0.7
0.8
ferrite 0.9
cementite 1
primary cementite pearlite
1.2
ferrite
1,5
%C
The diagram indicates the temperature ranges of recrystallization annealing - soft annealing - full annealing - normalization - hardening - homogenizing according to the carbon content of the different steels. It shows also the aggregation microstructures of the stable phases in the single fields. (from L. Matteoli, Il diagramma di stato ferro-carbonio e le curve TTT, AIM, 1973)
Part three • Technical tables
Iron-carbon equilibrium diagram (Fe-C) (partial)
Austenite A cm 1000
Normalizing Austenite + secondary Cementite
900
A3 Quenching water 800
Annealing
A3.2
A1
A3.2.1
Ar1
700
600
0.10
0.20
2.06%C
0.83%c
X
C% 0.00
Pearlite + Cementite
Eutectoid (pearlite)
Pearlite + Ferrite
Y Z
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
Operation of the diagram. The temperatures of the different steels depend on the carbon content line
steels
carbon %
normalizing
X Y Z
S355J2 42CrMo4 50CrMo4
0.18 0.44 0.48
930 °C
Lucefin experience on iron-carbon diagram
quenching
annealing
850 °C 790 °C
223
224
Part three • Technical tables
Symbols and units of measurements for the mechanical and physical properties of steel FATT
Transition temperature at which the inter-granular failure area is 50% of the original area after failure of various Charpy V-notch specimens. Various temperatures may be used from – 180 °C (liquid nitrogen) to + 150 °C and above
Em
Failure energy with pendulum hammers test for impact strength, types: Kv - KCU - DVM - Mesnager - KW
N
Force: Newton
J
Energy: Joule
ksi
Stretch: thousands of pounds – force per square inch
lbf
Force – pound
Rm - R
Tensile strength calculated with proportional tensile specimens, expressed in N/mm²
Rp0.2
Yield strength normally taken at 0.2% and in some cases at 0.02%. Value obtained from tensile test, expressed in N/mm² = MPa
Re – ReH
Total strength, read directly on the gauge of the tensile testing equipment as it corresponds to a stop in the load increase
A%
Percentage elongation after fracture. Value obtained from tensile test A% = [(Lu – Lo) : Lo] 100 Lu = final gauge length after fracture Lo = original gauge length
C% or Z%
Reduction of area after failure. Value obtained from tensile test C% = [(So – Su) : So] 100 So = original cross-sectional area of the parallel length Su = minimum cross-sectional area after fracture
Kcu
Impact strength with U notch, proportional specimens tested with pendulum hammers with energy measurement expressed in J
Kv
Impact strength with V notch
HB 10/3000
Brinell hardness EN 10003, calculated on the surface of the material. It is useful for knowing the approximate tensile strength of the material 10 = ball Ø in mm, 3000 = pressure in kg
HRC Scala 150
Rockwell hardness “C” EN 10109, normally used on materials with a tensile strength of from 760 N/mm² to 2420 N/mm²
HV
Vickers hardness, normally used on materials with a tensile strength of from 1320 N/mm² to above 2500 N/mm²
Most commonly used terms R Rp A% C% K HB HV HRC
USA – UK Tensile strength Yield point/stress Elongation Reduction Impact strength Hardness test
Germany Zugfestigkeit Streckgrenze Dehnung Einschnurung Kerbschlagzahigkeit Härte
Italy Rottura Snervamento Allungamento Contrazione Resilienza Durezza
France Resistance Limite d’elasticité Allongement Striction Resilience Dureté
Part three • Technical tables
225
Formulae Ceq (carbon equivalent)
C + Mn/6 + (Cr+Mo+V)/5 + (Ni+Cu)/15 (long formula) 0.43 max recommended for cold welding without stress relief. Pre-heating and stress relief required at higher values in order to avoid the formation of cracks. C + Mn/4 + Si/4 (short formula) used in carbon steels recommended 0.42 max
Volumetric thermal expansion for rounds
V = π r 20 L 20 (1 + 2 E ΔT ) (1 + E ΔT ) from V the radius is obtained r =
冑
——————————— V —————————––– π L0 [1 (E ΔT )] r
Linear thermal expansion
V r r0 E ΔT L L0
= = = = = = =
volume after heating mm3 radius after heating mm radius before heating mm 0.000012 for carbon & alloy steel 0 to 100 °C difference between ambient temperature and heating temperature length after heating mm length before heating mm
L
=
LO [1 + (E ΔT )]
L = L0 = E =
L
E for stainless steel E for aluminiun E for brass E for lead E for copper E for tin E for cementation E for nitruration E for cold tool s. E for hot tool s. E expressed in °C–1
length after heating mm initial length mm 0.000011 for carbon & alloy steel, 0 to 100 °C
0.000014 0.000024 0.000019 0.000029 0.000017 0.000026 0.000011 0.000011 0.000011 0.000012
ΔT = difference between ambient temperature and heating temperature In the case of bushings or pipes, the length (L0) to be considered is the circumference
Interference fit
Shrink fit (jacket heating ~ 350°C ) D = jacket – internal diameter mm d = inner liner – external diameter mm I = interference mm C = constant = 1.7
D×C I = ––––– = 0. ... mm 1000 d=D+I
Cooling (shaft cooling –180°C ) drive fit H7 - p5 force fit H7 - s5 H7 p5, s5
= tolerance for hole (0) = tolerance for shaft (S)
(0) hole O=foro O
S S=albero (S) shaft
226 Reduction ratio
Part three • Technical tables Sp Forged and hot-rolled ––– = ... : 1 (direct deformation) Sf
(r.r.) Sp = ingot/bloom/billet cross-section Forged ≥ 3.5: 1 Hot-Rolled ≥ 6: 1
Sf = end product cross-section
(Sp – Sc) Forged and Hot-Rolled –––––––– = ...% Sf Sf = hot-rolled section
Sc = cold-drawn/cold-rolled section
Calculation of critical points on the basis of the chemical composition of the steel expressed in %. The result is given in °C and enables the technicians to determine the heat treatment parameters. The formulae are valid for steels with C% 0.60 max and alloys with a max content of 5% each.
Ac1 (°C)
Temperature at which, during heating, the formation of Austenite starts. 723 – 10.7Mn – 16.9Ni + 30Si + 16.9Cr + 25Mo + 6.38 W + 30Al + 50V + 290As =.... °C ± 10 The equation is valid only for medium-alloyed steels.
Ac3 (°C)
Temperature at which, during heating, the transformation of Ferrite into austenite stops. — 910 – 203 C – 15.2Ni – 30Mn – 11Cr – 20Cu + 44.7Si + 104V + 31.5Mo + 13.1W + 700P + 400Al = ... °C + 10
冑
The equation is valid only for medium-alloyed steels.
Ms (°C)
Temperature at which, during cooling, the transformation of austenite into Martensite starts. 539 – (423 C% ) – (30.4 Mn%) – (12.1 Cr%) – (17.7 Ni%) – (7.5 Mo%) = … °C + 20 The equation is valid for steels: C% 0.10-0.55 Mn% 0.20-1.70 Si% < 0.35 Ni% < 5.00 Cr% < 3.50 Mo% < 1.00
Mf (°C)
Temperature at which the transformation of austenite into martensite is complete (martensite finish). Mf = Ms – 215 °C (± 15°C)
Comparison mechanical Properties Alloys and Steels* titanium carbon BT 6 GR 5 Density g/cm3 4.4 7.8 R N/mm2 980 460 Rp N/mm2 850 300 A % % 14 28 Thermal cond. W⋅ m–1 ⋅ °C–1 21 55 Melting range °C 1650 1440 * Approximate values
micro-alloyed
stainless
7.8 710 560 24 75 1440
7.9 610 480 50 30 1480
alloy Al (2024) 3 460 350 9 200 660
superalloy (Hastelloy) 8.9 550 330 15 60 1580
Part three • Technical tables E
227
Longitudinal modulus of elasticity, used by designers to check operational bending stresses. The value may be obtained by tensile tests. The higher the value the more rigid will be the structure and the desired elastic deformation will be reduced. G E = ———— m ———– 2(m + 1)
G
Bending or shear modulus of elasticity. Use the following formula to obtain the value: m G = ———— E 2(m + 1) E = Longitudinal modulus of elasticity m = 1/Poisson coefficient = 3.30 for steel E Poisson coefficient ––– –1 2G
N/mm2 Approximate values of Modulus of Elasticity E = longitudinal G = shear Material E G E G E G E G Carbon steel 205900 79000 185340 71100 154940 59450 134350 51550 Alloy 210000 80598 195000 74840 175000 67160 — — Tool, hot work 215000 82500 — — 176000 67550 — — Tool, cold work 210000 80600 — — 176000 67550 — — High-speed 217000 83280 — — — — — — Stainless steel 192200 72000 175540 65800 167690 62850 154940 58100 Titanium alloys 113750 14100 96100 11900 73550 9100 69600 8600 Aluminium alloys 111790 13850 65700 8150 54500 6750 — — Temperature 20 °C 200 °C 430 °C 540 °C
R/HB
E 123560 —
G 47400 —
165000
63300
165000 63300 — — 144160 54000 — — — — 650 °C
The tensile load and hardness are indicatively bound to each other and this relationship may be calculated as follows: R (N/mm2) = K HB K = 3.3
Rp/R
Yield strength / Tensile strength ratio in mechanical test. Approximately 0.80 for cold-drawn quenched and tempered +QT and 0.75 for cold-drawn in natural state, 0.67 for forged, 0.60 for hot-rolled
Galvanic treatments
Material for chrome or zinc-plating should have the following conditions: Si% + 2.5 P% < 0,09 and P% max 0.015
Tc
Temperature degrees Celsius (Centigrade) Conversion from °F to °C °C = 5/9 (°F – 32)
Tf
Temperature degrees Fahrenheit Conversion from °C to °F °F = (9/5 °C ) + 32
Tk
Temperature Kelvin Conversion from °C to K
K = °C + 273.15
228
Part three • Technical tables
J factor
Useful to determine susceptibility of steels to temper brittleness. Recommended value 150 max (Mn + Si) (P + Sn) 104
X factor
Used as per the J factor. The values in the formula and the result are expressed in p.p.m. (0.001% = 10 ppm). Recommended value 15 max. (10P + 4Sn + 5Sb + As) –––––––––––––––––– 100
Pcm
Figure shows that the steel can crack after welding. The advised max value is 0.20 max. C + (Si:30) + [(Mn + Cu + Cr):20] + (Mo:15) + (Ni:60) + (V:10) + (5 B)
Jominy
Test used to determine the depth of hardening in steels, from which a curve is obtained showing hardness against distance from hardened surface. In practice, it is used to find out the hardness trend in pieces hardened with industrial techniques. The test is carried out on a sample obtained from the product of a particular cast which is heated in a special furnace until reaching the austenitization temperature and then quenched by a water spray, in order to achieve controlled cooling propagation along the sample axis. The sample must undergo normalization treatment before the test. A series of hardness tests is then carried out from the hardened surface (HRC), starting from 1 mm and usually reaching 50 mm, in order to obtain the decreasing curve.
Certain empirical formulae can be used to construct a curve with the help of chemical elements. The result does not have the same precision as that obtained with the real test. E.g. coefficients for 42CrMo4 steel. J 1.5 = (27.7) + (71 x C%) + (0 Si%) + (0.3 Mn%) + (0 P%) + (0 S%) + (0.5 Cr%) + (0.7 Mo%) + (0.4 Ni%) + + (0 Al%) + (0 Cu%) + (20 N%) = HRC If agreed at the time of ordering the manufacturer has the option to verify the hardenability by means of calculation EN 10083-3 (10.3.2).
J 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
constant 27.7 27.0 24.0 23.0 20.0 13.0 8.5 3.0 0 –3 –5 –7 –8 –8.5 –9
C 71 67 65 62 61 60 58 58 58 55 53 49 47 44 41
Si 0 0 0 0 5 9 5 7 4.9 0 0.3 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.1
Mn 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.0 0.4 0 4.0 6.0 4.5 5.2 5.5 6.2 7.0 7.0 9.0
P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 31 32 28 20 30 40
S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Cr 0.50 1.15 3.50 3.80 4.00 6.50 8.0 8.2 10.5 12.3 13.3 14.3 15.0 16.0 16.0
Mo 0.7 1.3 4.0 8,0 9.0 12 15 15 16 14.8 11.5 9.5 7.5 5.5 0.5
Ni 0.4 0.5 0.5 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.4
Al 0 24 25 25 23 35 40 55 50 55 60 68 70 72 75
J = hardness at a distance of … mm. Other methods may be obtained from standard ASTM A 255 and SEP 1664.
Cu 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 4 3 4.5 4.5 4.5 3.0 3.5 5.0
N 20 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Part three • Technical tables Quenched end
100 mm
Distance in mm from quenched end
25 mm
mm 0
12.5 mm
229
11
25
35 50
60
80
100
H2O 20¡C HRC
“d”
Hardenability = aptitude of a steel to undergo a more or less complete transformation into a martensitic structure for a sample with determined dimensions and geometry.
Hardenability curve The hardenability of a steel increases the greater the hardness is maintained with an increase in the distance “d”
Structures obtained with the Jominy test
860 0
11
25
35 50
60
80
mm
810 760 705 640
austenite + pearlite
austenite + ferrite
585 530 475 420
austenite + bainite
365 310
austenite + martensite
255 martensite 100%
200
martensite 20% + ferrite - bainite martensite 50% + ferrite - bainite martensite 80% + ferrite - bainite
time
230
Part three • Technical tables
Units of measurement conversion table to convert Psi (lb/in2) Psi (lb/in2) Ksi Ksi Mpa N/mm2 MN/m2 Tonf/in2 ft lb J daJ/cm2 kg/mm2 * in ft lb cwt
pounds/square inch (pound/inch2) pounds/square inch (pound/inch2) kilo/square inch kilo/square inch megapascal newton/mm2 meganewton/m2 ton force/inch2 foot-pound joule decajoule/cm2 kilogram/mm2 inch foot pound hundredweight [UK] hundredweight [USA]
into mpa = N/mm2 = MN/m2
multiply by 0.006896
kg/mm2 * kg/mm2 * mpa = N/mm2 = MN/m2
0.0007032 0.7032 6.896
kg/mm2 *
0.10197
kg/mm2 * joule kgm * kg/cmq * Mpa = N/mm2 mm mm kg kg kg
1.55 1.356 0.10197 1.0197 9.8066 25.4 (25.39998) 304.80 (304.7997) 0.4535924 50.80 45.35924
*Obsolete units.
1 TM or Mt (metric ton) = 999.734 kg 1 kg = 2.2 lb (pounds) 1 kp (kilo pound) = 0.4536 MT 1 kp = 1 kgm = 9.80665 N
Residual magnetism 1 T (tesia) = 104 G (gauss) 1 Oe (oersted) = 1 G 1 Oe = 79.5775 A/m (ampere/m) 1 A/m = 1.257 10–2 Oe 1 A/cm = 1.257 Oe
1 square inch 1 square foot 1 square yard 1 square mile
= 6.451 cm2 = 0.093 m2 = 0.836 m2 = 2.59 km2
Part three • Technical tables
Technological tests Type of Test Reference Standard
Description
Chemical analysis EN ISO 14284 Inclusion content UNI ENV 10247 DIN 50602 Decarburizing UNI 4839 Hardness EN ISO 6506 ASTM A 370 Macrographic examination UNI 3138 Micrographic examination UNI 3137 Ferrite ASTM E 562 Photo – view examination Austenitic grain EN ISO 643 ASTM E 112 Baumann print ISO 4968 Wragge print UNI 5683 Jominy EN ISO 642 Bending test UNI 564 ASTM A 370 Impact strength EN 10045/1 ASTM A 370 Impact strength EN 10045/1 Tensile tests EN 10002/1 ASTM A 370 Tensile tests EN 10002/5
Quantometric analysis of carbon and alloy steels
Other tests: Magnetic permeability
Corrosion Residual stresses
Position of mechanical test specimen with respect to outer surface
UNI 1/6 of Ø with a minimum of 12.5 mm
Assessment of non-metallic inclusions Measurement of depth of surface decarburizing Brinell – Vickers – Rockwell hardness tests To highlight internal segregations and defects Interpretation and evaluation of structure Calculation of ferrite content in stainless steels B/W photos in 10 x 15 cm format Calculation of grain size Assessment of sulphur distribution Assessment of lead distribution Calculation of hardness values in HRC Bending at 90° and above Ambient temperature test Impact strength test from 0 °C to – 180 °C Tension at ambient temperature Calculation of Rp 0.2, Rm, A%, Z%-C%. Use of extensimeter Rapid tension up to 900 °C. Calculation of Rp 0.2, Rm, A%, Z%
Micro-hardness Fatigue
Microanalyses Pellini
AFNOR 12.5 mm up to Ø 250 Ø/20 above 250 mm
DIN 1/3 of Ø
K1C Cracking
ASTM 1/4 T T = thickness
231
232
Part three • Technical tables
Values of approximate comparison between several kinds of resilience (at a temperature of + 20 °C) Kcu J 5 13 22 25 27 29 34 39 44 49 54 59 64 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 102 108 113 118
DVM J 8 16 25 33 34 46 60 70 78 86 92 104 114 122 128 136 144 156 170 176 184 240 264 278
Mesnager J 11 22 32 34 40 66 78 90 100 114 128 140 152 164 170 184 200 218 235 246 260 — — —
Type Kcu Kv Mesnager DVM Equivalences J kgm 2 0.20 4 0.41 6 0.61 8 0.82 10 1.02 12 1.22 14 1.43 16 1.63 18 1.84 20 2.04 22 2.24 24 2.45 26 2.65 28 2.86 30 3.06 32 3.26 34 3.47
Length 55 55 55 55
ft.lb. 1.48 2.95 4.43 5.90 7.38 8.85 10.33 11.80 13.28 14.75 16.23 17.70 19.18 20.65 22.13 23.60 25.08
Kv J 8 16 28 32 36 40 45 64 80 92 110 125 134 146 155 166 180 194 215 226 240 — — —
45°
Size mm Width 10 10 10 10
J 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68
Height 10 10 10 10
kgm 3.67 3.87 4.08 4.28 4.49 4.69 4.89 5.10 5.30 5.51 5.71 5.91 6.12 6.32 6.53 6.73 6.93
Notch depth 5 2 2 3
ft.lb. 26.55 28.03 29.50 30.98 32.45 33.93 35.40 36.88 38.35 39.83 41.30 42.78 44.25 45.73 47.20 48.68 50.15
J 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 100 104
Characteristics of notch mm Radius of base of notch Angle of notch 1 45° 1 1
kgm 7.14 7.34 7.55 7.75 7.95 8.16 8.36 8.57 8.77 8.97 9.18 9.38 9.59 9.79 9.99 10.20 10.60
ft.lb. 51.63 53.10 54.58 56.05 57.53 59.00 60.48 61.96 63.43 64.91 66.38 67.86 69.33 70.81 72.28 73.76 76.71
J 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172
kgm 11.01 11.42 11.83 12.24 12.64 13.05 13.46 13.87 14.28 14.68 15.09 15.50 15.91 13.62 16.72 17.13 17.53
ft.lb. 79.66 82.61 85.56 88.51 91.46 94.41 97.36 100.31 103.26 106.21 109.16 112.11 115.06 118.01 120.95 123.91 126.86
Part three • Technical tables
233
Resilience When sub-size specimens are permitted or necessary, or both, modify the specified test requirement according to Table A and B Greater energies or lower test temperatures may be agreed between purchaser and supplier. Table A Charpy V-notch test acceptance criteria for various sub-size specimens (ASTM A 370) Full size 10 10 mm Size 10 7.5 Size 10 6.7 Size 10 5 Size 10 3.3 mm mm mm mm mm J J J J J 54 41 37 27 18 48 35 31 24 16 41 30 27 20 14 34 26 23 16 11 27 20 18 14 10 22 16 15 11 7 20 15 14 11 7 18 14 12 8 5 16 12 11 8 5 14 11 10 7 4 10 7 7 5 3
Size 10 2.5 J 14 12 11 8 7 5 5 4 4 3 3
Table B Impact temperature reduction (ASTM A 333) When impact strengths are required at a temperature less than 20 °C and the material does not have sufficient thickness to obtain standard test pieces of 1010 mm, apply the temperature reductions of table B. Full size 10 10 mm 0 °C
Size 10 7.5 mm 3 °C
Size 10 6.7 mm 5 °C
Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is permitted.
Size 10 5 mm 11 °C
Size 10 3.3 mm 19 °C
Size 10 2.5 mm 28 °C
234
Part three • Technical tables
Hardness conversion table for carbon/alloy steels ASTM A 370 – 03a HRC Diamond penetrator 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
HV Vickers 30 940 900 865 832 800 772 746 720 697 674 653 633 613 595 577 560 544 528 513 498 484 471 458 446 434 423 412 402 392 382 372 363 354 345 336 327 318 310 302 294 286 279 272 266 260 254 248 243 238
HB Brinell 3000 kgf — — — 739 722 706 688 670 654 634 615 595 577 560 543 525 512 496 482 468 455 442 432 421 409 400 390 381 371 362 353 344 336 327 319 311 301 294 286 279 271 264 258 253 247 243 237 231 226
HRA Diamond penetrator 85.6 85.0 84.5 83.9 83.4 82.8 82.3 81.8 81.2 80.7 80.1 79.6 79.0 78.5 78.0 77.4 76.8 76.3 75.9 75.2 74.7 74.1 73.6 73.1 72.5 72.0 71.5 70.9 70.4 69.9 69.4 68.9 68.4 67.9 67.4 66.8 66.3 65.8 65.3 64.6 64.3 63.8 63.3 62.8 62.4 62.0 61.5 61.0 60.5
Rm N/mm2 MPa — — — — — — — — — 2420 2330 2240 2160 2070 2010 1950 1880 1820 1760 1700 1640 1580 1520 1480 1430 1390 1340 1300 1250 1220 1180 1140 1110 1080 1050 1030 1010 970 950 930 900 880 860 850 820 810 790 770 760
HRB Ball 1/16’’ 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 51 49
HV Vickers 30 240 234 228 222 216 210 205 200 195 190 185 180 176 172 169 165 162 159 156 153 150 147 144 141 139 137 135 132 130 127 125 123 121 119 117 116 114 112 110 108 107 106 104 103 101 100 — — —
HB Brinell 3000 kgf 240 234 228 222 216 210 205 200 195 190 185 180 176 172 169 165 162 159 156 153 150 147 144 141 139 137 135 132 130 127 125 123 121 119 117 116 114 112 110 108 107 106 104 103 101 100 — 94 92
HRA Diamond penetrator 61.5 60.9 60.2 59.5 58.9 58.3 57.6 57.0 56.4 55.8 55.2 54.6 54.0 53.4 52.8 52.3 51.7 51.1 50.6 50.0 49.5 48.9 48.4 47.9 47.3 46.8 46.3 45.8 45.3 44.8 44.3 43.8 43.3 42.8 42.3 41.8 41.4 40.9 40.4 40.0 39.5 39.0 38.6 38.1 37.7 37.2 36.8 35.5 34.6
Rm N/mm2 MPa 800 785 750 715 705 690 675 650 635 620 615 605 590 580 570 565 560 550 530 505 495 485 475 470 460 455 450 440 435 425 420 415 405 400 395 385 — — 370 — — 360 — 350 — 340 — 330 320
Values shown in bold fall outside the ASTM table but they are still reliable. Values shown in italics are due to passage from table 2 to table 3 of ASTM A 370.
Part three • Technical tables HV 2270 2190 2110 2030 Rockwell Hardness Vickers Hardness Brinell Hardness
HRC 85 84 83 82
HV 1950 1865 1787 1710
HRC 81 80 79 78
HV 1633 1556 1478 1400
HRC diamond penetrator 120° load 1470 N (150 kgf) duration 30’’ HV diamond penetrator 136° load 294 N (30 kgf) duration 15’’ HB ball 10 mm load 29.400N (3000 kgf) duration 15’’
HRC 77 76 75 74
HV 1323 1245 1160 1076
Rockwell Hardness Rockwell Hardness Tensile strength
HRC 73 72 71 70
HV 1004 940 920 900
Hardness HRA 60 kgf diamond penetrator 74.4 73.9 73.4 72.9 72.4 71.9 71.4 70.9 70.4 69.9 69.3 68.8 68.3 67.8 67.3 66.8 66.3 65.8 65.3 64.8 64.3 63.8 63.3 62.8 62.3 61.8 61.3 60.8 60.3
15N Scale 84.1 83.6 83.1 82.6 82.1 81.6 81.0 80.5 80.0 79.5 79.0 78.5 78.0 77.5 77.0 76.5 75.9 75.4 74.9 74.4 73.9 73.4 72.9 72.4 71.9 71.3 70.8 70.3 69.8
HRC 69 68 67.5 67
HRA diamond penetrator load 588 N (60 kgf) duration 30’’ HRB ball 1/16’’ load 980 N (100 kgf) duration 30’’ Rm N/mm2 (Mpa)
Hardness conversion table for austenitic stainless steels ASTM A 370 – 03a Hardness HRC 150 – kgf diamond penetrator 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
235
Rockwell superficial Hardness 30N Scale diamond penetrator 66.2 65.3 64.5 63.6 62.7 61.8 61.0 60.1 59.2 58.4 57.5 56.6 55.7 54.9 54.0 53.1 52.3 51.4 50.5 49.6 48.8 47.9 47.0 46.2 45.3 44.4 43.5 42.7 41.8
45N Scale 52.1 50.9 49.8 48.7 47.5 46.4 45.2 44.1 43.0 41.8 40.7 39.6 38.4 37.3 36.1 35.0 33.9 32.7 31.6 30.4 29.3 28.2 27.0 25.9 24.8 23.6 22.5 21.3 20.2
236
Hardness HB 3000 kgf ball 10 mm 256 248 240 233 226 219 213 207 202 197 192 187 183 178 174 170 167 163 160 156 153
Part three • Technical tables
Print Ø mm 3.79 3.85 3.91 3.96 4.02 4.08 4.14 4.20 4.24 4.30 4.35 4.40 4.45 4.51 4.55 4.60 4.65 4.70 4.74 4.79 4.84
Hardness HRB 100 kgf ball 1/16’’ 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80
Hardness HRA 60 kgf diamond penetrator 61.5 60.9 60.3 59.7 59.1 58.5 58.0 57.4 56.8 56.2 55.6 55.0 54.5 53.9 53.3 52.7 52.1 51.5 50.9 50.4 49.8
N/mm2 for information a)
770 760 750 715 705 690 675 650 635 620 615 605 590 580 570 565 560 550 530 505 495
a) The cold deformation in stainless steels created by the print may alter the hardness values. Even a variation in the Ø of just a few hundredths of a millimetre can affect the value. The tensile test is therefore recommended as the base test to understand the mechanical characteristics.
All information contained in this manual has been carefully verified. The authors, the publisher and Lucefin reject any responsability for its use.